<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Nd300</id>
	<title>OER in Education - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Nd300"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/wiki/Special:Contributions/Nd300"/>
	<updated>2026-04-28T04:19:26Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.38.2</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Supporting_reasoning_and_managing_group_work&amp;diff=8718</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Supporting reasoning and managing group work</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Supporting_reasoning_and_managing_group_work&amp;diff=8718"/>
		<updated>2012-09-20T09:56:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Acknowledgement */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of homework and classroom activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:oer4s groupwork general2.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Whole group discussion: Concept mapping ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try drawing concept maps on the netbooks? Were you able to use coloured boxes? Briefly share issues that you were able to resolve. Discuss issues that are still not resolved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try the concept mapping activity with pupils in your class? How did the pupils respond to the activity, especially reasoning and building on each other’s responses? If they did this, how were you able to achieve it? Share specific examples of pupil talk and teacher talk.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you use a digital projector in the class? Was it useful for the concept mapping activity? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* What would you change when you carry out the concept mapping activity again? Make a note for yourself about any changes so you can remember for next time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Get into the same three groups that were formed during the last session for same-task and different-tasks activity (Unit 3 Session 1, Activity 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:oer4s freemind concept map.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Small group discussion: Groupwork activities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The volunteers who posted questions for group work on the googlegroups should share their experience of working on googlegroups. How difficult or easy was this? Would you recommend other participants to try it? What advice would you give them?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you carry out a same-task group work activity in your class? Which topic did you choose? Was there any pupil learning about the topic that could be achieved through group work but would not be possible through whole class teaching? Elaborate your answer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you carry out a different-tasks group work activity in your class? What were the advantages of this type of group work? Share specific examples.&lt;br /&gt;
* What issues did you face while teaching through group work? Specifically think about challenges related to pupils’ interaction with each other such as involving all members in discussion, dominant and shy pupils, agreement and disagreement, and noise. How did you resolve these issues? Write a note for yourself about the steps you will take to resolve these issues next time.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:small group work.jpg|300px|alt=small group of pupils gathered around a tablet computer]]&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Substantiating uses of group work for teaching and learning&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to manage group work effectively in the classroom&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning different organisational strategies for group work&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity: Reinforcing understanding of group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Magic Microphone for reasoning '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.''' {{activity|Individual activity}} Think of answers to the question below. You can write them on a mini-blackboard or sheet of paper for reference during the activity. Think of as many answers as possible and '''give a reason in each case.''' (Tip: think of the Powerpoint presentation about questioning strategies that you saw in the previous session and draw on your own experience of carrying out group work in the classroom.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''When would you use group work in your classroom? Why? '''Give concrete examples of specific lesson activities where possible. For example, &lt;br /&gt;
** when a topic has many sub-topics '''because '''the sub-topics can be mastered by small groups and then taught to other groups, as in different types of pollution&lt;br /&gt;
** when summarising the topic that has extended over many lessons &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[give example]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; '''because''' pupils can remind each other about the things that they have learnt without repetition by the teacher &lt;br /&gt;
** when applications of a topic &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[give example] are being discussed &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; '''because''' there can be many answers for this&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
We did a simple version of the magic microphone activity in Unit 2 Session 1. Now we are taking this to the next level to explicitly promote '''reasoning''' among participants as well as pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this activity, you will need a prop such as a stick, a pen, a ball or an empty water bottle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 8-10 minutes thinking time before passing around the prop.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.''' {{activity|whole group}} Pass a prop around. Whoever has the prop answers the question above and gives their reason(s). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Ask every participant to contribute one answer initially, with a '''reason'''. Encourage them to avoid repeating an answer that has been already said. In the end, if time permits, you can ask participants to contribute any reason that they have written but has not yet been said by any other participant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emphasise that participants should give reasons for their answers or answer the ‘why’ question. Ideally they should mention a specific lesson topic example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some examples of expected answers are:&lt;br /&gt;
* when peers can be useful learning resources for each other&lt;br /&gt;
* to encourage sharing, reasoning and challenging of ideas&lt;br /&gt;
* to support pupils’ construction and articulation of their own understanding of problems, processes or concepts&lt;br /&gt;
* when groups can usefully each contribute one part to a larger whole task&lt;br /&gt;
* when the teacher wants learners to investigate a topic for themselves and present their findings to the class for other groups to learn from, perhaps via comparison of findings&lt;br /&gt;
* when teacher attention is required for conceptual learning of a small number of participants at one time&lt;br /&gt;
* at any stage of the lesson: introduction, development and consolidation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If any of the points above are not mentioned by participants, you can state them in the end. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity: Managing group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place three containers (or sheets of paper) on the table. Label them ‘same-task’, ‘different-tasks’ and ‘both’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Write your name on a slip (small piece) of paper and fold it. Drop your name slip in the ‘same-task’ container if you are confident about carrying out same-task group activity in the class. Similarly, drop it in the container ‘different-tasks’ if you are confident about carrying out different-tasks and ‘both’ container if you are confident about ‘both’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pull out one name from each container and group them together as Group 1 (G1). Similarly form groups G2 and G3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are too many names in one container and too few in another, choose another strategy of forming groups from the document ‘Group composition and formation’.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three mixed groups will work on different aspects of managing group work in classroom. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* G1: Group composition and formation ([[File:Group Composition and Formation.pdf]])&lt;br /&gt;
* G2: Ground rules during group work ([[File:Ground Rules.pdf]])&lt;br /&gt;
* G3: Group size and seating arrangement ([[File:Group Size and Seating Arrangement.pdf]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read the document for your group. Do the group tasks mentioned in your document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Group G2 will watch a video during their task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end, present what you have learned about managing group work for the benefit of other participants (see details in your document).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|name=How_to_Involve_Students_in_Setting_Up_Their_Own_Ground_Rules.mp4|duration=4:08|src=uBk4Hq4IEx8}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the session starts prepare this video clip for G2 to access on a netbook. Ask G2 members to sit near the netbook during the task. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow G1 and G3 participants to choose an area where they wish to work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Distribute the document ‘[[File:Group Composition and Formation.pdf|Group composition and formation]]’ to G1, ‘[[File:Ground Rules.pdf|Ground rules]]’ to G2 and ‘[[File:Group Size and Seating Arrangement.pdf|Group size and seating arrangement]]’ to G3 at this stage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 30 minutes for the group tasks. After 20 minutes, remind the groups that they should start preparing their presentation if they have not already done so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visit each group during the group task. Assist them if they need help in understanding the information in the document or group task. Ask questions to monitor understanding. Suggest ideas only if the participants ask for your suggestions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure that all participants have all documents before the presentations at the end of this activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity: Reflection on video =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|name=Primary_Science_-_Classroom_Organisation.mp4|duration=19:47|src=Kz2c5OJ5Yx0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This video shows some classroom organisational strategies mainly around group work. Although the video describes science teaching in the UK context, the principles are generic and can be applied in various curriculum areas and contexts. The organisation called the ‘circus of activities’ is commonly known as a ‘carousel’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Suggested questions for reflection on video:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Summarise the '''different classroom organisation strategies''' that you saw in this video:&lt;br /&gt;
** Whole class introduction&lt;br /&gt;
** Whole class doing same practical activity&lt;br /&gt;
** Groups doing different practical activities&lt;br /&gt;
** Circus of activities or carousel of activities&lt;br /&gt;
** One group only doing science&lt;br /&gt;
** Whole class demonstration&lt;br /&gt;
** Sharing science books with the whole class&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What is '''one new thing that you have learned''' from this video? How can you transfer what you have learned to another curriculum area besides science?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* How did the teachers in this video make '''use of ICT resources during group work'''? Suggest some ways in which you can use those or other ICT resources in your classroom? (You can also think of improvising with the materials available in your surroundings, if there is no ICT) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What is the role of teachers before the group work and after the group work? Is it different from your current practice? If yes, in what ways is it different?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What did the teachers in the video do while the pupils were doing group work? Is it different from your current practice? If yes, what changes, if any, would you like to make for effective group work in your class? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What do you think about noise in the classroom during group work from this video? What can you do to make sure that noise is productive during group work?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Try the magic microphone activity with '''reasoning '''in your class. Form an open question that is related to the topic that they are learning followed by ‘why’. Encourage them to answer the ‘why’ question.&lt;br /&gt;
* List examples of objectives that can be achieved through different types of groups in the document ‘Group composition and formation’.&lt;br /&gt;
* During the second Activity you read one document on managing group work. Read the other two documents. Write down any questions that you might have about them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try one new organisational strategy that you saw in the video in your classroom, in any curriculum area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Acknowledgement =&lt;br /&gt;
We are grateful to '''Prof Tina Jarvis and colleagues''' for permission to use their video clip titled 'Primary Science - Classroom Organisation' produced by the SCIcentre (National Centre for Initial Teacher Training in Primary School Science).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Supporting_reasoning_and_managing_group_work&amp;diff=8716</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Supporting reasoning and managing group work</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Supporting_reasoning_and_managing_group_work&amp;diff=8716"/>
		<updated>2012-09-20T09:55:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Acknowledgement */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of homework and classroom activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:oer4s groupwork general2.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Whole group discussion: Concept mapping ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try drawing concept maps on the netbooks? Were you able to use coloured boxes? Briefly share issues that you were able to resolve. Discuss issues that are still not resolved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try the concept mapping activity with pupils in your class? How did the pupils respond to the activity, especially reasoning and building on each other’s responses? If they did this, how were you able to achieve it? Share specific examples of pupil talk and teacher talk.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you use a digital projector in the class? Was it useful for the concept mapping activity? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* What would you change when you carry out the concept mapping activity again? Make a note for yourself about any changes so you can remember for next time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Get into the same three groups that were formed during the last session for same-task and different-tasks activity (Unit 3 Session 1, Activity 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:oer4s freemind concept map.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Small group discussion: Groupwork activities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The volunteers who posted questions for group work on the googlegroups should share their experience of working on googlegroups. How difficult or easy was this? Would you recommend other participants to try it? What advice would you give them?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you carry out a same-task group work activity in your class? Which topic did you choose? Was there any pupil learning about the topic that could be achieved through group work but would not be possible through whole class teaching? Elaborate your answer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you carry out a different-tasks group work activity in your class? What were the advantages of this type of group work? Share specific examples.&lt;br /&gt;
* What issues did you face while teaching through group work? Specifically think about challenges related to pupils’ interaction with each other such as involving all members in discussion, dominant and shy pupils, agreement and disagreement, and noise. How did you resolve these issues? Write a note for yourself about the steps you will take to resolve these issues next time.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:small group work.jpg|300px|alt=small group of pupils gathered around a tablet computer]]&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Substantiating uses of group work for teaching and learning&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to manage group work effectively in the classroom&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning different organisational strategies for group work&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity: Reinforcing understanding of group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Magic Microphone for reasoning '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.''' {{activity|Individual activity}} Think of answers to the question below. You can write them on a mini-blackboard or sheet of paper for reference during the activity. Think of as many answers as possible and '''give a reason in each case.''' (Tip: think of the Powerpoint presentation about questioning strategies that you saw in the previous session and draw on your own experience of carrying out group work in the classroom.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''When would you use group work in your classroom? Why? '''Give concrete examples of specific lesson activities where possible. For example, &lt;br /&gt;
** when a topic has many sub-topics '''because '''the sub-topics can be mastered by small groups and then taught to other groups, as in different types of pollution&lt;br /&gt;
** when summarising the topic that has extended over many lessons &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[give example]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; '''because''' pupils can remind each other about the things that they have learnt without repetition by the teacher &lt;br /&gt;
** when applications of a topic &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[give example] are being discussed &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; '''because''' there can be many answers for this&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
We did a simple version of the magic microphone activity in Unit 2 Session 1. Now we are taking this to the next level to explicitly promote '''reasoning''' among participants as well as pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this activity, you will need a prop such as a stick, a pen, a ball or an empty water bottle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 8-10 minutes thinking time before passing around the prop.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.''' {{activity|whole group}} Pass a prop around. Whoever has the prop answers the question above and gives their reason(s). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Ask every participant to contribute one answer initially, with a '''reason'''. Encourage them to avoid repeating an answer that has been already said. In the end, if time permits, you can ask participants to contribute any reason that they have written but has not yet been said by any other participant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emphasise that participants should give reasons for their answers or answer the ‘why’ question. Ideally they should mention a specific lesson topic example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some examples of expected answers are:&lt;br /&gt;
* when peers can be useful learning resources for each other&lt;br /&gt;
* to encourage sharing, reasoning and challenging of ideas&lt;br /&gt;
* to support pupils’ construction and articulation of their own understanding of problems, processes or concepts&lt;br /&gt;
* when groups can usefully each contribute one part to a larger whole task&lt;br /&gt;
* when the teacher wants learners to investigate a topic for themselves and present their findings to the class for other groups to learn from, perhaps via comparison of findings&lt;br /&gt;
* when teacher attention is required for conceptual learning of a small number of participants at one time&lt;br /&gt;
* at any stage of the lesson: introduction, development and consolidation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If any of the points above are not mentioned by participants, you can state them in the end. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity: Managing group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place three containers (or sheets of paper) on the table. Label them ‘same-task’, ‘different-tasks’ and ‘both’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Write your name on a slip (small piece) of paper and fold it. Drop your name slip in the ‘same-task’ container if you are confident about carrying out same-task group activity in the class. Similarly, drop it in the container ‘different-tasks’ if you are confident about carrying out different-tasks and ‘both’ container if you are confident about ‘both’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pull out one name from each container and group them together as Group 1 (G1). Similarly form groups G2 and G3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are too many names in one container and too few in another, choose another strategy of forming groups from the document ‘Group composition and formation’.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three mixed groups will work on different aspects of managing group work in classroom. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* G1: Group composition and formation ([[File:Group Composition and Formation.pdf]])&lt;br /&gt;
* G2: Ground rules during group work ([[File:Ground Rules.pdf]])&lt;br /&gt;
* G3: Group size and seating arrangement ([[File:Group Size and Seating Arrangement.pdf]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read the document for your group. Do the group tasks mentioned in your document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Group G2 will watch a video during their task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end, present what you have learned about managing group work for the benefit of other participants (see details in your document).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|name=How_to_Involve_Students_in_Setting_Up_Their_Own_Ground_Rules.mp4|duration=4:08|src=uBk4Hq4IEx8}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the session starts prepare this video clip for G2 to access on a netbook. Ask G2 members to sit near the netbook during the task. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow G1 and G3 participants to choose an area where they wish to work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Distribute the document ‘[[File:Group Composition and Formation.pdf|Group composition and formation]]’ to G1, ‘[[File:Ground Rules.pdf|Ground rules]]’ to G2 and ‘[[File:Group Size and Seating Arrangement.pdf|Group size and seating arrangement]]’ to G3 at this stage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 30 minutes for the group tasks. After 20 minutes, remind the groups that they should start preparing their presentation if they have not already done so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visit each group during the group task. Assist them if they need help in understanding the information in the document or group task. Ask questions to monitor understanding. Suggest ideas only if the participants ask for your suggestions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure that all participants have all documents before the presentations at the end of this activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity: Reflection on video =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|name=Primary_Science_-_Classroom_Organisation.mp4|duration=19:47|src=Kz2c5OJ5Yx0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This video shows some classroom organisational strategies mainly around group work. Although the video describes science teaching in the UK context, the principles are generic and can be applied in various curriculum areas and contexts. The organisation called the ‘circus of activities’ is commonly known as a ‘carousel’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Suggested questions for reflection on video:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Summarise the '''different classroom organisation strategies''' that you saw in this video:&lt;br /&gt;
** Whole class introduction&lt;br /&gt;
** Whole class doing same practical activity&lt;br /&gt;
** Groups doing different practical activities&lt;br /&gt;
** Circus of activities or carousel of activities&lt;br /&gt;
** One group only doing science&lt;br /&gt;
** Whole class demonstration&lt;br /&gt;
** Sharing science books with the whole class&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What is '''one new thing that you have learned''' from this video? How can you transfer what you have learned to another curriculum area besides science?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* How did the teachers in this video make '''use of ICT resources during group work'''? Suggest some ways in which you can use those or other ICT resources in your classroom? (You can also think of improvising with the materials available in your surroundings, if there is no ICT) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What is the role of teachers before the group work and after the group work? Is it different from your current practice? If yes, in what ways is it different?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What did the teachers in the video do while the pupils were doing group work? Is it different from your current practice? If yes, what changes, if any, would you like to make for effective group work in your class? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What do you think about noise in the classroom during group work from this video? What can you do to make sure that noise is productive during group work?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Try the magic microphone activity with '''reasoning '''in your class. Form an open question that is related to the topic that they are learning followed by ‘why’. Encourage them to answer the ‘why’ question.&lt;br /&gt;
* List examples of objectives that can be achieved through different types of groups in the document ‘Group composition and formation’.&lt;br /&gt;
* During the second Activity you read one document on managing group work. Read the other two documents. Write down any questions that you might have about them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try one new organisational strategy that you saw in the video in your classroom, in any curriculum area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Acknowledgement =&lt;br /&gt;
We are grateful to '''Prof Tina Jarvis and colleagues''' for permission to use their video clip titled Primary Science - Classroom Organisation produced by the SCIcentre (National Centre for Initial Teacher Training in Primary School Science).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Supporting_reasoning_and_managing_group_work&amp;diff=8714</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Supporting reasoning and managing group work</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Supporting_reasoning_and_managing_group_work&amp;diff=8714"/>
		<updated>2012-09-20T09:53:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Homework */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of homework and classroom activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:oer4s groupwork general2.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Whole group discussion: Concept mapping ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try drawing concept maps on the netbooks? Were you able to use coloured boxes? Briefly share issues that you were able to resolve. Discuss issues that are still not resolved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try the concept mapping activity with pupils in your class? How did the pupils respond to the activity, especially reasoning and building on each other’s responses? If they did this, how were you able to achieve it? Share specific examples of pupil talk and teacher talk.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you use a digital projector in the class? Was it useful for the concept mapping activity? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* What would you change when you carry out the concept mapping activity again? Make a note for yourself about any changes so you can remember for next time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Get into the same three groups that were formed during the last session for same-task and different-tasks activity (Unit 3 Session 1, Activity 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:oer4s freemind concept map.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Small group discussion: Groupwork activities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The volunteers who posted questions for group work on the googlegroups should share their experience of working on googlegroups. How difficult or easy was this? Would you recommend other participants to try it? What advice would you give them?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you carry out a same-task group work activity in your class? Which topic did you choose? Was there any pupil learning about the topic that could be achieved through group work but would not be possible through whole class teaching? Elaborate your answer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you carry out a different-tasks group work activity in your class? What were the advantages of this type of group work? Share specific examples.&lt;br /&gt;
* What issues did you face while teaching through group work? Specifically think about challenges related to pupils’ interaction with each other such as involving all members in discussion, dominant and shy pupils, agreement and disagreement, and noise. How did you resolve these issues? Write a note for yourself about the steps you will take to resolve these issues next time.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:small group work.jpg|300px|alt=small group of pupils gathered around a tablet computer]]&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Substantiating uses of group work for teaching and learning&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to manage group work effectively in the classroom&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning different organisational strategies for group work&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity: Reinforcing understanding of group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Magic Microphone for reasoning '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A.''' {{activity|Individual activity}} Think of answers to the question below. You can write them on a mini-blackboard or sheet of paper for reference during the activity. Think of as many answers as possible and '''give a reason in each case.''' (Tip: think of the Powerpoint presentation about questioning strategies that you saw in the previous session and draw on your own experience of carrying out group work in the classroom.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''When would you use group work in your classroom? Why? '''Give concrete examples of specific lesson activities where possible. For example, &lt;br /&gt;
** when a topic has many sub-topics '''because '''the sub-topics can be mastered by small groups and then taught to other groups, as in different types of pollution&lt;br /&gt;
** when summarising the topic that has extended over many lessons &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[give example]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; '''because''' pupils can remind each other about the things that they have learnt without repetition by the teacher &lt;br /&gt;
** when applications of a topic &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[give example] are being discussed &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; '''because''' there can be many answers for this&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
We did a simple version of the magic microphone activity in Unit 2 Session 1. Now we are taking this to the next level to explicitly promote '''reasoning''' among participants as well as pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this activity, you will need a prop such as a stick, a pen, a ball or an empty water bottle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 8-10 minutes thinking time before passing around the prop.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B.''' {{activity|whole group}} Pass a prop around. Whoever has the prop answers the question above and gives their reason(s). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Ask every participant to contribute one answer initially, with a '''reason'''. Encourage them to avoid repeating an answer that has been already said. In the end, if time permits, you can ask participants to contribute any reason that they have written but has not yet been said by any other participant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emphasise that participants should give reasons for their answers or answer the ‘why’ question. Ideally they should mention a specific lesson topic example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some examples of expected answers are:&lt;br /&gt;
* when peers can be useful learning resources for each other&lt;br /&gt;
* to encourage sharing, reasoning and challenging of ideas&lt;br /&gt;
* to support pupils’ construction and articulation of their own understanding of problems, processes or concepts&lt;br /&gt;
* when groups can usefully each contribute one part to a larger whole task&lt;br /&gt;
* when the teacher wants learners to investigate a topic for themselves and present their findings to the class for other groups to learn from, perhaps via comparison of findings&lt;br /&gt;
* when teacher attention is required for conceptual learning of a small number of participants at one time&lt;br /&gt;
* at any stage of the lesson: introduction, development and consolidation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If any of the points above are not mentioned by participants, you can state them in the end. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity: Managing group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place three containers (or sheets of paper) on the table. Label them ‘same-task’, ‘different-tasks’ and ‘both’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Write your name on a slip (small piece) of paper and fold it. Drop your name slip in the ‘same-task’ container if you are confident about carrying out same-task group activity in the class. Similarly, drop it in the container ‘different-tasks’ if you are confident about carrying out different-tasks and ‘both’ container if you are confident about ‘both’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pull out one name from each container and group them together as Group 1 (G1). Similarly form groups G2 and G3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are too many names in one container and too few in another, choose another strategy of forming groups from the document ‘Group composition and formation’.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three mixed groups will work on different aspects of managing group work in classroom. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* G1: Group composition and formation ([[File:Group Composition and Formation.pdf]])&lt;br /&gt;
* G2: Ground rules during group work ([[File:Ground Rules.pdf]])&lt;br /&gt;
* G3: Group size and seating arrangement ([[File:Group Size and Seating Arrangement.pdf]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read the document for your group. Do the group tasks mentioned in your document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Group G2 will watch a video during their task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end, present what you have learned about managing group work for the benefit of other participants (see details in your document).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|name=How_to_Involve_Students_in_Setting_Up_Their_Own_Ground_Rules.mp4|duration=4:08|src=uBk4Hq4IEx8}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the session starts prepare this video clip for G2 to access on a netbook. Ask G2 members to sit near the netbook during the task. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow G1 and G3 participants to choose an area where they wish to work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Distribute the document ‘[[File:Group Composition and Formation.pdf|Group composition and formation]]’ to G1, ‘[[File:Ground Rules.pdf|Ground rules]]’ to G2 and ‘[[File:Group Size and Seating Arrangement.pdf|Group size and seating arrangement]]’ to G3 at this stage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 30 minutes for the group tasks. After 20 minutes, remind the groups that they should start preparing their presentation if they have not already done so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visit each group during the group task. Assist them if they need help in understanding the information in the document or group task. Ask questions to monitor understanding. Suggest ideas only if the participants ask for your suggestions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure that all participants have all documents before the presentations at the end of this activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity: Reflection on video =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|name=Primary_Science_-_Classroom_Organisation.mp4|duration=19:47|src=Kz2c5OJ5Yx0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This video shows some classroom organisational strategies mainly around group work. Although the video describes science teaching in the UK context, the principles are generic and can be applied in various curriculum areas and contexts. The organisation called the ‘circus of activities’ is commonly known as a ‘carousel’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Suggested questions for reflection on video:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Summarise the '''different classroom organisation strategies''' that you saw in this video:&lt;br /&gt;
** Whole class introduction&lt;br /&gt;
** Whole class doing same practical activity&lt;br /&gt;
** Groups doing different practical activities&lt;br /&gt;
** Circus of activities or carousel of activities&lt;br /&gt;
** One group only doing science&lt;br /&gt;
** Whole class demonstration&lt;br /&gt;
** Sharing science books with the whole class&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What is '''one new thing that you have learned''' from this video? How can you transfer what you have learned to another curriculum area besides science?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* How did the teachers in this video make '''use of ICT resources during group work'''? Suggest some ways in which you can use those or other ICT resources in your classroom? (You can also think of improvising with the materials available in your surroundings, if there is no ICT) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What is the role of teachers before the group work and after the group work? Is it different from your current practice? If yes, in what ways is it different?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What did the teachers in the video do while the pupils were doing group work? Is it different from your current practice? If yes, what changes, if any, would you like to make for effective group work in your class? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What do you think about noise in the classroom during group work from this video? What can you do to make sure that noise is productive during group work?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Try the magic microphone activity with '''reasoning '''in your class. Form an open question that is related to the topic that they are learning followed by ‘why’. Encourage them to answer the ‘why’ question.&lt;br /&gt;
* List examples of objectives that can be achieved through different types of groups in the document ‘Group composition and formation’.&lt;br /&gt;
* During the second Activity you read one document on managing group work. Read the other two documents. Write down any questions that you might have about them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try one new organisational strategy that you saw in the video in your classroom, in any curriculum area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Acknowledgement =&lt;br /&gt;
We are grateful to '''Prof Tina Jarvis and colleagues''' for permission to use their video clip titled Primary Science Classroom Organisation produced by the SCIcentre (National Centre for Initial Teacher Training in Primary School Science).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=4065</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Learning objectives and success criteria</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=4065"/>
		<updated>2012-07-06T13:42:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Activity Three: Understanding Learning Objectives and Success Criteria */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''My Assessment Inventory''' on the Word document and save it in your files area on the desktop? Discuss if there were any issues as this activity will be repeated again this week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you ask your students to make '''Traffic Lights'''? Which material did you use? Were there any problems in making them?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you use the Traffic Lights in your class? Share your experience by answering these questions:&lt;br /&gt;
** For which topic did you ask your students to use Traffic Lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you try different ways of using them such as holding them up all together or putting them forward on the table while they were working? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did you handle when students showed different lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you employ classroom assistants for helping with Traffic Lights? Will you do it again? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
** From your experience, discuss any advantages or disadvantages of using them in your context. &lt;br /&gt;
*How did your students handle using the Traffic Lights? (e.g. ease/ difficulty of using them,  indicating proper/improper light) What steps will you take so that this can be improved in future lessons?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’? Do you think '''Bloom’s Taxonomy''' and examples were helpful when you asked questions in class? Were there any issues about the Taxonomy? Discuss ways of solving these issues with other participants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you manage to see the '''video and Power Point''' shown in the last session together after the workshop? Share if you observed anything new about the concept of AfL or practice of AfL in classroom (i.e. share something that was not discussed in the workshop last week).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the need for two AfL strategies: Sharing Learning Objectives and Sharing Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Revisiting activities learnt in previous sessions that can be adapted for AfL &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Update the assessment inventory that you started last week [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. Add the date in the second row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Then record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Need for Sharing Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was mentioned in the Power Point presentation last week that sharing learning objectives and success criteria are two AfL strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Fold a plain sheet of paper into 3 equal parts. Write ‘Answer 1’ on the top of the first section, ‘Answer 2’ on the top of the second section and ‘Answer 3’ on the top of the third section. The facilitator will display and read 3 questions for you. Answer them in the respective area on the sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|pair work}} After answering each question, exchange your sheet with the person sitting next to you. Assess their work. Be critical. Then take your sheets back to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
The questions are given below. Write each question on the blackboard or flip chart sheets and display them one by one. Also read them out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 3-4 minutes to answer each question, but no longer. After answering each question, ask participants to exchange their sheets and assess their neighbour’s work. Do not allow participants to change answers or assessment once it has been done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While reading, say the words exactly as they are given below: &lt;br /&gt;
* Question 1: Draw a child.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 2: We are learning to name parts of the body. For this please do the activity of drawing a child and labelling parts of its body.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 3: For the activity of drawing and labelling parts of the body, your success criteria are that your picture should show: (1) at least three parts of the body that are sense organs and (2) at least three parts of the body that have joints. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about sense organs, mention that there are five senses: seeing, tasting, hearing, touching and smelling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about parts of the body that have joints, give examples such as elbow, knee, shoulder.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, think as a learner who was assessed,&lt;br /&gt;
* Answering which question was easiest? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question were you most and least sure about your success? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question did you have most and least anxiety about the outcome? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, think as an assessor,&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most easy and least easy? Why? &lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most fair and least fair? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that participants’ responses will be in favour of Question 3 and Question 2. Inform them that: Question 2 is an example of sharing learning objectives with students; and Question 3 is an example of sharing success criteria with students. More discussion on this will be done during this session, but see if participants realise that learners can succeed much more easily in the classroom if they are told in advance what the criteria for success are.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Understanding Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘Learning objective’ has also been referred to as ‘Learning intention’ in AfL literature. &lt;br /&gt;
		 	 	 		&lt;br /&gt;
“A '''Learning Intention''' is simply a description of what you want your pupils to know, understand or be able to do by the end of a lesson. It tells pupils what the focus for learning is going to be.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Success Criteria''' are the statements that help pupils recognise if they have been successful in their learning. They summarise the main teaching points (key ingredients) or processes (key steps), and they always link directly to the learning intention. They essentially spell out the steps required to achieve the learning intention, offering explicit guidance on how to be successful. By referring to the success criteria, pupils know if they have achieved the learning intention.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the board or flip chart again. Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* What are the similarities between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the differences between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Mention these points if participants have not already mentioned them. Suggest that participants can make a note of these points on their printouts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objectives and Success Criteria are '''similar''' because: &lt;br /&gt;
* success criteria spell out the specific features of the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
*  learning objective and success criteria can be same (constant over time) even if the activity changes, e.g. parts of the body can be learnt by drawing (as above) or it can be learnt through poems, stories, questioning and dialogue, or direct teaching; but learning objective and success criteria remain the same&lt;br /&gt;
* both provide guidance to students about what is expected from them &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objective and Success Criteria are '''different''' because:&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objective relates to a topic/lesson while success criteria relate to an activity – spell out the steps needed to achieve the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* The same learning objective can have different success criteria in different grades. e.g. success criteria for the objective of drawing parts of the body will be simple (such as, head, arms, legs) for Grade 1 but detailed (such as in Question 3) for Grade 4 &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Why share learning objectives with students?''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Informing pupils about what they are going to learn and why they should learn it gives pupils the tools they need to take more responsibility for their own learning and achieve learning independence. Practice shows that pupils who regularly receive this information in the classroom are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* more focused for longer periods of time;&lt;br /&gt;
* more motivated;&lt;br /&gt;
* more involved in their learning; and&lt;br /&gt;
* better able to take responsibility for their own learning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This step also immediately and actively involves pupils with their own learning, even before the activity or lesson has begun, and it offers opportunities for key interactions between you and your pupils.&amp;quot; (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, if pupils know what the goals are, they can be more active and proactive in reaching them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Forming Learning Objectives and Success Criteria =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants that one of the Learning Objectives for today’s session is to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Learning Objectives:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives relate to what students are expected to: know, understand and do (knowledge, understanding and skills). (You can also refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout for this.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Knowledge or factual information: e.g. (1) we are learning about ‘learning objectives and success criteria’ for AfL, and (2) we are learning names of Zambian provinces and their capitals.&lt;br /&gt;
** Understanding such as concepts, reasons and processes: e.g. (1) we are learning about the relationship between learning objectives and success criteria, and (2) we are learning reasons for pollution in Zambia.&lt;br /&gt;
** Skills or abilities acquired through training or experience. e.g. (1) we are learning to form learning objectives and success criteria for AfL, and (2) we are learning to draw bar graphs from raw data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives specify learning. They do not specify the activity&lt;br /&gt;
* It is good to have generic learning objectives that can be transferred across the curriculum, e.g. (1) we are learning to download pictures from flickr, (2) we are learning to work effectively in groups, (3) we are learning to use evidence to support an opinion, and (4) we are learning to interpret data&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be in simple language that students can easily understand&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be broad enough to allow pupils of all capabilities to achieve them; “the '''differentiation''' is in the way the pupils achieve or demonstrate the intention, not by creating different learning intentions for pupils of different abilities.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 10). So you might expect some pupils to achieve more but they will all share the same learning objective and success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: You might want to record the Learning objective on the blackboard at the beginning of a lesson or you may already be doing this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Success Criteria:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria relate to the specific activity&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria focus on specific teaching points or processes, e.g. in Question 3 above, the success criteria focus on including particular parts of the body (teaching points) &lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria should also have simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Display the following on the board or a flip chart sheet and read it aloud:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Learning Objectives are:&lt;br /&gt;
* focus on learning&lt;br /&gt;
* one key aspect from knowledge, understanding or skill (understanding and skill preferred)&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Success Criteria are:&lt;br /&gt;
* specific to the activity for achieving learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* detailed information about your expectation of students&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the flip charts again. With a same grade buddy, think of a topic that you will be teaching this week. Form the learning objectives and success criteria for this topic. Write them on the board or flip chart so that everybody will be able to see them. Your facilitator has already displayed the success criteria for this activity. Think about '''differentiation''' – how can all pupils achieve the learning intention to some degree?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Display your planned activity and read out your learning objective and success criteria to all other participants. &lt;br /&gt;
Other participants should:&lt;br /&gt;
* assess the learning objective and success criteria in view of the success criteria mentioned above &lt;br /&gt;
* comment positively about criteria that are met&lt;br /&gt;
* make suggestions for addressing any criteria that are not yet met&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Activities for AfL =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous units you have done some activities that can be used for AfL with some adaptation. Today we will revisit these activities in the context of AfL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time, form three groups. Ask each group to read one activity and do a role play of carrying out the activity in the class. Role play can be done by one participant acting as a teacher and other participants acting as students. Some acting students demonstrate right answers, some demonstrate wrong answers, and some demonstrate partial understanding. The acting teacher demonstrates handling of all these answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, different groups can explain the activities with more examples. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Magic microphone''' ([[OER4Schools/2.1_Introduction_to_whole_class_dialogue_and_effective_questioning|Unit 2 Session 1]]) - Ask an open question about a topic, for example “How many ways can you think of to make 23?”. Pass around a prop. Whoever has the prop will give one answer to the question. Allow students to use mini-blackboards to work out their answers. If many students give right answers, increase the challenge by changing to a 3-digit number. If many students give the wrong answer, revise the topic again in class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Concept Mapping''' ([[OER4Schools/2.4_Concept_mapping|Unit 2 Session 4]]) - Write the main topic for which aspects have already been covered over a period of time in different lessons, on a concept mapping software or black board. Ask students to review all that they have learned about the topic and report them as answers. Record answers but do not correct wrong answers at this time. Review all answers in the end by asking students for opinion about each answer - if they are right; wrong; and how they can be improved. Avoid naming any student who said the wrong answers. For topics for which many students think positively about the wrong answer, revise them again in class. e.g. for the topic ‘mammals’ if many students think that man is not a mammal, revise the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Talking Points''' ([[OER4Schools/3.5_Talking_points_and_effective_group_work|Unit 3 Session 5]]) - Frame some right, some wrong and some unsure statements about a topic. Try to include topics for which your students have struggled during teaching. Discuss each sentence as a whole class activity. Try the '''‘No-hands up’''' strategy; this supports AfL because it allows you to assess understanding of any learners that you think may not understand or may not be following. If shy pupils do not participate, use this or other non-voluntary participation strategies ([[OER4Schools/2.3_More_on_questioning|Unit 2 Session 3]]) to select students for answering. You will come to know about common misconceptions through this activity so that you can address them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* Which activity(ies) do you think you would like to try this week? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you foresee any problems in carrying out these activities based on your previous experience of doing them? Discuss solutions with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the electronic version of “my assessment inventory”. Open your file from your ‘files area’ on your desktop. Fill it in and save it again. Remember to bring the paper inventory to every session and make an entry in the electronic inventory every week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Divide yourself into two groups. For practical reasons, choose members of these groups who can work together outside the workshop session. If this is not possible, then every member of the group should take responsibility for the group task. The group tasks are:&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Group One''': Read pages 8 to 11 about Learning Intentions from the “AfL Guidance for KS 1-2 - 2007” .pdf document ([[File:AfL-Guidance_KS_1-2-2007-pages_1_to_14.pdf]]). You can skip sections 'Defining the learning' and 'what makes a good learning intention' as these have been covered in the session. Read everything else.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Group Two''': Read pages 12 to 14 about Success Criteria from the “AfL Guidance for KS 1-2 - 2007” .pdf document ([[File:AfL-Guidance_KS_1-2-2007-pages_1_to_14.pdf]]). &lt;br /&gt;
:'''Both groups''': Identify points (from your group's pages) that are new (i.e. have not been discussed during the session). Record a few notes about these points for the benefit of the other group members and bring these to the next session. You could also email them to the OER4schools Google group mailing list.&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Note''': We recommend that you read all pages 1 to 14 from the document as background reading for AfL and the two strategies discussed in this session.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Share with your class the Learning Objective and Success Criteria that you have formed in the session today. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for as many lessons as you can during this week. Refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout ‘Questioning the questions’ (pages 3 to 6) for this. Make a note of your Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Try out one or more of the adapted activities for AfL that we discussed today in Activity Five. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Reference =&lt;br /&gt;
Some parts of this session have been adapted or reproduced from: &lt;br /&gt;
CCEA: Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, with the kind permission of the Northern Ireland Council for the Curriculum, Examinations and Assessment.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Formative_feedback&amp;diff=4064</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Formative feedback</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Formative_feedback&amp;diff=4064"/>
		<updated>2012-07-06T13:21:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Homework */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of Classwork and Homework activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''My Assessment Inventory''' on the Word document and save it in your files area on the desktop? Discuss if there were any issues as this activity will be repeated again this week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Share the new points that you have found from reading of your group’s pages from the document ‘AfL-Guidance for KS1-2-2007’. Elaborate these points with examples from your understanding that has been shaped by your teaching experience. Also share examples given in the document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight to the teachers that in the document it is explicitly mentioned that Learning Objectives and Success Criteria should be negotiated with the pupils. This will happen gradually when students get used to hearing the Learning Objectives and Success Criteria in every lesson and working to achieve them. Teachers should assess when their students are ready for the negotiation and then introduce it.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Which Learning Objectives and Success Criteria did you form during the week? Did you face any issues in forming them (e.g. too wide/ too narrow, language child-friendly or not)? Share some examples with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try to share the Learning Objectives and Success Criteria with your students? How did you do it? (e.g. writing on the board, telling orally, displaying on a chart) &lt;br /&gt;
* Did you remind students about these objectives during the lesson? What were your students’ responses to these? (Remember we do not expect immediate improvement in learning but awareness of the objectives at this time should also be helpful in some ways. Share these experiences, if there were any.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try one or more activities adapted for AfL in your classroom? &lt;br /&gt;
** Which activity(ies) did you try and for which topic? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you find it useful for assessing students’ learning? &lt;br /&gt;
** What steps did you take to follow up on what you learned from the assessment (e.g. revising the topic or increasing the challenge)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the two types of feedback - summative and formative&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to give formative feedback&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning sequencing as an ICT activity for AfL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text= &lt;br /&gt;
As this activity is repeated every week, avoid spending more than 4-5 minutes on it. Ask participants to start filling up the inventory as soon as they arrive for the workshop if there is any waiting time for everybody to get together.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Update the assessment inventory that you started last week [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. Add the date in the third row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Then record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Video watching =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have seen a short video clip of this same lesson before when you discussed mixed pace group work. During the lesson portrayed in these 2 video clips, Judith assigned groups to work on maths problems together. She invited students to share how they worked out the problems. Then she invited group secretaries to report the answers of their group. Finally, she assessed each group’s learning by involving all students in the whole-class assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today’s session the first short clip (group working on maths problem: duration is 36 secs.) and the first part of the second clip (one girl shows her group’s working) will help to familiarise you with the context. Then watch the final part of the second video from the perspective of assessment (Judith goes through the groups’ answers: clip duration is 2.36). Discuss the episode afterwards using the stimulus questions below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video sequence:''' &lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=mR1AAS7bAVA|name=Judith_division_demo_and_scoring.m4v}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=7oNonwFuq-s|name=Judith_division_group_talk.m4v}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Suggested questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* Judith involved all students in assessing the learning of their own group. Share any personal experiences when you have involved students in assessing their own learning as a group.&lt;br /&gt;
** What was your topic?&lt;br /&gt;
** How did you assess the learning?&lt;br /&gt;
** How did you involve your students?&lt;br /&gt;
* Giving marks to students for their learning is common practice in classrooms in most countries. How often and when do you give marks to your students?&lt;br /&gt;
* How could teachers use AfL to '''diagnose''' what the low achievers like the group in the video had trouble with understanding?&lt;br /&gt;
* Can you think of other ways of giving feedback (besides giving marks) to students and involving them, so that they can be aware of their own learning?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Reflect on these questions as you watch the following video, then discuss them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From Shirley Clarke’s brief description at the beginning, what do you think was the most significant point related to feedback?&lt;br /&gt;
* What do you notice in Helen’s discussion about the drawing when she was talking to the whole class? &lt;br /&gt;
* Do you think Helen’s feedback to the boy was fair? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* Helen’s feedback was not quantitative but qualitative. Do you think this was more helpful or less helpful than the quantitative feedback? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shirley Clarke video on feedback''' (YouTube): Watch from 0:00 to 4:37 &lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=D7XpUqNnKtI|name=Formative_Assessment_in_Schools.mp4}} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''(Optional extra question, skip if there is less time)''' Imagine this situation: Helen was assessing the boy’s drawing at home i.e. when the child was not physically present near her. Would she still be able to give qualitative feedback? What would it look like?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now watch the following video showing a different form of feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|name=Secondary_improvement_marking.mp4|src=LNxU7hn6FqM}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Suggested questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* How was feedback in this video clip different from the clip of Helen?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the advantages of giving written feedback to students?&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you think giving written feedback is possible in your context? What could be the issues? Discuss ways to solve these issues with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Understanding summative and formative feedback  =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Remind participants about Activity Two from last session (Unit 4 Session 2): Read Question 3 again for the benefit of the participants. It was:&lt;br /&gt;
For the activity of drawing and labelling parts of the body, your success criteria are that your picture should show: (1) at least three parts of the body that are sense organs and (2) at least three parts of the body that have joints.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ask the participants to open Activity Three from the current session’s printouts.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Look at the example below. Two teachers - Teacher A and Teacher B have given oral feedback on this work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:4.3 teacher feedback on drawing.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* What are some differences between the feedback given by Teacher A and Teacher B?&lt;br /&gt;
* How would the feedback differ if it was given in the whole class (oral) or to the individual student (oral or written)? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual task}} Read the following:&lt;br /&gt;
		 	 	 		&lt;br /&gt;
Some common characteristics and differences between summative and formative feedback are:&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|| Summative Feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|| Formative Feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Indication of accurate or inaccurate (tick or cross). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Usually accompanied by a grade or mark.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Usually provided a day or two after students have handed in their work.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  Positive comments to describe work that is done well (descriptive, with reference to success criteria). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Would indicate to student what they need to improve on, if necessary, OR encourages students to develop their thinking beyond the current success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Feedback is given as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formative feedback is more helpful for students’ learning because it gives them pointers for the future. Like sharing objectives and criteria with pupils, it also '''gives the learners responsibility for developing their own thinking and skills'''. Sharing this responsibility is a key element of interactive teaching and it reduces the pressure on students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text= &lt;br /&gt;
Highlight to the teachers:&lt;br /&gt;
* formative feedback '''assists students’ learning''' &lt;br /&gt;
* the words in formative feedback communicate '''respect for students and their work, and position students to be in control''' of what they need to improve on (particularly the weaker students) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note if teachers have any concerns about giving formative feedback. For instance, &lt;br /&gt;
* giving individual feedback during whole class teaching&lt;br /&gt;
* insufficient time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some suggestions to resolve the concerns are:&lt;br /&gt;
* provide feedback based on commonly-made errors to the whole class, with reference to success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* identify students who are able to successfully complete the task to assist other students&lt;br /&gt;
* provide written feedback&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time, consider these questions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Can summative feedback and formative feedback be given concurrently?&lt;br /&gt;
* How could that help students’ learning?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Break:''' Ask participants to take a 3-4 minute break. They can do whatever they like in the workshop room like walk for a bit, stretch, drink water, sing a song together etc, but should be asked to stay in the room as you do not want to lose the momentum or be delayed in restarting. Start again promptly after 4 minutes. You could play some music while participants relax, and stop the music to indicate that it’s time to return to their seats. They might want to change places after the break too.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Giving formative feedback  =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read the Science question below and the responses from two students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lesson Objective:''' We are learning ways of preventing being infected by malaria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Success Criteria:''' I will be successful if I can write at least two correct ways of preventing the malaria infection, communicating clearly and in some detail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Question:''' Imagine you are going to visit someone in an area that is known to be infested with mosquitoes. Describe two ways to avoid being infected by malaria. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sample student’s response:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mary: I will avoid getting bitten by mosquitoes because malaria is very unpleasant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mulenga:  As mosquitoes bite particularly at night, I will make sure I sleep in rooms that have a good mosquito net or wear a long-sleeved shirt. If I can plan in advance, I will visit a doctor to take some preventive medicine. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Brainstorm as a class:&lt;br /&gt;
* What will be my feedback to Mary? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* What will be my feedback to Mulenga? Why? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Encourage participants to provide different formative feedback to each of the students. This may involve:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. Acknowledge Mary’s attempt to respond to the question - prompt her to elaborate more on how he/she could avoid being bitten by mosquitoes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. Give full credits to Mulenga for her response through positive affirmation that comments on how she has addressed the success criteria (eg she has highlighted important strategies, clearly stated, nicely detailed). Also consider challenging her by encouraging her to think of another preventive way of being infected by malaria or whether she knows what preventive drug can be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that participants’ feedback will evolve during the brainstorm. This will happen if you reinforce the points below through modelling them yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While giving formative feedback (individually or in whole class):&lt;br /&gt;
* always '''begin with what is good''' about students’ work or which success criteria have been met. Appreciate students’ responses. &lt;br /&gt;
* ask students to '''reflect on which criteria was/were not met''' before you tell them.&lt;br /&gt;
* ask students '''what they could do next time''' / could have done this time to meet the success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* '''suggest some points''' on which students could act '''immediately''' / in near future&lt;br /&gt;
* for high achievers suggest some points that can be achieved beyond the success criteria &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Ask participants to pay particular attention to the words that they use - sensitive language that guides students for further action/effort is best. The feedback should be directed at students’ responses or work and NOT at the students themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Sequencing - Use of ICT for AfL =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Some pictures related to the [[OER4Schools/4.3_Formative_feedback/Monarch_life_cycle|life cycle of a butterfly]] are downloaded on the netbooks. With a same grade buddy, use Slideshare to arrange and present them in the right sequence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole class}} Brainstorm some topics that you can assess using the activity ‘sequencing’. Then discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* How many pupils should work together on this activity in the class for appropriate AfL? &lt;br /&gt;
* Is it feasible to carry out this activity in the class? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* What steps can be taken to make this activity more feasible?&lt;br /&gt;
* What can be the formative feedback if &lt;br /&gt;
# a student is quickly able to sequence accurately&lt;br /&gt;
# a student is partially accurate in sequencing, and &lt;br /&gt;
# a student gets them all wrong?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the electronic version of “my assessment inventory”. Open your file from your ‘files area’ on your desktop. Fill it in and save it again. Remember to bring the paper inventory to every session and make an entry in the electronic inventory every week.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:''Your success criteria for all Formative Feedback homework below are:&lt;br /&gt;
::&lt;br /&gt;
::* identifying evidence where the student performed well and appreciating that performance&lt;br /&gt;
::* identifying evidence where the student could improve and giving practical tips for improving&lt;br /&gt;
::* suggesting a higher target for high achieving students&lt;br /&gt;
::''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For any topic that you are teaching this week, display the learning objective and success criteria. Then randomly choose a student’s work and assess it with the whole class with reference to the success criteria. You can watch Helen’s video clip again as an example for this homework. Record your experience on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
* For a topic that you teach this week, give oral formative feedback to two students who (a) perform well and (b) struggle in the lesson. Record answers to the following questions on the dictaphone:&lt;br /&gt;
** What feedback did you give to each student? &lt;br /&gt;
** Why did you give that feedback? &lt;br /&gt;
** What difference did your feedback make to your students’ learning?&lt;br /&gt;
* Give written feedback to a few students in your class this week. Record your observations of the experience and students’ learning on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
If possible, click pictures of the written work and your feedback with a digital camera. Upload it onto the server. Otherwise, bring the samples of your written feedback in the next workshop session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Download pictures for a topic that involves sequencing (you would have identified some of these during activity five) onto the netbooks. You can find open resources (Creative Commons licensed) at http://www.flickr.com/search/advanced/. Carry out the activity in your class: &lt;br /&gt;
** Ask groups of pupils to arrange the pictures in the right sequence using Slideshare.&lt;br /&gt;
** Then they can use a mini blackboard to record – or ideally, each group can open a new file in Open Office to write  a few words, for example if they were describing a life cycle, they can write/type at least one word to describe each picture. &lt;br /&gt;
** Give formative feedback too. &lt;br /&gt;
** Record your experience on the dictaphone.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Formative_feedback&amp;diff=4063</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Formative feedback</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Formative_feedback&amp;diff=4063"/>
		<updated>2012-07-06T13:20:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Activity Four: Giving formative feedback */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of Classwork and Homework activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''My Assessment Inventory''' on the Word document and save it in your files area on the desktop? Discuss if there were any issues as this activity will be repeated again this week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Share the new points that you have found from reading of your group’s pages from the document ‘AfL-Guidance for KS1-2-2007’. Elaborate these points with examples from your understanding that has been shaped by your teaching experience. Also share examples given in the document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight to the teachers that in the document it is explicitly mentioned that Learning Objectives and Success Criteria should be negotiated with the pupils. This will happen gradually when students get used to hearing the Learning Objectives and Success Criteria in every lesson and working to achieve them. Teachers should assess when their students are ready for the negotiation and then introduce it.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Which Learning Objectives and Success Criteria did you form during the week? Did you face any issues in forming them (e.g. too wide/ too narrow, language child-friendly or not)? Share some examples with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try to share the Learning Objectives and Success Criteria with your students? How did you do it? (e.g. writing on the board, telling orally, displaying on a chart) &lt;br /&gt;
* Did you remind students about these objectives during the lesson? What were your students’ responses to these? (Remember we do not expect immediate improvement in learning but awareness of the objectives at this time should also be helpful in some ways. Share these experiences, if there were any.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try one or more activities adapted for AfL in your classroom? &lt;br /&gt;
** Which activity(ies) did you try and for which topic? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you find it useful for assessing students’ learning? &lt;br /&gt;
** What steps did you take to follow up on what you learned from the assessment (e.g. revising the topic or increasing the challenge)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the two types of feedback - summative and formative&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to give formative feedback&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning sequencing as an ICT activity for AfL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text= &lt;br /&gt;
As this activity is repeated every week, avoid spending more than 4-5 minutes on it. Ask participants to start filling up the inventory as soon as they arrive for the workshop if there is any waiting time for everybody to get together.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Update the assessment inventory that you started last week [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. Add the date in the third row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Then record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Video watching =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have seen a short video clip of this same lesson before when you discussed mixed pace group work. During the lesson portrayed in these 2 video clips, Judith assigned groups to work on maths problems together. She invited students to share how they worked out the problems. Then she invited group secretaries to report the answers of their group. Finally, she assessed each group’s learning by involving all students in the whole-class assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today’s session the first short clip (group working on maths problem: duration is 36 secs.) and the first part of the second clip (one girl shows her group’s working) will help to familiarise you with the context. Then watch the final part of the second video from the perspective of assessment (Judith goes through the groups’ answers: clip duration is 2.36). Discuss the episode afterwards using the stimulus questions below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video sequence:''' &lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=mR1AAS7bAVA|name=Judith_division_demo_and_scoring.m4v}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=7oNonwFuq-s|name=Judith_division_group_talk.m4v}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Suggested questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* Judith involved all students in assessing the learning of their own group. Share any personal experiences when you have involved students in assessing their own learning as a group.&lt;br /&gt;
** What was your topic?&lt;br /&gt;
** How did you assess the learning?&lt;br /&gt;
** How did you involve your students?&lt;br /&gt;
* Giving marks to students for their learning is common practice in classrooms in most countries. How often and when do you give marks to your students?&lt;br /&gt;
* How could teachers use AfL to '''diagnose''' what the low achievers like the group in the video had trouble with understanding?&lt;br /&gt;
* Can you think of other ways of giving feedback (besides giving marks) to students and involving them, so that they can be aware of their own learning?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Reflect on these questions as you watch the following video, then discuss them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From Shirley Clarke’s brief description at the beginning, what do you think was the most significant point related to feedback?&lt;br /&gt;
* What do you notice in Helen’s discussion about the drawing when she was talking to the whole class? &lt;br /&gt;
* Do you think Helen’s feedback to the boy was fair? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* Helen’s feedback was not quantitative but qualitative. Do you think this was more helpful or less helpful than the quantitative feedback? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shirley Clarke video on feedback''' (YouTube): Watch from 0:00 to 4:37 &lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=D7XpUqNnKtI|name=Formative_Assessment_in_Schools.mp4}} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''(Optional extra question, skip if there is less time)''' Imagine this situation: Helen was assessing the boy’s drawing at home i.e. when the child was not physically present near her. Would she still be able to give qualitative feedback? What would it look like?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now watch the following video showing a different form of feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|name=Secondary_improvement_marking.mp4|src=LNxU7hn6FqM}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Suggested questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* How was feedback in this video clip different from the clip of Helen?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the advantages of giving written feedback to students?&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you think giving written feedback is possible in your context? What could be the issues? Discuss ways to solve these issues with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Understanding summative and formative feedback  =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Remind participants about Activity Two from last session (Unit 4 Session 2): Read Question 3 again for the benefit of the participants. It was:&lt;br /&gt;
For the activity of drawing and labelling parts of the body, your success criteria are that your picture should show: (1) at least three parts of the body that are sense organs and (2) at least three parts of the body that have joints.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ask the participants to open Activity Three from the current session’s printouts.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Look at the example below. Two teachers - Teacher A and Teacher B have given oral feedback on this work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:4.3 teacher feedback on drawing.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* What are some differences between the feedback given by Teacher A and Teacher B?&lt;br /&gt;
* How would the feedback differ if it was given in the whole class (oral) or to the individual student (oral or written)? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual task}} Read the following:&lt;br /&gt;
		 	 	 		&lt;br /&gt;
Some common characteristics and differences between summative and formative feedback are:&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|| Summative Feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|| Formative Feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Indication of accurate or inaccurate (tick or cross). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Usually accompanied by a grade or mark.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Usually provided a day or two after students have handed in their work.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  Positive comments to describe work that is done well (descriptive, with reference to success criteria). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Would indicate to student what they need to improve on, if necessary, OR encourages students to develop their thinking beyond the current success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Feedback is given as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formative feedback is more helpful for students’ learning because it gives them pointers for the future. Like sharing objectives and criteria with pupils, it also '''gives the learners responsibility for developing their own thinking and skills'''. Sharing this responsibility is a key element of interactive teaching and it reduces the pressure on students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text= &lt;br /&gt;
Highlight to the teachers:&lt;br /&gt;
* formative feedback '''assists students’ learning''' &lt;br /&gt;
* the words in formative feedback communicate '''respect for students and their work, and position students to be in control''' of what they need to improve on (particularly the weaker students) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note if teachers have any concerns about giving formative feedback. For instance, &lt;br /&gt;
* giving individual feedback during whole class teaching&lt;br /&gt;
* insufficient time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some suggestions to resolve the concerns are:&lt;br /&gt;
* provide feedback based on commonly-made errors to the whole class, with reference to success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* identify students who are able to successfully complete the task to assist other students&lt;br /&gt;
* provide written feedback&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time, consider these questions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Can summative feedback and formative feedback be given concurrently?&lt;br /&gt;
* How could that help students’ learning?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Break:''' Ask participants to take a 3-4 minute break. They can do whatever they like in the workshop room like walk for a bit, stretch, drink water, sing a song together etc, but should be asked to stay in the room as you do not want to lose the momentum or be delayed in restarting. Start again promptly after 4 minutes. You could play some music while participants relax, and stop the music to indicate that it’s time to return to their seats. They might want to change places after the break too.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Giving formative feedback  =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read the Science question below and the responses from two students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lesson Objective:''' We are learning ways of preventing being infected by malaria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Success Criteria:''' I will be successful if I can write at least two correct ways of preventing the malaria infection, communicating clearly and in some detail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Question:''' Imagine you are going to visit someone in an area that is known to be infested with mosquitoes. Describe two ways to avoid being infected by malaria. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sample student’s response:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mary: I will avoid getting bitten by mosquitoes because malaria is very unpleasant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mulenga:  As mosquitoes bite particularly at night, I will make sure I sleep in rooms that have a good mosquito net or wear a long-sleeved shirt. If I can plan in advance, I will visit a doctor to take some preventive medicine. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Brainstorm as a class:&lt;br /&gt;
* What will be my feedback to Mary? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* What will be my feedback to Mulenga? Why? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Encourage participants to provide different formative feedback to each of the students. This may involve:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. Acknowledge Mary’s attempt to respond to the question - prompt her to elaborate more on how he/she could avoid being bitten by mosquitoes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. Give full credits to Mulenga for her response through positive affirmation that comments on how she has addressed the success criteria (eg she has highlighted important strategies, clearly stated, nicely detailed). Also consider challenging her by encouraging her to think of another preventive way of being infected by malaria or whether she knows what preventive drug can be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that participants’ feedback will evolve during the brainstorm. This will happen if you reinforce the points below through modelling them yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While giving formative feedback (individually or in whole class):&lt;br /&gt;
* always '''begin with what is good''' about students’ work or which success criteria have been met. Appreciate students’ responses. &lt;br /&gt;
* ask students to '''reflect on which criteria was/were not met''' before you tell them.&lt;br /&gt;
* ask students '''what they could do next time''' / could have done this time to meet the success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* '''suggest some points''' on which students could act '''immediately''' / in near future&lt;br /&gt;
* for high achievers suggest some points that can be achieved beyond the success criteria &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Ask participants to pay particular attention to the words that they use - sensitive language that guides students for further action/effort is best. The feedback should be directed at students’ responses or work and NOT at the students themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Sequencing - Use of ICT for AfL =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Some pictures related to the [[OER4Schools/4.3_Formative_feedback/Monarch_life_cycle|life cycle of a butterfly]] are downloaded on the netbooks. With a same grade buddy, use Slideshare to arrange and present them in the right sequence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole class}} Brainstorm some topics that you can assess using the activity ‘sequencing’. Then discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* How many pupils should work together on this activity in the class for appropriate AfL? &lt;br /&gt;
* Is it feasible to carry out this activity in the class? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* What steps can be taken to make this activity more feasible?&lt;br /&gt;
* What can be the formative feedback if &lt;br /&gt;
# a student is quickly able to sequence accurately&lt;br /&gt;
# a student is partially accurate in sequencing, and &lt;br /&gt;
# a student gets them all wrong?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the electronic version of “my assessment inventory”. Open your file from your ‘files area’ on your desktop. Fill it in and save it again. Remember to bring the paper inventory to every session and make an entry in the electronic inventory every week.&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:''Your success criteria for all Formative Feedback homework below are:&lt;br /&gt;
::&lt;br /&gt;
::* identifying evidence where the student performed well and appreciating that performance&lt;br /&gt;
::* identifying evidence where the student could improve and giving practical tips for improving&lt;br /&gt;
::* suggesting a higher target for high achieving students&lt;br /&gt;
::''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For any topic that you are teaching this week, display the learning objective and success criteria. Then randomly choose a student’s work and assess it with the whole class with reference to the success criteria. You can watch Helen’s video clip again as an example for this homework. Record your experience on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
* For a topic that you teach this week, give oral formative feedback to two students who (a) perform well and (b) struggle in the lesson. Record answers to the following questions on the dictaphone:&lt;br /&gt;
** What feedback did you give to each student? &lt;br /&gt;
** Why did you give that feedback? &lt;br /&gt;
** What difference did your feedback make to your students’ learning?&lt;br /&gt;
* Give written feedback to a few students in your class this week. Record your observations of the experience and students’ learning on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
If possible, click pictures of the written work and your feedback with a digital camera. Upload it onto the server. Otherwise, bring the samples of your written feedback in the next workshop session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Download pictures for a topic that involves sequencing (you would have identified some of these during activity five) onto the netbooks. You can find open resources (Creative Commons licensed) at http://www.flickr.com/search/advanced/. Carry out the activity in your class: &lt;br /&gt;
** Ask groups of pupils to arrange the pictures in the right sequence using Slideshare.&lt;br /&gt;
** Then they can use a mini blackboard to record – or ideally, each group can open a new file in Open Office to write  a few words, for example if they were describing a life cycle, they can write/type at least one word to describe each picture. &lt;br /&gt;
** Give formative feedback too. &lt;br /&gt;
** Record your experience on the dictaphone.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Formative_feedback&amp;diff=4060</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Formative feedback</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Formative_feedback&amp;diff=4060"/>
		<updated>2012-07-04T19:20:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Homework */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of Classwork and Homework activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''My Assessment Inventory''' on the Word document and save it in your files area on the desktop? Discuss if there were any issues as this activity will be repeated again this week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Share the new points that you have found from reading of your group’s pages from the document ‘AfL-Guidance for KS1-2-2007’. Elaborate these points with examples from your understanding that has been shaped by your teaching experience. Also share examples given in the document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight to the teachers that in the document it is explicitly mentioned that Learning Objectives and Success Criteria should be negotiated with the pupils. This will happen gradually when students get used to hearing the Learning Objectives and Success Criteria in every lesson and working to achieve them. Teachers should assess when their students are ready for the negotiation and then introduce it.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Which Learning Objectives and Success Criteria did you form during the week? Did you face any issues in forming them (e.g. too wide/ too narrow, language child-friendly or not)? Share some examples with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try to share the Learning Objectives and Success Criteria with your students? How did you do it? (e.g. writing on the board, telling orally, displaying on a chart) &lt;br /&gt;
* Did you remind students about these objectives during the lesson? What were your students’ responses to these? (Remember we do not expect immediate improvement in learning but awareness of the objectives at this time should also be helpful in some ways. Share these experiences, if there were any.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try one or more activities adapted for AfL in your classroom? &lt;br /&gt;
** Which activity(ies) did you try and for which topic? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you find it useful for assessing students’ learning? &lt;br /&gt;
** What steps did you take to follow up on what you learned from the assessment (e.g. revising the topic or increasing the challenge)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the two types of feedback - summative and formative&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to give formative feedback&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning sequencing as an ICT activity for AfL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text= &lt;br /&gt;
As this activity is repeated every week, avoid spending more than 4-5 minutes on it. Ask participants to start filling up the inventory as soon as they arrive for the workshop if there is any waiting time for everybody to get together.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Update the assessment inventory that you started last week [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. Add the date in the third row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Then record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Video watching =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have seen a short video clip of this same lesson before when you discussed mixed pace group work. During the lesson portrayed in these 2 video clips, Judith assigned groups to work on maths problems together. She invited students to share how they worked out the problems. Then she invited group secretaries to report the answers of their group. Finally, she assessed each group’s learning by involving all students in the whole-class assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today’s session the first short clip (group working on maths problem: duration is 36 secs.) and the first part of the second clip (one girl shows her group’s working) will help to familiarise you with the context. Then watch the final part of the second video from the perspective of assessment (Judith goes through the groups’ answers: clip duration is 2.36). Discuss the episode afterwards using the stimulus questions below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video sequence:''' &lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=mR1AAS7bAVA|name=Judith_division_demo_and_scoring.m4v}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=7oNonwFuq-s|name=Judith_division_group_talk.m4v}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Suggested questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* Judith involved all students in assessing the learning of their own group. Share any personal experiences when you have involved students in assessing their own learning as a group.&lt;br /&gt;
** What was your topic?&lt;br /&gt;
** How did you assess the learning?&lt;br /&gt;
** How did you involve your students?&lt;br /&gt;
* Giving marks to students for their learning is common practice in classrooms in most countries. How often and when do you give marks to your students?&lt;br /&gt;
* How could teachers use AfL to '''diagnose''' what the low achievers like the group in the video had trouble with understanding?&lt;br /&gt;
* Can you think of other ways of giving feedback (besides giving marks) to students and involving them, so that they can be aware of their own learning?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Reflect on these questions as you watch the following video, then discuss them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From Shirley Clarke’s brief description at the beginning, what do you think was the most significant point related to feedback?&lt;br /&gt;
* What do you notice in Helen’s discussion about the drawing when she was talking to the whole class? &lt;br /&gt;
* Do you think Helen’s feedback to the boy was fair? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* Helen’s feedback was not quantitative but qualitative. Do you think this was more helpful or less helpful than the quantitative feedback? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shirley Clarke video on feedback''' (YouTube): Watch from 0:00 to 4:37 &lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=D7XpUqNnKtI|name=Formative_Assessment_in_Schools.mp4}} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''(Optional extra question, skip if there is less time)''' Imagine this situation: Helen was assessing the boy’s drawing at home i.e. when the child was not physically present near her. Would she still be able to give qualitative feedback? What would it look like?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now watch the following video showing a different form of feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|name=Secondary_improvement_marking.mp4|src=LNxU7hn6FqM}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Suggested questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* How was feedback in this video clip different from the clip of Helen?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the advantages of giving written feedback to students?&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you think giving written feedback is possible in your context? What could be the issues? Discuss ways to solve these issues with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Understanding summative and formative feedback  =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Remind participants about Activity Two from last session (Unit 4 Session 2): Read Question 3 again for the benefit of the participants. It was:&lt;br /&gt;
For the activity of drawing and labelling parts of the body, your success criteria are that your picture should show: (1) at least three parts of the body that are sense organs and (2) at least three parts of the body that have joints.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ask the participants to open Activity Three from the current session’s printouts.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Look at the example below. Two teachers - Teacher A and Teacher B have given oral feedback on this work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:4.3 teacher feedback on drawing.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* What are some differences between the feedback given by Teacher A and Teacher B?&lt;br /&gt;
* How would the feedback differ if it was given in the whole class (oral) or to the individual student (oral or written)? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual task}} Read the following:&lt;br /&gt;
		 	 	 		&lt;br /&gt;
Some common characteristics and differences between summative and formative feedback are:&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|| Summative Feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|| Formative Feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Indication of accurate or inaccurate (tick or cross). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Usually accompanied by a grade or mark.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Usually provided a day or two after students have handed in their work.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  Positive comments to describe work that is done well (descriptive, with reference to success criteria). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Would indicate to student what they need to improve on, if necessary, OR encourages students to develop their thinking beyond the current success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Feedback is given as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formative feedback is more helpful for students’ learning because it gives them pointers for the future. Like sharing objectives and criteria with pupils, it also '''gives the learners responsibility for developing their own thinking and skills'''. Sharing this responsibility is a key element of interactive teaching and it reduces the pressure on students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text= &lt;br /&gt;
Highlight to the teachers:&lt;br /&gt;
* formative feedback '''assists students’ learning''' &lt;br /&gt;
* the words in formative feedback communicate '''respect for students and their work, and position students to be in control''' of what they need to improve on (particularly the weaker students) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note if teachers have any concerns about giving formative feedback. For instance, &lt;br /&gt;
* giving individual feedback during whole class teaching&lt;br /&gt;
* insufficient time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some suggestions to resolve the concerns are:&lt;br /&gt;
* provide feedback based on commonly-made errors to the whole class, with reference to success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* identify students who are able to successfully complete the task to assist other students&lt;br /&gt;
* provide written feedback&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time, consider these questions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Can summative feedback and formative feedback be given concurrently?&lt;br /&gt;
* How could that help students’ learning?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Break:''' Ask participants to take a 3-4 minute break. They can do whatever they like in the workshop room like walk for a bit, stretch, drink water, sing a song together etc, but should be asked to stay in the room as you do not want to lose the momentum or be delayed in restarting. Start again promptly after 4 minutes. You could play some music while participants relax, and stop the music to indicate that it’s time to return to their seats. They might want to change places after the break too.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Giving formative feedback  =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read the Science question below and the responses from two students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lesson Objective:''' We are learning ways of preventing being infected by malaria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Success Criteria:''' I will be successful if I can write at least two correct ways of preventing the malaria infection, communicating clearly and in some detail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Question:''' Imagine you are going to visit someone in an area that is known to be infested with mosquitoes. Describe two ways to avoid being infected by malaria. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sample student’s response:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mary: I will avoid getting bitten by mosquitoes because malaria is very unpleasant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mulenga:  As mosquitoes bite particularly at night, I will make sure I sleep in rooms that have a good mosquito net or wear a long-sleeved shirt. If I can plan in advance, I will visit a doctor to take some preventive medicine. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Brainstorm as a class:&lt;br /&gt;
* What will be my feedback to Mary? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* What will be my feedback to Mulenga? Why? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Encourage participants to provide different formative feedback to each of the students. This may involve:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. Acknowledge Mary’s attempt to respond to the question - prompt her to elaborate more on how he/she could avoid being bitten by mosquitoes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. Give full credits to Mulenga for her response through positive affirmation that comments on how she has addressed the success criteria (eg she has highlighted important strategies, clearly stated, nicely detailed). Also consider challenging her by encouraging her to think of another preventive way of being infected by malaria or whether she knows what preventive drug can be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that participants’ feedback will evolve during the brainstorm. This will happen if you reinforce the points below through modelling them yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While giving formative feedback (individually or in whole class):&lt;br /&gt;
always '''begin with what is good''' about students’ work or which success criteria have been met. Appreciate students’ responses. &lt;br /&gt;
ask students to '''reflect on which criteria was/were not met''' before you tell them.&lt;br /&gt;
ask students '''what they could do next time''' / could have done this time to meet the success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
'''suggest some points''' on which students could act '''immediately''' / in near future&lt;br /&gt;
for high achievers suggest some points that can be achieved beyond the success criteria &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Ask participants to pay particular attention to the words that they use - sensitive language that guides students for further action/effort is best. The feedback should be directed at students’ responses or work and NOT at the students themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Sequencing - Use of ICT for AfL =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Some pictures related to the [[OER4Schools/4.3_Formative_feedback/Monarch_life_cycle|life cycle of a butterfly]] are downloaded on the netbooks. With a same grade buddy, use Slideshare to arrange and present them in the right sequence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole class}} Brainstorm some topics that you can assess using the activity ‘sequencing’. Then discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* How many pupils should work together on this activity in the class for appropriate AfL? &lt;br /&gt;
* Is it feasible to carry out this activity in the class? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* What steps can be taken to make this activity more feasible?&lt;br /&gt;
* What can be the formative feedback if &lt;br /&gt;
# a student is quickly able to sequence accurately&lt;br /&gt;
# a student is partially accurate in sequencing, and &lt;br /&gt;
# a student gets them all wrong?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the electronic version of “my assessment inventory”. Open your file from your ‘files area’ on your desktop. Fill it in and save it again. Remember to bring the paper inventory to every session and make an entry in the electronic inventory every week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:''Your success criteria for all Formative Feedback homework below are:&lt;br /&gt;
::&lt;br /&gt;
::* identifying evidence where the student performed well and appreciating that performance&lt;br /&gt;
::* identifying evidence where the student could improve and giving practical tips for improving&lt;br /&gt;
::* suggesting a higher target for high achieving students&lt;br /&gt;
::''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For any topic that you are teaching this week, display the learning objective and success criteria. Then randomly choose a student’s work and assess it with the whole class with reference to the success criteria. You can watch Helen’s video clip again as an example for this homework. Record your experience on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
* For a topic that you teach this week, give oral formative feedback to two students who (a) perform well and (b) struggle in the lesson. Record answers to the following questions on the dictaphone:&lt;br /&gt;
** What feedback did you give to each student? &lt;br /&gt;
** Why did you give that feedback? &lt;br /&gt;
** What difference did your feedback make to your students’ learning?&lt;br /&gt;
* Give written feedback to a few students in your class this week. Record your observations of the experience and students’ learning on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
If possible, click pictures of the written work and your feedback with a digital camera. Upload it onto the server. Otherwise, bring the samples of your written feedback in the next workshop session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Download pictures for a topic that involves sequencing (you would have identified some of these during activity five) onto the netbooks. You can find open resources (Creative Commons licensed) at http://www.flickr.com/search/advanced/. Carry out the activity in your class: &lt;br /&gt;
** Ask groups of pupils to arrange the pictures in the right sequence using Slideshare.&lt;br /&gt;
** Then they can use a mini blackboard to record – or ideally, each group can open a new file in Open Office to write  a few words, for example if they were describing a life cycle, they can write/type at least one word to describe each picture. &lt;br /&gt;
** Give formative feedback too. &lt;br /&gt;
** Record your experience on the dictaphone.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Formative_feedback&amp;diff=4059</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Formative feedback</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Formative_feedback&amp;diff=4059"/>
		<updated>2012-07-04T19:19:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Homework */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of Classwork and Homework activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''My Assessment Inventory''' on the Word document and save it in your files area on the desktop? Discuss if there were any issues as this activity will be repeated again this week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Share the new points that you have found from reading of your group’s pages from the document ‘AfL-Guidance for KS1-2-2007’. Elaborate these points with examples from your understanding that has been shaped by your teaching experience. Also share examples given in the document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight to the teachers that in the document it is explicitly mentioned that Learning Objectives and Success Criteria should be negotiated with the pupils. This will happen gradually when students get used to hearing the Learning Objectives and Success Criteria in every lesson and working to achieve them. Teachers should assess when their students are ready for the negotiation and then introduce it.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Which Learning Objectives and Success Criteria did you form during the week? Did you face any issues in forming them (e.g. too wide/ too narrow, language child-friendly or not)? Share some examples with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try to share the Learning Objectives and Success Criteria with your students? How did you do it? (e.g. writing on the board, telling orally, displaying on a chart) &lt;br /&gt;
* Did you remind students about these objectives during the lesson? What were your students’ responses to these? (Remember we do not expect immediate improvement in learning but awareness of the objectives at this time should also be helpful in some ways. Share these experiences, if there were any.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try one or more activities adapted for AfL in your classroom? &lt;br /&gt;
** Which activity(ies) did you try and for which topic? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you find it useful for assessing students’ learning? &lt;br /&gt;
** What steps did you take to follow up on what you learned from the assessment (e.g. revising the topic or increasing the challenge)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the two types of feedback - summative and formative&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to give formative feedback&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning sequencing as an ICT activity for AfL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text= &lt;br /&gt;
As this activity is repeated every week, avoid spending more than 4-5 minutes on it. Ask participants to start filling up the inventory as soon as they arrive for the workshop if there is any waiting time for everybody to get together.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Update the assessment inventory that you started last week [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. Add the date in the third row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Then record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Video watching =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have seen a short video clip of this same lesson before when you discussed mixed pace group work. During the lesson portrayed in these 2 video clips, Judith assigned groups to work on maths problems together. She invited students to share how they worked out the problems. Then she invited group secretaries to report the answers of their group. Finally, she assessed each group’s learning by involving all students in the whole-class assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today’s session the first short clip (group working on maths problem: duration is 36 secs.) and the first part of the second clip (one girl shows her group’s working) will help to familiarise you with the context. Then watch the final part of the second video from the perspective of assessment (Judith goes through the groups’ answers: clip duration is 2.36). Discuss the episode afterwards using the stimulus questions below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video sequence:''' &lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=mR1AAS7bAVA|name=Judith_division_demo_and_scoring.m4v}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=7oNonwFuq-s|name=Judith_division_group_talk.m4v}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Suggested questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* Judith involved all students in assessing the learning of their own group. Share any personal experiences when you have involved students in assessing their own learning as a group.&lt;br /&gt;
** What was your topic?&lt;br /&gt;
** How did you assess the learning?&lt;br /&gt;
** How did you involve your students?&lt;br /&gt;
* Giving marks to students for their learning is common practice in classrooms in most countries. How often and when do you give marks to your students?&lt;br /&gt;
* How could teachers use AfL to '''diagnose''' what the low achievers like the group in the video had trouble with understanding?&lt;br /&gt;
* Can you think of other ways of giving feedback (besides giving marks) to students and involving them, so that they can be aware of their own learning?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Reflect on these questions as you watch the following video, then discuss them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From Shirley Clarke’s brief description at the beginning, what do you think was the most significant point related to feedback?&lt;br /&gt;
* What do you notice in Helen’s discussion about the drawing when she was talking to the whole class? &lt;br /&gt;
* Do you think Helen’s feedback to the boy was fair? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* Helen’s feedback was not quantitative but qualitative. Do you think this was more helpful or less helpful than the quantitative feedback? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shirley Clarke video on feedback''' (YouTube): Watch from 0:00 to 4:37 &lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=D7XpUqNnKtI|name=Formative_Assessment_in_Schools.mp4}} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''(Optional extra question, skip if there is less time)''' Imagine this situation: Helen was assessing the boy’s drawing at home i.e. when the child was not physically present near her. Would she still be able to give qualitative feedback? What would it look like?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now watch the following video showing a different form of feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|name=Secondary_improvement_marking.mp4|src=LNxU7hn6FqM}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Suggested questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* How was feedback in this video clip different from the clip of Helen?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the advantages of giving written feedback to students?&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you think giving written feedback is possible in your context? What could be the issues? Discuss ways to solve these issues with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Understanding summative and formative feedback  =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Remind participants about Activity Two from last session (Unit 4 Session 2): Read Question 3 again for the benefit of the participants. It was:&lt;br /&gt;
For the activity of drawing and labelling parts of the body, your success criteria are that your picture should show: (1) at least three parts of the body that are sense organs and (2) at least three parts of the body that have joints.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ask the participants to open Activity Three from the current session’s printouts.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Look at the example below. Two teachers - Teacher A and Teacher B have given oral feedback on this work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:4.3 teacher feedback on drawing.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* What are some differences between the feedback given by Teacher A and Teacher B?&lt;br /&gt;
* How would the feedback differ if it was given in the whole class (oral) or to the individual student (oral or written)? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual task}} Read the following:&lt;br /&gt;
		 	 	 		&lt;br /&gt;
Some common characteristics and differences between summative and formative feedback are:&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|| Summative Feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|| Formative Feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Indication of accurate or inaccurate (tick or cross). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Usually accompanied by a grade or mark.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Usually provided a day or two after students have handed in their work.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  Positive comments to describe work that is done well (descriptive, with reference to success criteria). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Would indicate to student what they need to improve on, if necessary, OR encourages students to develop their thinking beyond the current success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Feedback is given as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formative feedback is more helpful for students’ learning because it gives them pointers for the future. Like sharing objectives and criteria with pupils, it also '''gives the learners responsibility for developing their own thinking and skills'''. Sharing this responsibility is a key element of interactive teaching and it reduces the pressure on students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text= &lt;br /&gt;
Highlight to the teachers:&lt;br /&gt;
* formative feedback '''assists students’ learning''' &lt;br /&gt;
* the words in formative feedback communicate '''respect for students and their work, and position students to be in control''' of what they need to improve on (particularly the weaker students) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note if teachers have any concerns about giving formative feedback. For instance, &lt;br /&gt;
* giving individual feedback during whole class teaching&lt;br /&gt;
* insufficient time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some suggestions to resolve the concerns are:&lt;br /&gt;
* provide feedback based on commonly-made errors to the whole class, with reference to success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* identify students who are able to successfully complete the task to assist other students&lt;br /&gt;
* provide written feedback&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time, consider these questions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Can summative feedback and formative feedback be given concurrently?&lt;br /&gt;
* How could that help students’ learning?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Break:''' Ask participants to take a 3-4 minute break. They can do whatever they like in the workshop room like walk for a bit, stretch, drink water, sing a song together etc, but should be asked to stay in the room as you do not want to lose the momentum or be delayed in restarting. Start again promptly after 4 minutes. You could play some music while participants relax, and stop the music to indicate that it’s time to return to their seats. They might want to change places after the break too.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Giving formative feedback  =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read the Science question below and the responses from two students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lesson Objective:''' We are learning ways of preventing being infected by malaria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Success Criteria:''' I will be successful if I can write at least two correct ways of preventing the malaria infection, communicating clearly and in some detail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Question:''' Imagine you are going to visit someone in an area that is known to be infested with mosquitoes. Describe two ways to avoid being infected by malaria. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sample student’s response:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mary: I will avoid getting bitten by mosquitoes because malaria is very unpleasant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mulenga:  As mosquitoes bite particularly at night, I will make sure I sleep in rooms that have a good mosquito net or wear a long-sleeved shirt. If I can plan in advance, I will visit a doctor to take some preventive medicine. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Brainstorm as a class:&lt;br /&gt;
* What will be my feedback to Mary? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* What will be my feedback to Mulenga? Why? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Encourage participants to provide different formative feedback to each of the students. This may involve:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. Acknowledge Mary’s attempt to respond to the question - prompt her to elaborate more on how he/she could avoid being bitten by mosquitoes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. Give full credits to Mulenga for her response through positive affirmation that comments on how she has addressed the success criteria (eg she has highlighted important strategies, clearly stated, nicely detailed). Also consider challenging her by encouraging her to think of another preventive way of being infected by malaria or whether she knows what preventive drug can be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that participants’ feedback will evolve during the brainstorm. This will happen if you reinforce the points below through modelling them yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While giving formative feedback (individually or in whole class):&lt;br /&gt;
always '''begin with what is good''' about students’ work or which success criteria have been met. Appreciate students’ responses. &lt;br /&gt;
ask students to '''reflect on which criteria was/were not met''' before you tell them.&lt;br /&gt;
ask students '''what they could do next time''' / could have done this time to meet the success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
'''suggest some points''' on which students could act '''immediately''' / in near future&lt;br /&gt;
for high achievers suggest some points that can be achieved beyond the success criteria &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Ask participants to pay particular attention to the words that they use - sensitive language that guides students for further action/effort is best. The feedback should be directed at students’ responses or work and NOT at the students themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Sequencing - Use of ICT for AfL =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Some pictures related to the [[OER4Schools/4.3_Formative_feedback/Monarch_life_cycle|life cycle of a butterfly]] are downloaded on the netbooks. With a same grade buddy, use Slideshare to arrange and present them in the right sequence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole class}} Brainstorm some topics that you can assess using the activity ‘sequencing’. Then discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* How many pupils should work together on this activity in the class for appropriate AfL? &lt;br /&gt;
* Is it feasible to carry out this activity in the class? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* What steps can be taken to make this activity more feasible?&lt;br /&gt;
* What can be the formative feedback if &lt;br /&gt;
# a student is quickly able to sequence accurately&lt;br /&gt;
# a student is partially accurate in sequencing, and &lt;br /&gt;
# a student gets them all wrong?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the electronic version of “my assessment inventory”. Open your file from your ‘files area’ on your desktop. Fill it in and save it again. Remember to bring the paper inventory to every session and make an entry in the electronic inventory every week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:''Your success criteria for all Formative Feedback homework below are:&lt;br /&gt;
::&lt;br /&gt;
::* identifying evidence where the student performed well and appreciating that performance&lt;br /&gt;
::* identifying evidence where the student could improve and giving practical tips for improving&lt;br /&gt;
::* suggesting a higher target for high achieving students&lt;br /&gt;
::''&lt;br /&gt;
* For any topic that you are teaching this week, display the learning objective and success criteria. Then randomly choose a student’s work and assess it with the whole class with reference to the success criteria. You can watch Helen’s video clip again as an example for this homework. Record your experience on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
* For a topic that you teach this week, give oral formative feedback to two students who (a) perform well and (b) struggle in the lesson. Record answers to the following questions on the dictaphone:&lt;br /&gt;
** What feedback did you give to each student? &lt;br /&gt;
** Why did you give that feedback? &lt;br /&gt;
** What difference did your feedback make to your students’ learning?&lt;br /&gt;
* Give written feedback to a few students in your class this week. Record your observations of the experience and students’ learning on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
If possible, click pictures of the written work and your feedback with a digital camera. Upload it onto the server. Otherwise, bring the samples of your written feedback in the next workshop session.&lt;br /&gt;
* Download pictures for a topic that involves sequencing (you would have identified some of these during activity five) onto the netbooks. You can find open resources (Creative Commons licensed) at http://www.flickr.com/search/advanced/. Carry out the activity in your class: &lt;br /&gt;
** Ask groups of pupils to arrange the pictures in the right sequence using Slideshare.&lt;br /&gt;
** Then they can use a mini blackboard to record – or ideally, each group can open a new file in Open Office to write  a few words, for example if they were describing a life cycle, they can write/type at least one word to describe each picture. &lt;br /&gt;
** Give formative feedback too. &lt;br /&gt;
** Record your experience on the dictaphone.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Formative_feedback&amp;diff=4058</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Formative feedback</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Formative_feedback&amp;diff=4058"/>
		<updated>2012-07-04T19:18:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Homework */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of Classwork and Homework activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''My Assessment Inventory''' on the Word document and save it in your files area on the desktop? Discuss if there were any issues as this activity will be repeated again this week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Share the new points that you have found from reading of your group’s pages from the document ‘AfL-Guidance for KS1-2-2007’. Elaborate these points with examples from your understanding that has been shaped by your teaching experience. Also share examples given in the document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight to the teachers that in the document it is explicitly mentioned that Learning Objectives and Success Criteria should be negotiated with the pupils. This will happen gradually when students get used to hearing the Learning Objectives and Success Criteria in every lesson and working to achieve them. Teachers should assess when their students are ready for the negotiation and then introduce it.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Which Learning Objectives and Success Criteria did you form during the week? Did you face any issues in forming them (e.g. too wide/ too narrow, language child-friendly or not)? Share some examples with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try to share the Learning Objectives and Success Criteria with your students? How did you do it? (e.g. writing on the board, telling orally, displaying on a chart) &lt;br /&gt;
* Did you remind students about these objectives during the lesson? What were your students’ responses to these? (Remember we do not expect immediate improvement in learning but awareness of the objectives at this time should also be helpful in some ways. Share these experiences, if there were any.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try one or more activities adapted for AfL in your classroom? &lt;br /&gt;
** Which activity(ies) did you try and for which topic? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you find it useful for assessing students’ learning? &lt;br /&gt;
** What steps did you take to follow up on what you learned from the assessment (e.g. revising the topic or increasing the challenge)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the two types of feedback - summative and formative&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to give formative feedback&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning sequencing as an ICT activity for AfL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text= &lt;br /&gt;
As this activity is repeated every week, avoid spending more than 4-5 minutes on it. Ask participants to start filling up the inventory as soon as they arrive for the workshop if there is any waiting time for everybody to get together.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Update the assessment inventory that you started last week [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. Add the date in the third row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Then record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Video watching =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have seen a short video clip of this same lesson before when you discussed mixed pace group work. During the lesson portrayed in these 2 video clips, Judith assigned groups to work on maths problems together. She invited students to share how they worked out the problems. Then she invited group secretaries to report the answers of their group. Finally, she assessed each group’s learning by involving all students in the whole-class assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today’s session the first short clip (group working on maths problem: duration is 36 secs.) and the first part of the second clip (one girl shows her group’s working) will help to familiarise you with the context. Then watch the final part of the second video from the perspective of assessment (Judith goes through the groups’ answers: clip duration is 2.36). Discuss the episode afterwards using the stimulus questions below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video sequence:''' &lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=mR1AAS7bAVA|name=Judith_division_demo_and_scoring.m4v}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=7oNonwFuq-s|name=Judith_division_group_talk.m4v}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Suggested questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* Judith involved all students in assessing the learning of their own group. Share any personal experiences when you have involved students in assessing their own learning as a group.&lt;br /&gt;
** What was your topic?&lt;br /&gt;
** How did you assess the learning?&lt;br /&gt;
** How did you involve your students?&lt;br /&gt;
* Giving marks to students for their learning is common practice in classrooms in most countries. How often and when do you give marks to your students?&lt;br /&gt;
* How could teachers use AfL to '''diagnose''' what the low achievers like the group in the video had trouble with understanding?&lt;br /&gt;
* Can you think of other ways of giving feedback (besides giving marks) to students and involving them, so that they can be aware of their own learning?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Reflect on these questions as you watch the following video, then discuss them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From Shirley Clarke’s brief description at the beginning, what do you think was the most significant point related to feedback?&lt;br /&gt;
* What do you notice in Helen’s discussion about the drawing when she was talking to the whole class? &lt;br /&gt;
* Do you think Helen’s feedback to the boy was fair? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* Helen’s feedback was not quantitative but qualitative. Do you think this was more helpful or less helpful than the quantitative feedback? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shirley Clarke video on feedback''' (YouTube): Watch from 0:00 to 4:37 &lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=D7XpUqNnKtI|name=Formative_Assessment_in_Schools.mp4}} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''(Optional extra question, skip if there is less time)''' Imagine this situation: Helen was assessing the boy’s drawing at home i.e. when the child was not physically present near her. Would she still be able to give qualitative feedback? What would it look like?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now watch the following video showing a different form of feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|name=Secondary_improvement_marking.mp4|src=LNxU7hn6FqM}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Suggested questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* How was feedback in this video clip different from the clip of Helen?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the advantages of giving written feedback to students?&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you think giving written feedback is possible in your context? What could be the issues? Discuss ways to solve these issues with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Understanding summative and formative feedback  =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Remind participants about Activity Two from last session (Unit 4 Session 2): Read Question 3 again for the benefit of the participants. It was:&lt;br /&gt;
For the activity of drawing and labelling parts of the body, your success criteria are that your picture should show: (1) at least three parts of the body that are sense organs and (2) at least three parts of the body that have joints.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ask the participants to open Activity Three from the current session’s printouts.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Look at the example below. Two teachers - Teacher A and Teacher B have given oral feedback on this work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:4.3 teacher feedback on drawing.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* What are some differences between the feedback given by Teacher A and Teacher B?&lt;br /&gt;
* How would the feedback differ if it was given in the whole class (oral) or to the individual student (oral or written)? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual task}} Read the following:&lt;br /&gt;
		 	 	 		&lt;br /&gt;
Some common characteristics and differences between summative and formative feedback are:&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|| Summative Feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|| Formative Feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Indication of accurate or inaccurate (tick or cross). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Usually accompanied by a grade or mark.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Usually provided a day or two after students have handed in their work.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  Positive comments to describe work that is done well (descriptive, with reference to success criteria). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Would indicate to student what they need to improve on, if necessary, OR encourages students to develop their thinking beyond the current success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Feedback is given as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formative feedback is more helpful for students’ learning because it gives them pointers for the future. Like sharing objectives and criteria with pupils, it also '''gives the learners responsibility for developing their own thinking and skills'''. Sharing this responsibility is a key element of interactive teaching and it reduces the pressure on students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text= &lt;br /&gt;
Highlight to the teachers:&lt;br /&gt;
* formative feedback '''assists students’ learning''' &lt;br /&gt;
* the words in formative feedback communicate '''respect for students and their work, and position students to be in control''' of what they need to improve on (particularly the weaker students) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note if teachers have any concerns about giving formative feedback. For instance, &lt;br /&gt;
* giving individual feedback during whole class teaching&lt;br /&gt;
* insufficient time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some suggestions to resolve the concerns are:&lt;br /&gt;
* provide feedback based on commonly-made errors to the whole class, with reference to success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* identify students who are able to successfully complete the task to assist other students&lt;br /&gt;
* provide written feedback&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time, consider these questions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Can summative feedback and formative feedback be given concurrently?&lt;br /&gt;
* How could that help students’ learning?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Break:''' Ask participants to take a 3-4 minute break. They can do whatever they like in the workshop room like walk for a bit, stretch, drink water, sing a song together etc, but should be asked to stay in the room as you do not want to lose the momentum or be delayed in restarting. Start again promptly after 4 minutes. You could play some music while participants relax, and stop the music to indicate that it’s time to return to their seats. They might want to change places after the break too.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Giving formative feedback  =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read the Science question below and the responses from two students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lesson Objective:''' We are learning ways of preventing being infected by malaria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Success Criteria:''' I will be successful if I can write at least two correct ways of preventing the malaria infection, communicating clearly and in some detail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Question:''' Imagine you are going to visit someone in an area that is known to be infested with mosquitoes. Describe two ways to avoid being infected by malaria. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sample student’s response:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mary: I will avoid getting bitten by mosquitoes because malaria is very unpleasant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mulenga:  As mosquitoes bite particularly at night, I will make sure I sleep in rooms that have a good mosquito net or wear a long-sleeved shirt. If I can plan in advance, I will visit a doctor to take some preventive medicine. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Brainstorm as a class:&lt;br /&gt;
* What will be my feedback to Mary? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* What will be my feedback to Mulenga? Why? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Encourage participants to provide different formative feedback to each of the students. This may involve:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. Acknowledge Mary’s attempt to respond to the question - prompt her to elaborate more on how he/she could avoid being bitten by mosquitoes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. Give full credits to Mulenga for her response through positive affirmation that comments on how she has addressed the success criteria (eg she has highlighted important strategies, clearly stated, nicely detailed). Also consider challenging her by encouraging her to think of another preventive way of being infected by malaria or whether she knows what preventive drug can be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that participants’ feedback will evolve during the brainstorm. This will happen if you reinforce the points below through modelling them yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While giving formative feedback (individually or in whole class):&lt;br /&gt;
always '''begin with what is good''' about students’ work or which success criteria have been met. Appreciate students’ responses. &lt;br /&gt;
ask students to '''reflect on which criteria was/were not met''' before you tell them.&lt;br /&gt;
ask students '''what they could do next time''' / could have done this time to meet the success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
'''suggest some points''' on which students could act '''immediately''' / in near future&lt;br /&gt;
for high achievers suggest some points that can be achieved beyond the success criteria &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Ask participants to pay particular attention to the words that they use - sensitive language that guides students for further action/effort is best. The feedback should be directed at students’ responses or work and NOT at the students themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Sequencing - Use of ICT for AfL =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Some pictures related to the [[OER4Schools/4.3_Formative_feedback/Monarch_life_cycle|life cycle of a butterfly]] are downloaded on the netbooks. With a same grade buddy, use Slideshare to arrange and present them in the right sequence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole class}} Brainstorm some topics that you can assess using the activity ‘sequencing’. Then discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* How many pupils should work together on this activity in the class for appropriate AfL? &lt;br /&gt;
* Is it feasible to carry out this activity in the class? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* What steps can be taken to make this activity more feasible?&lt;br /&gt;
* What can be the formative feedback if &lt;br /&gt;
# a student is quickly able to sequence accurately&lt;br /&gt;
# a student is partially accurate in sequencing, and &lt;br /&gt;
# a student gets them all wrong?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the electronic version of “my assessment inventory”. Open your file from your ‘files area’ on your desktop. Fill it in and save it again. Remember to bring the paper inventory to every session and make an entry in the electronic inventory every week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:Your success criteria for all Formative Feedback homework below are:&lt;br /&gt;
::&lt;br /&gt;
::* identifying evidence where the student performed well and appreciating that performance&lt;br /&gt;
::* identifying evidence where the student could improve and giving practical tips for improving&lt;br /&gt;
::* suggesting a higher target for high achieving students&lt;br /&gt;
::&lt;br /&gt;
* For any topic that you are teaching this week, display the learning objective and success criteria. Then randomly choose a student’s work and assess it with the whole class with reference to the success criteria. You can watch Helen’s video clip again as an example for this homework. Record your experience on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
* For a topic that you teach this week, give oral formative feedback to two students who (a) perform well and (b) struggle in the lesson. Record answers to the following questions on the dictaphone:&lt;br /&gt;
** What feedback did you give to each student? &lt;br /&gt;
** Why did you give that feedback? &lt;br /&gt;
** What difference did your feedback make to your students’ learning?&lt;br /&gt;
* Give written feedback to a few students in your class this week. Record your observations of the experience and students’ learning on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
If possible, click pictures of the written work and your feedback with a digital camera. Upload it onto the server. Otherwise, bring the samples of your written feedback in the next workshop session.&lt;br /&gt;
* Download pictures for a topic that involves sequencing (you would have identified some of these during activity five) onto the netbooks. You can find open resources (Creative Commons licensed) at http://www.flickr.com/search/advanced/. Carry out the activity in your class: &lt;br /&gt;
** Ask groups of pupils to arrange the pictures in the right sequence using Slideshare.&lt;br /&gt;
** Then they can use a mini blackboard to record – or ideally, each group can open a new file in Open Office to write  a few words, for example if they were describing a life cycle, they can write/type at least one word to describe each picture. &lt;br /&gt;
** Give formative feedback too. &lt;br /&gt;
** Record your experience on the dictaphone.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Formative_feedback&amp;diff=4057</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Formative feedback</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Formative_feedback&amp;diff=4057"/>
		<updated>2012-07-04T19:17:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Homework */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of Classwork and Homework activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''My Assessment Inventory''' on the Word document and save it in your files area on the desktop? Discuss if there were any issues as this activity will be repeated again this week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Share the new points that you have found from reading of your group’s pages from the document ‘AfL-Guidance for KS1-2-2007’. Elaborate these points with examples from your understanding that has been shaped by your teaching experience. Also share examples given in the document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight to the teachers that in the document it is explicitly mentioned that Learning Objectives and Success Criteria should be negotiated with the pupils. This will happen gradually when students get used to hearing the Learning Objectives and Success Criteria in every lesson and working to achieve them. Teachers should assess when their students are ready for the negotiation and then introduce it.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Which Learning Objectives and Success Criteria did you form during the week? Did you face any issues in forming them (e.g. too wide/ too narrow, language child-friendly or not)? Share some examples with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try to share the Learning Objectives and Success Criteria with your students? How did you do it? (e.g. writing on the board, telling orally, displaying on a chart) &lt;br /&gt;
* Did you remind students about these objectives during the lesson? What were your students’ responses to these? (Remember we do not expect immediate improvement in learning but awareness of the objectives at this time should also be helpful in some ways. Share these experiences, if there were any.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try one or more activities adapted for AfL in your classroom? &lt;br /&gt;
** Which activity(ies) did you try and for which topic? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you find it useful for assessing students’ learning? &lt;br /&gt;
** What steps did you take to follow up on what you learned from the assessment (e.g. revising the topic or increasing the challenge)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the two types of feedback - summative and formative&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to give formative feedback&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning sequencing as an ICT activity for AfL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text= &lt;br /&gt;
As this activity is repeated every week, avoid spending more than 4-5 minutes on it. Ask participants to start filling up the inventory as soon as they arrive for the workshop if there is any waiting time for everybody to get together.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Update the assessment inventory that you started last week [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. Add the date in the third row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Then record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Video watching =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have seen a short video clip of this same lesson before when you discussed mixed pace group work. During the lesson portrayed in these 2 video clips, Judith assigned groups to work on maths problems together. She invited students to share how they worked out the problems. Then she invited group secretaries to report the answers of their group. Finally, she assessed each group’s learning by involving all students in the whole-class assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today’s session the first short clip (group working on maths problem: duration is 36 secs.) and the first part of the second clip (one girl shows her group’s working) will help to familiarise you with the context. Then watch the final part of the second video from the perspective of assessment (Judith goes through the groups’ answers: clip duration is 2.36). Discuss the episode afterwards using the stimulus questions below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video sequence:''' &lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=mR1AAS7bAVA|name=Judith_division_demo_and_scoring.m4v}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=7oNonwFuq-s|name=Judith_division_group_talk.m4v}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Suggested questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* Judith involved all students in assessing the learning of their own group. Share any personal experiences when you have involved students in assessing their own learning as a group.&lt;br /&gt;
** What was your topic?&lt;br /&gt;
** How did you assess the learning?&lt;br /&gt;
** How did you involve your students?&lt;br /&gt;
* Giving marks to students for their learning is common practice in classrooms in most countries. How often and when do you give marks to your students?&lt;br /&gt;
* How could teachers use AfL to '''diagnose''' what the low achievers like the group in the video had trouble with understanding?&lt;br /&gt;
* Can you think of other ways of giving feedback (besides giving marks) to students and involving them, so that they can be aware of their own learning?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Reflect on these questions as you watch the following video, then discuss them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From Shirley Clarke’s brief description at the beginning, what do you think was the most significant point related to feedback?&lt;br /&gt;
* What do you notice in Helen’s discussion about the drawing when she was talking to the whole class? &lt;br /&gt;
* Do you think Helen’s feedback to the boy was fair? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* Helen’s feedback was not quantitative but qualitative. Do you think this was more helpful or less helpful than the quantitative feedback? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shirley Clarke video on feedback''' (YouTube): Watch from 0:00 to 4:37 &lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=D7XpUqNnKtI|name=Formative_Assessment_in_Schools.mp4}} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''(Optional extra question, skip if there is less time)''' Imagine this situation: Helen was assessing the boy’s drawing at home i.e. when the child was not physically present near her. Would she still be able to give qualitative feedback? What would it look like?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now watch the following video showing a different form of feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|name=Secondary_improvement_marking.mp4|src=LNxU7hn6FqM}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Suggested questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* How was feedback in this video clip different from the clip of Helen?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the advantages of giving written feedback to students?&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you think giving written feedback is possible in your context? What could be the issues? Discuss ways to solve these issues with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Understanding summative and formative feedback  =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Remind participants about Activity Two from last session (Unit 4 Session 2): Read Question 3 again for the benefit of the participants. It was:&lt;br /&gt;
For the activity of drawing and labelling parts of the body, your success criteria are that your picture should show: (1) at least three parts of the body that are sense organs and (2) at least three parts of the body that have joints.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ask the participants to open Activity Three from the current session’s printouts.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Look at the example below. Two teachers - Teacher A and Teacher B have given oral feedback on this work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:4.3 teacher feedback on drawing.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* What are some differences between the feedback given by Teacher A and Teacher B?&lt;br /&gt;
* How would the feedback differ if it was given in the whole class (oral) or to the individual student (oral or written)? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual task}} Read the following:&lt;br /&gt;
		 	 	 		&lt;br /&gt;
Some common characteristics and differences between summative and formative feedback are:&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|| Summative Feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|| Formative Feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Indication of accurate or inaccurate (tick or cross). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Usually accompanied by a grade or mark.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Usually provided a day or two after students have handed in their work.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  Positive comments to describe work that is done well (descriptive, with reference to success criteria). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Would indicate to student what they need to improve on, if necessary, OR encourages students to develop their thinking beyond the current success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Feedback is given as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formative feedback is more helpful for students’ learning because it gives them pointers for the future. Like sharing objectives and criteria with pupils, it also '''gives the learners responsibility for developing their own thinking and skills'''. Sharing this responsibility is a key element of interactive teaching and it reduces the pressure on students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text= &lt;br /&gt;
Highlight to the teachers:&lt;br /&gt;
* formative feedback '''assists students’ learning''' &lt;br /&gt;
* the words in formative feedback communicate '''respect for students and their work, and position students to be in control''' of what they need to improve on (particularly the weaker students) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note if teachers have any concerns about giving formative feedback. For instance, &lt;br /&gt;
* giving individual feedback during whole class teaching&lt;br /&gt;
* insufficient time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some suggestions to resolve the concerns are:&lt;br /&gt;
* provide feedback based on commonly-made errors to the whole class, with reference to success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* identify students who are able to successfully complete the task to assist other students&lt;br /&gt;
* provide written feedback&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time, consider these questions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Can summative feedback and formative feedback be given concurrently?&lt;br /&gt;
* How could that help students’ learning?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Break:''' Ask participants to take a 3-4 minute break. They can do whatever they like in the workshop room like walk for a bit, stretch, drink water, sing a song together etc, but should be asked to stay in the room as you do not want to lose the momentum or be delayed in restarting. Start again promptly after 4 minutes. You could play some music while participants relax, and stop the music to indicate that it’s time to return to their seats. They might want to change places after the break too.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Giving formative feedback  =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read the Science question below and the responses from two students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lesson Objective:''' We are learning ways of preventing being infected by malaria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Success Criteria:''' I will be successful if I can write at least two correct ways of preventing the malaria infection, communicating clearly and in some detail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Question:''' Imagine you are going to visit someone in an area that is known to be infested with mosquitoes. Describe two ways to avoid being infected by malaria. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sample student’s response:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mary: I will avoid getting bitten by mosquitoes because malaria is very unpleasant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mulenga:  As mosquitoes bite particularly at night, I will make sure I sleep in rooms that have a good mosquito net or wear a long-sleeved shirt. If I can plan in advance, I will visit a doctor to take some preventive medicine. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Brainstorm as a class:&lt;br /&gt;
* What will be my feedback to Mary? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* What will be my feedback to Mulenga? Why? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Encourage participants to provide different formative feedback to each of the students. This may involve:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. Acknowledge Mary’s attempt to respond to the question - prompt her to elaborate more on how he/she could avoid being bitten by mosquitoes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. Give full credits to Mulenga for her response through positive affirmation that comments on how she has addressed the success criteria (eg she has highlighted important strategies, clearly stated, nicely detailed). Also consider challenging her by encouraging her to think of another preventive way of being infected by malaria or whether she knows what preventive drug can be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that participants’ feedback will evolve during the brainstorm. This will happen if you reinforce the points below through modelling them yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While giving formative feedback (individually or in whole class):&lt;br /&gt;
always '''begin with what is good''' about students’ work or which success criteria have been met. Appreciate students’ responses. &lt;br /&gt;
ask students to '''reflect on which criteria was/were not met''' before you tell them.&lt;br /&gt;
ask students '''what they could do next time''' / could have done this time to meet the success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
'''suggest some points''' on which students could act '''immediately''' / in near future&lt;br /&gt;
for high achievers suggest some points that can be achieved beyond the success criteria &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Ask participants to pay particular attention to the words that they use - sensitive language that guides students for further action/effort is best. The feedback should be directed at students’ responses or work and NOT at the students themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Sequencing - Use of ICT for AfL =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Some pictures related to the [[OER4Schools/4.3_Formative_feedback/Monarch_life_cycle|life cycle of a butterfly]] are downloaded on the netbooks. With a same grade buddy, use Slideshare to arrange and present them in the right sequence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole class}} Brainstorm some topics that you can assess using the activity ‘sequencing’. Then discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* How many pupils should work together on this activity in the class for appropriate AfL? &lt;br /&gt;
* Is it feasible to carry out this activity in the class? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* What steps can be taken to make this activity more feasible?&lt;br /&gt;
* What can be the formative feedback if &lt;br /&gt;
# a student is quickly able to sequence accurately&lt;br /&gt;
# a student is partially accurate in sequencing, and &lt;br /&gt;
# a student gets them all wrong?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the electronic version of “my assessment inventory”. Open your file from your ‘files area’ on your desktop. Fill it in and save it again. Remember to bring the paper inventory to every session and make an entry in the electronic inventory every week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Your success criteria for all Formative Feedback homework this week are:&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
:* identifying evidence where the student performed well and appreciating that performance&lt;br /&gt;
:* identifying evidence where the student could improve and giving practical tips for improving&lt;br /&gt;
:* suggesting a higher target for high achieving students&lt;br /&gt;
:&lt;br /&gt;
* For any topic that you are teaching this week, display the learning objective and success criteria. Then randomly choose a student’s work and assess it with the whole class with reference to the success criteria. You can watch Helen’s video clip again as an example for this homework. Record your experience on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
* For a topic that you teach this week, give oral formative feedback to two students who (a) perform well and (b) struggle in the lesson. Record answers to the following questions on the dictaphone:&lt;br /&gt;
** What feedback did you give to each student? &lt;br /&gt;
** Why did you give that feedback? &lt;br /&gt;
** What difference did your feedback make to your students’ learning?&lt;br /&gt;
* Give written feedback to a few students in your class this week. Record your observations of the experience and students’ learning on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
If possible, click pictures of the written work and your feedback with a digital camera. Upload it onto the server. Otherwise, bring the samples of your written feedback in the next workshop session.&lt;br /&gt;
* Download pictures for a topic that involves sequencing (you would have identified some of these during activity five) onto the netbooks. You can find open resources (Creative Commons licensed) at http://www.flickr.com/search/advanced/. Carry out the activity in your class: &lt;br /&gt;
** Ask groups of pupils to arrange the pictures in the right sequence using Slideshare.&lt;br /&gt;
** Then they can use a mini blackboard to record – or ideally, each group can open a new file in Open Office to write  a few words, for example if they were describing a life cycle, they can write/type at least one word to describe each picture. &lt;br /&gt;
** Give formative feedback too. &lt;br /&gt;
** Record your experience on the dictaphone.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Introduction_to_Assessment_for_Learning&amp;diff=4052</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Introduction to Assessment for Learning</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Introduction_to_Assessment_for_Learning&amp;diff=4052"/>
		<updated>2012-07-02T14:22:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Acknowledgements */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''questionnaire on group work''' on the Word document and upload it onto the server? &lt;br /&gt;
** How much time did it take for you to type everything? &lt;br /&gt;
** What is your assessment of your typing speed now compared to when you first came for the OER4Schools workshop? (Try thinking in terms of words per minute).&lt;br /&gt;
* You planned a '''group work activity''' using the Activity Template during the last session. Did you carry out the activity in class? If yes, share your experience by addressing the questions given below:&lt;br /&gt;
** Which aspect of group work did you choose as your agenda (that was also mentioned in the questionnaire for group work)? &lt;br /&gt;
** What was the lesson topic?&lt;br /&gt;
** On a scale from 1 to 5 (1 being the lowest and 5 being highest), how would you rate the effectiveness of the aspect of group work? Think in terms of achievement of learning objectives. &lt;br /&gt;
** What changes will you make when you repeat the same activity with another batch of pupils or with another topic?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you carry out a group work activity using '''EtherPad'''? If yes, what was your open-ended question? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did your students respond to the activity? Share examples of: students’ discussion within their group, their written responses and their discussion across groups.  Will you use EtherPad with the same aspect of group work again? Give reasons for your answer. &lt;br /&gt;
** For the EtherPad activity, were there any instances of the issues that were discussed during the last session such as, bully and free rider effect, learning of every member as a group responsibility etc. (refer to the last session, [[OER4Schools/3.6_Review_of_group_work|Unit 3 Session 6]], for more issues). How did you resolve these issues? What else can you do to resolve them?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Making and practising use of Traffic Lights&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the concepts of ‘Assessment’ and ‘Assessment for Learning’ &lt;br /&gt;
* Knowing the key aspects of ‘Assessment for Learning’ such as principles, essentials and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory  =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Complete the assessment inventory [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. First fill in your name next to the title. Then add the date in the first row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Lastly record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will add to this inventory by completing another row at the beginning of each session on Assessment for Learning. Thus you can assess your own progress as the workshops proceed, and we can also see what you feel you are learning, purely for research purposes. (At CBS it will also be used to plan further sessions.) Please be honest about filling in your responses; this inventory will not be used to judge you.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Orally repeat the guidelines given above regarding the sequence of filling up the inventory. Emphasise that only the assessment measures that participants have used should be recorded. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants to bring the inventory to every session on assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Traffic Lights =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unit 4 is about ‘Assessment for Learning’ and not simply about ‘Assessment’. Before we proceed to understanding more about Assessment for Learning (AfL), let us make a resource called Traffic Lights for use during the session!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Traffic Lights''' is a useful resource for everyday use in classrooms in order to assess. We all know that Red, Orange and Green traffic lights on the road mean different things (Red means Stop; Orange means Get Ready and Green means Go). Their meanings for classroom application in the context of AfL are:&lt;br /&gt;
* RED means “I’m stuck. I need some extra help. I don’t feel I have progressed.”&lt;br /&gt;
* ORANGE means “I’m not quite sure. I need a little help. I feel I have made some progress.”&lt;br /&gt;
* GREEN means “I understand fully. I’m okay without help. I feel I have progressed a lot.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Use of Traffic Lights in the classroom:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* While the teachers are teaching, they can ask students to hold up the Lights to assess if they should proceed to the next topic or not.&lt;br /&gt;
* Students can voluntarily show a Light indicating their current level of understanding. They can change the light several times during a single lesson. In this way, the student can bring their understanding to the teacher's notice without disturbing other classmates or the flow of the lesson. Teachers can address the student at an appropriate time.&lt;br /&gt;
* While working independently, students can display their light on the table to indicate their current status. Teachers can visit the student to provide assistance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eventually students are expected to independently use the Traffic Lights without teacher's instruction to do so. The Traffic Lights should become a silent way of communicating in the class. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traffic Lights also reduce students' physical stress of standing in queues or raising their hands while waiting for teacher's attention. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Making Traffic Lights:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There can be various ways of making Traffic Lights depending on the availability of materials. Some suggestions of different materials are:&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured paper (red, orange, green) such as charts, paper from old magazines etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured packing cardboards such as toothpaste box&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured computer printouts&lt;br /&gt;
* cloth material&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured plastic bags&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured flags or &lt;br /&gt;
* simply coloured pencils or crayons (if each child has them). &lt;br /&gt;
Given below is one simple way of making them with a white A4 sheet of paper and marker pens. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Provide the following materials to the participants so that they can make their own Traffic Lights:&lt;br /&gt;
* A4 sheets of paper (one per three participants, but it is always better to have some extra)&lt;br /&gt;
* Red, Orange and Green marker pens&lt;br /&gt;
* Crayons/ coloured pencils/ paints (if available)&lt;br /&gt;
* Scissors/ long scale (if available)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally 10-15 minutes are sufficient for this activity if enough material is available for each participant. Enough material means that there is negligible or no waiting time for using material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where materials for making traffic lights are not available in sufficient quantities for classroom use, you could think of alternatives, such as children giving various hand signals corresponding to red / yellow / green. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Follow these steps to make your own Traffic Lights for AfL (see pictures for reference):&lt;br /&gt;
* Take an A4 sheet of white paper. Fold it along the long side into 3 equal parts (one sheet can make 3 sets of Traffic Lights). Cut along the folds with scissors or tear using a long scale to make 3 strips of paper.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fold one strip further into 3 sections along the short side. &lt;br /&gt;
* Write ‘RED’, ‘ORANGE’ and ‘GREEN’ (in capitals and bold) using the right coloured marker pens (if possible) on the three different sections. You can colour them with respective colours if crayons, coloured pencils or paints are available.&lt;br /&gt;
* Now reverse the strip of paper or keep it upside down. Then, &lt;br /&gt;
**behind section RED, write: I’m stuck. I need some extra help. I don’t feel I have progressed.&lt;br /&gt;
** behind section ORANGE, write: I’m not quite sure. I need a little help. I feel I have made some progress.&lt;br /&gt;
** behind section GREEN, write: I understand fully. I’m okay without help. I feel I have progressed a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} What do you know about ‘Assessment for Learning’ at this stage? Show by holding up or putting forward on the table your Traffic Light! &lt;br /&gt;
Now discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the different ways in which I can use Traffic Lights in my classroom?&lt;br /&gt;
* In what ways can I respond to each colour of the Traffic Light?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of participants is 10 or less, make a note of the Traffic Light colour of each participant on a flip chart. You can prepare the flip chart with the participants’ names listed on it, in advance.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Introducing Assessment for Learning (AfL) =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Watch 2 segments of this video: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=D7XpUqNnKtI|name=Formative Assessment in Schools.mp4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0:00 - 0.56 (introduction to AfL), 4.38 - end (example of 10-year-olds doing peer assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this video, Shirley Clarke explains the concept of ‘Assessment for Learning’ and its elements in brief. Some elements can also be seen in action. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* How is the concept of AfL different from the commonly known notion of assessment? &lt;br /&gt;
* What are some of the elements of AfL that have been mentioned in the video?&lt;br /&gt;
* Which element(s) of AfL did you find most interesting? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Understanding ‘Assessment’ and ‘Assessment for Learning’ =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By now, you will have already discussed some of the points that will arise on this PowerPoint. Do a mental assessment to see if your understanding of assessment and AfL advances by watching the PowerPoint ([[File:Unit_4.1_Assessment and Assessment for Learning.ppt]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Play the slideshow of the Power Point ‘[[File:Unit_4.1_Assessment and Assessment for Learning.ppt]]’. Read aloud the contents of the slides if you think it will help the participants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During slide 8, tell participants that AfL strategies are in yellow ellipses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During slide 11, ask participants to read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’ that was distributed during Unit 2 Session 2, as a homework task. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
During slide 12 titled ‘Self-assessment’, ask the participants to show their understanding about assessment and AfL on their Traffic Lights. Then take the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* If anybody shows ‘orange light’ or ‘red light’, ask them the specific topic to which they are referring. &lt;br /&gt;
* Then ask other participants who have shown ‘green light’ to explain the topic to their peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* If doubts are still not resolved, record the topic and include it in your feedback about the session. Assure participants that you will get back with more information.&lt;br /&gt;
Remember the AfL strategies will be discussed in the upcoming sessions. So if doubts are about the strategies, inform the participants that the future sessions will cover them.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
If you had prepared a flip chart with the traffic light of each participant before the activity, record their current light. You can also ask the participants to come up and write their current traffic light. This will help them to see their own progress. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Questions for reflection on PowerPoint&lt;br /&gt;
* What steps, do you anticipate, you will have to take to implement AfL in your classrooms?&lt;br /&gt;
* What issues do you think will arise in implementing AfL in your classrooms? Discuss ways of resolving them with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Are there any current practices which are useful or can become useful for AfL with some modifications? For example, current practice of marking notebooks can include qualitative feedback.  Discuss these practices, the modifications and their use for AfL with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you think ‘Traffic Lights’ is a useful strategy for AfL? Why? (Tips: targeted help, self-assessment etc) &lt;br /&gt;
* How would you respond to each colour when using Traffic Lights in your classroom?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* My Assessment Inventory is available electronically ([[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]). Type the answers that you have written on paper, on this electronic version. As soon as you download the inventory, first save it with a new filename, which includes your name. For instance, if your name is “Esther Phiri”, save the document with the name “My assessment inventory - Esther Phiri.doc”. Save the document to your ‘files area’ on the desktop, so that it will get copied to the server. Remember to bring the paper inventory for every session and fill up the electronic inventory every week, from now on.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do the activity of making Traffic Lights with your students. You can be creative about the use of materials depending on availability. &lt;br /&gt;
* Try Traffic Lights as a part of one or more teaching lessons. You could employ the help of classroom assistants (from your own or another class) to resolve the doubts of ‘red lights’ and ‘orange lights’; for example those with ‘green lights’ could then help their peers? Record your experience of using Traffic Lights and your students’ responses on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
* Read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’ that was distributed during Unit 2 Session 2. Note any issues that arise for discussion during the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider watching the video clip and the Power Point presentation together again during the week. This will help you in understanding the concept of AfL by seeing some examples from real classrooms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Acknowledgements =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are grateful to:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Dr. Sue Swaffield''', Senior Lecturer in Educational Leadership and School Improvement at Faculty of Education, University of Cambridge for suggestions and permission to use some of her slides in the Power Point presentation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Dr Shirley Clarke''', for permission to use clips from her DVD 'The Power of Formative Assessment' for the session&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Northern Ireland Council for the Curriculum, Examinations and Assessment''', for permission to use their document 'CCEA: Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007' in developing the session&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
Assessment Reform Group (2002) Assessment for Learning: 10 Principles. Cambridge: University of Cambridge School of Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Criticos, C., Long, R., Moletsane, R., Mthiyane, N., &amp;amp; Mays, T. (2009). Getting practical about classroom-based teaching for the National Curriculum Statement. South Africa: Oxford University Press.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Introduction_to_Assessment_for_Learning&amp;diff=4051</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Introduction to Assessment for Learning</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Introduction_to_Assessment_for_Learning&amp;diff=4051"/>
		<updated>2012-07-02T13:56:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''questionnaire on group work''' on the Word document and upload it onto the server? &lt;br /&gt;
** How much time did it take for you to type everything? &lt;br /&gt;
** What is your assessment of your typing speed now compared to when you first came for the OER4Schools workshop? (Try thinking in terms of words per minute).&lt;br /&gt;
* You planned a '''group work activity''' using the Activity Template during the last session. Did you carry out the activity in class? If yes, share your experience by addressing the questions given below:&lt;br /&gt;
** Which aspect of group work did you choose as your agenda (that was also mentioned in the questionnaire for group work)? &lt;br /&gt;
** What was the lesson topic?&lt;br /&gt;
** On a scale from 1 to 5 (1 being the lowest and 5 being highest), how would you rate the effectiveness of the aspect of group work? Think in terms of achievement of learning objectives. &lt;br /&gt;
** What changes will you make when you repeat the same activity with another batch of pupils or with another topic?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you carry out a group work activity using '''EtherPad'''? If yes, what was your open-ended question? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did your students respond to the activity? Share examples of: students’ discussion within their group, their written responses and their discussion across groups.  Will you use EtherPad with the same aspect of group work again? Give reasons for your answer. &lt;br /&gt;
** For the EtherPad activity, were there any instances of the issues that were discussed during the last session such as, bully and free rider effect, learning of every member as a group responsibility etc. (refer to the last session, [[OER4Schools/3.6_Review_of_group_work|Unit 3 Session 6]], for more issues). How did you resolve these issues? What else can you do to resolve them?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Making and practising use of Traffic Lights&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the concepts of ‘Assessment’ and ‘Assessment for Learning’ &lt;br /&gt;
* Knowing the key aspects of ‘Assessment for Learning’ such as principles, essentials and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory  =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Complete the assessment inventory [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. First fill in your name next to the title. Then add the date in the first row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Lastly record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will add to this inventory by completing another row at the beginning of each session on Assessment for Learning. Thus you can assess your own progress as the workshops proceed, and we can also see what you feel you are learning, purely for research purposes. (At CBS it will also be used to plan further sessions.) Please be honest about filling in your responses; this inventory will not be used to judge you.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Orally repeat the guidelines given above regarding the sequence of filling up the inventory. Emphasise that only the assessment measures that participants have used should be recorded. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants to bring the inventory to every session on assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Traffic Lights =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unit 4 is about ‘Assessment for Learning’ and not simply about ‘Assessment’. Before we proceed to understanding more about Assessment for Learning (AfL), let us make a resource called Traffic Lights for use during the session!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Traffic Lights''' is a useful resource for everyday use in classrooms in order to assess. We all know that Red, Orange and Green traffic lights on the road mean different things (Red means Stop; Orange means Get Ready and Green means Go). Their meanings for classroom application in the context of AfL are:&lt;br /&gt;
* RED means “I’m stuck. I need some extra help. I don’t feel I have progressed.”&lt;br /&gt;
* ORANGE means “I’m not quite sure. I need a little help. I feel I have made some progress.”&lt;br /&gt;
* GREEN means “I understand fully. I’m okay without help. I feel I have progressed a lot.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Use of Traffic Lights in the classroom:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* While the teachers are teaching, they can ask students to hold up the Lights to assess if they should proceed to the next topic or not.&lt;br /&gt;
* Students can voluntarily show a Light indicating their current level of understanding. They can change the light several times during a single lesson. In this way, the student can bring their understanding to the teacher's notice without disturbing other classmates or the flow of the lesson. Teachers can address the student at an appropriate time.&lt;br /&gt;
* While working independently, students can display their light on the table to indicate their current status. Teachers can visit the student to provide assistance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eventually students are expected to independently use the Traffic Lights without teacher's instruction to do so. The Traffic Lights should become a silent way of communicating in the class. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traffic Lights also reduce students' physical stress of standing in queues or raising their hands while waiting for teacher's attention. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Making Traffic Lights:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There can be various ways of making Traffic Lights depending on the availability of materials. Some suggestions of different materials are:&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured paper (red, orange, green) such as charts, paper from old magazines etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured packing cardboards such as toothpaste box&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured computer printouts&lt;br /&gt;
* cloth material&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured plastic bags&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured flags or &lt;br /&gt;
* simply coloured pencils or crayons (if each child has them). &lt;br /&gt;
Given below is one simple way of making them with a white A4 sheet of paper and marker pens. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Provide the following materials to the participants so that they can make their own Traffic Lights:&lt;br /&gt;
* A4 sheets of paper (one per three participants, but it is always better to have some extra)&lt;br /&gt;
* Red, Orange and Green marker pens&lt;br /&gt;
* Crayons/ coloured pencils/ paints (if available)&lt;br /&gt;
* Scissors/ long scale (if available)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally 10-15 minutes are sufficient for this activity if enough material is available for each participant. Enough material means that there is negligible or no waiting time for using material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where materials for making traffic lights are not available in sufficient quantities for classroom use, you could think of alternatives, such as children giving various hand signals corresponding to red / yellow / green. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Follow these steps to make your own Traffic Lights for AfL (see pictures for reference):&lt;br /&gt;
* Take an A4 sheet of white paper. Fold it along the long side into 3 equal parts (one sheet can make 3 sets of Traffic Lights). Cut along the folds with scissors or tear using a long scale to make 3 strips of paper.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fold one strip further into 3 sections along the short side. &lt;br /&gt;
* Write ‘RED’, ‘ORANGE’ and ‘GREEN’ (in capitals and bold) using the right coloured marker pens (if possible) on the three different sections. You can colour them with respective colours if crayons, coloured pencils or paints are available.&lt;br /&gt;
* Now reverse the strip of paper or keep it upside down. Then, &lt;br /&gt;
**behind section RED, write: I’m stuck. I need some extra help. I don’t feel I have progressed.&lt;br /&gt;
** behind section ORANGE, write: I’m not quite sure. I need a little help. I feel I have made some progress.&lt;br /&gt;
** behind section GREEN, write: I understand fully. I’m okay without help. I feel I have progressed a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} What do you know about ‘Assessment for Learning’ at this stage? Show by holding up or putting forward on the table your Traffic Light! &lt;br /&gt;
Now discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the different ways in which I can use Traffic Lights in my classroom?&lt;br /&gt;
* In what ways can I respond to each colour of the Traffic Light?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of participants is 10 or less, make a note of the Traffic Light colour of each participant on a flip chart. You can prepare the flip chart with the participants’ names listed on it, in advance.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Introducing Assessment for Learning (AfL) =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Watch 2 segments of this video: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=D7XpUqNnKtI|name=Formative Assessment in Schools.mp4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0:00 - 0.56 (introduction to AfL), 4.38 - end (example of 10-year-olds doing peer assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this video, Shirley Clarke explains the concept of ‘Assessment for Learning’ and its elements in brief. Some elements can also be seen in action. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* How is the concept of AfL different from the commonly known notion of assessment? &lt;br /&gt;
* What are some of the elements of AfL that have been mentioned in the video?&lt;br /&gt;
* Which element(s) of AfL did you find most interesting? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Understanding ‘Assessment’ and ‘Assessment for Learning’ =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By now, you will have already discussed some of the points that will arise on this PowerPoint. Do a mental assessment to see if your understanding of assessment and AfL advances by watching the PowerPoint ([[File:Unit_4.1_Assessment and Assessment for Learning.ppt]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Play the slideshow of the Power Point ‘[[File:Unit_4.1_Assessment and Assessment for Learning.ppt]]’. Read aloud the contents of the slides if you think it will help the participants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During slide 8, tell participants that AfL strategies are in yellow ellipses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During slide 11, ask participants to read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’ that was distributed during Unit 2 Session 2, as a homework task. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
During slide 12 titled ‘Self-assessment’, ask the participants to show their understanding about assessment and AfL on their Traffic Lights. Then take the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* If anybody shows ‘orange light’ or ‘red light’, ask them the specific topic to which they are referring. &lt;br /&gt;
* Then ask other participants who have shown ‘green light’ to explain the topic to their peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* If doubts are still not resolved, record the topic and include it in your feedback about the session. Assure participants that you will get back with more information.&lt;br /&gt;
Remember the AfL strategies will be discussed in the upcoming sessions. So if doubts are about the strategies, inform the participants that the future sessions will cover them.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
If you had prepared a flip chart with the traffic light of each participant before the activity, record their current light. You can also ask the participants to come up and write their current traffic light. This will help them to see their own progress. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Questions for reflection on PowerPoint&lt;br /&gt;
* What steps, do you anticipate, you will have to take to implement AfL in your classrooms?&lt;br /&gt;
* What issues do you think will arise in implementing AfL in your classrooms? Discuss ways of resolving them with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Are there any current practices which are useful or can become useful for AfL with some modifications? For example, current practice of marking notebooks can include qualitative feedback.  Discuss these practices, the modifications and their use for AfL with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you think ‘Traffic Lights’ is a useful strategy for AfL? Why? (Tips: targeted help, self-assessment etc) &lt;br /&gt;
* How would you respond to each colour when using Traffic Lights in your classroom?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* My Assessment Inventory is available electronically ([[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]). Type the answers that you have written on paper, on this electronic version. As soon as you download the inventory, first save it with a new filename, which includes your name. For instance, if your name is “Esther Phiri”, save the document with the name “My assessment inventory - Esther Phiri.doc”. Save the document to your ‘files area’ on the desktop, so that it will get copied to the server. Remember to bring the paper inventory for every session and fill up the electronic inventory every week, from now on.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do the activity of making Traffic Lights with your students. You can be creative about the use of materials depending on availability. &lt;br /&gt;
* Try Traffic Lights as a part of one or more teaching lessons. You could employ the help of classroom assistants (from your own or another class) to resolve the doubts of ‘red lights’ and ‘orange lights’; for example those with ‘green lights’ could then help their peers? Record your experience of using Traffic Lights and your students’ responses on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
* Read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’ that was distributed during Unit 2 Session 2. Note any issues that arise for discussion during the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider watching the video clip and the Power Point presentation together again during the week. This will help you in understanding the concept of AfL by seeing some examples from real classrooms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Acknowledgements =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are grateful to:&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Dr. Sue Swaffield''', Senior Lecturer in Educational Leadership and School Improvement at Faculty of Education, University of Cambridge for suggestions and permission to use some of her slides in the Power Point presentation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Dr Shirley Clarke''', for permission to use clips from her DVD 'The Power of Formative Assessment' for the session&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= References =&lt;br /&gt;
Assessment Reform Group (2002) Assessment for Learning: 10 Principles. Cambridge: University of Cambridge School of Education. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Criticos, C., Long, R., Moletsane, R., Mthiyane, N., &amp;amp; Mays, T. (2009). Getting practical about classroom-based teaching for the National Curriculum Statement. South Africa: Oxford University Press.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Formative_feedback&amp;diff=4050</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Formative feedback</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Formative_feedback&amp;diff=4050"/>
		<updated>2012-07-02T13:41:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Activity Two: Video watching */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of Classwork and Homework activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''My Assessment Inventory''' on the Word document and save it in your files area on the desktop? Discuss if there were any issues as this activity will be repeated again this week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Share the new points that you have found from reading of your group’s pages from the document ‘AfL-Guidance for KS1-2-2007’. Elaborate these points with examples from your understanding that has been shaped by your teaching experience. Also share examples given in the document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight to the teachers that in the document it is explicitly mentioned that Learning Objectives and Success Criteria should be negotiated with the pupils. This will happen gradually when students get used to hearing the Learning Objectives and Success Criteria in every lesson and working to achieve them. Teachers should assess when their students are ready for the negotiation and then introduce it.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Which Learning Objectives and Success Criteria did you form during the week? Did you face any issues in forming them (e.g. too wide/ too narrow, language child-friendly or not)? Share some examples with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try to share the Learning Objectives and Success Criteria with your students? How did you do it? (e.g. writing on the board, telling orally, displaying on a chart) &lt;br /&gt;
* Did you remind students about these objectives during the lesson? What were your students’ responses to these? (Remember we do not expect immediate improvement in learning but awareness of the objectives at this time should also be helpful in some ways. Share these experiences, if there were any.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try one or more activities adapted for AfL in your classroom? &lt;br /&gt;
** Which activity(ies) did you try and for which topic? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you find it useful for assessing students’ learning? &lt;br /&gt;
** What steps did you take to follow up on what you learned from the assessment (e.g. revising the topic or increasing the challenge)?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the two types of feedback - summative and formative&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to give formative feedback&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning sequencing as an ICT activity for AfL&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text= &lt;br /&gt;
As this activity is repeated every week, avoid spending more than 4-5 minutes on it. Ask participants to start filling up the inventory as soon as they arrive for the workshop if there is any waiting time for everybody to get together.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Update the assessment inventory that you started last week [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. Add the date in the third row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Then record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Video watching =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have seen a short video clip of this same lesson before when you discussed mixed pace group work. During the lesson portrayed in these 2 video clips, Judith assigned groups to work on maths problems together. She invited students to share how they worked out the problems. Then she invited group secretaries to report the answers of their group. Finally, she assessed each group’s learning by involving all students in the whole-class assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In today’s session the first short clip (group working on maths problem: duration is 36 secs.) and the first part of the second clip (one girl shows her group’s working) will help to familiarise you with the context. Then watch the final part of the second video from the perspective of assessment (Judith goes through the groups’ answers: clip duration is 2.36). Discuss the episode afterwards using the stimulus questions below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Video sequence:''' &lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=mR1AAS7bAVA|name=Judith_division_demo_and_scoring.m4v}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=7oNonwFuq-s|name=Judith_division_group_talk.m4v}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Suggested questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* Judith involved all students in assessing the learning of their own group. Share any personal experiences when you have involved students in assessing their own learning as a group.&lt;br /&gt;
** What was your topic?&lt;br /&gt;
** How did you assess the learning?&lt;br /&gt;
** How did you involve your students?&lt;br /&gt;
* Giving marks to students for their learning is common practice in classrooms in most countries. How often and when do you give marks to your students?&lt;br /&gt;
* How could teachers use AfL to '''diagnose''' what the low achievers like the group in the video had trouble with understanding?&lt;br /&gt;
* Can you think of other ways of giving feedback (besides giving marks) to students and involving them, so that they can be aware of their own learning?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Reflect on these questions as you watch the following video, then discuss them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* From Shirley Clarke’s brief description at the beginning, what do you think was the most significant point related to feedback?&lt;br /&gt;
* What do you notice in Helen’s discussion about the drawing when she was talking to the whole class? &lt;br /&gt;
* Do you think Helen’s feedback to the boy was fair? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* Helen’s feedback was not quantitative but qualitative. Do you think this was more helpful or less helpful than the quantitative feedback? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Shirley Clarke video on feedback''' (YouTube): Watch from 0:00 to 4:37 &lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=D7XpUqNnKtI|name=Formative_Assessment_in_Schools.mp4}} &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''(Optional extra question, skip if there is less time)''' Imagine this situation: Helen was assessing the boy’s drawing at home i.e. when the child was not physically present near her. Would she still be able to give qualitative feedback? What would it look like?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now watch the following video showing a different form of feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|name=Secondary_improvement_marking.mp4|src=LNxU7hn6FqM}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Suggested questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* How was feedback in this video clip different from the clip of Helen?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the advantages of giving written feedback to students?&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you think giving written feedback is possible in your context? What could be the issues? Discuss ways to solve these issues with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Understanding summative and formative feedback  =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Remind participants about Activity Two from last session (Unit 4 Session 2): Read Question 3 again for the benefit of the participants. It was:&lt;br /&gt;
For the activity of drawing and labelling parts of the body, your success criteria are that your picture should show: (1) at least three parts of the body that are sense organs and (2) at least three parts of the body that have joints.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ask the participants to open Activity Three from the current session’s printouts.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Look at the example below. Two teachers - Teacher A and Teacher B have given oral feedback on this work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:4.3 teacher feedback on drawing.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* What are some differences between the feedback given by Teacher A and Teacher B?&lt;br /&gt;
* How would the feedback differ if it was given in the whole class (oral) or to the individual student (oral or written)? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual task}} Read the following:&lt;br /&gt;
		 	 	 		&lt;br /&gt;
Some common characteristics and differences between summative and formative feedback are:&lt;br /&gt;
{| border=1&lt;br /&gt;
|| Summative Feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|| Formative Feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|| &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Indication of accurate or inaccurate (tick or cross). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Usually accompanied by a grade or mark.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Usually provided a day or two after students have handed in their work.	&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  Positive comments to describe work that is done well (descriptive, with reference to success criteria). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Would indicate to student what they need to improve on, if necessary, OR encourages students to develop their thinking beyond the current success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Feedback is given as soon as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Formative feedback is more helpful for students’ learning because it gives them pointers for the future. Like sharing objectives and criteria with pupils, it also '''gives the learners responsibility for developing their own thinking and skills'''. Sharing this responsibility is a key element of interactive teaching and it reduces the pressure on students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text= &lt;br /&gt;
Highlight to the teachers:&lt;br /&gt;
* formative feedback '''assists students’ learning''' &lt;br /&gt;
* the words in formative feedback communicate '''respect for students and their work, and position students to be in control''' of what they need to improve on (particularly the weaker students) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note if teachers have any concerns about giving formative feedback. For instance, &lt;br /&gt;
* giving individual feedback during whole class teaching&lt;br /&gt;
* insufficient time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some suggestions to resolve the concerns are:&lt;br /&gt;
* provide feedback based on commonly-made errors to the whole class, with reference to success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* identify students who are able to successfully complete the task to assist other students&lt;br /&gt;
* provide written feedback&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time, consider these questions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Can summative feedback and formative feedback be given concurrently?&lt;br /&gt;
* How could that help students’ learning?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Break:''' Ask participants to take a 3-4 minute break. They can do whatever they like in the workshop room like walk for a bit, stretch, drink water, sing a song together etc, but should be asked to stay in the room as you do not want to lose the momentum or be delayed in restarting. Start again promptly after 4 minutes. You could play some music while participants relax, and stop the music to indicate that it’s time to return to their seats. They might want to change places after the break too.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Giving formative feedback  =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read the Science question below and the responses from two students. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
||&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lesson Objective:''' We are learning ways of preventing being infected by malaria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Success Criteria:''' I will be successful if I can write at least two correct ways of preventing the malaria infection, communicating clearly and in some detail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Question:''' Imagine you are going to visit someone in an area that is known to be infested with mosquitoes. Describe two ways to avoid being infected by malaria. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sample student’s response:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mary: I will avoid getting bitten by mosquitoes because malaria is very unpleasant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mulenga:  As mosquitoes bite particularly at night, I will make sure I sleep in rooms that have a good mosquito net or wear a long-sleeved shirt. If I can plan in advance, I will visit a doctor to take some preventive medicine. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}} Brainstorm as a class:&lt;br /&gt;
* What will be my feedback to Mary? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* What will be my feedback to Mulenga? Why? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Encourage participants to provide different formative feedback to each of the students. This may involve:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
i. Acknowledge Mary’s attempt to respond to the question - prompt her to elaborate more on how he/she could avoid being bitten by mosquitoes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ii. Give full credits to Mulenga for her response through positive affirmation that comments on how she has addressed the success criteria (eg she has highlighted important strategies, clearly stated, nicely detailed). Also consider challenging her by encouraging her to think of another preventive way of being infected by malaria or whether she knows what preventive drug can be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that participants’ feedback will evolve during the brainstorm. This will happen if you reinforce the points below through modelling them yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While giving formative feedback (individually or in whole class):&lt;br /&gt;
always '''begin with what is good''' about students’ work or which success criteria have been met. Appreciate students’ responses. &lt;br /&gt;
ask students to '''reflect on which criteria was/were not met''' before you tell them.&lt;br /&gt;
ask students '''what they could do next time''' / could have done this time to meet the success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
'''suggest some points''' on which students could act '''immediately''' / in near future&lt;br /&gt;
for high achievers suggest some points that can be achieved beyond the success criteria &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Ask participants to pay particular attention to the words that they use - sensitive language that guides students for further action/effort is best. The feedback should be directed at students’ responses or work and NOT at the students themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Sequencing - Use of ICT for AfL =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Some pictures related to the [[OER4Schools/4.3_Formative_feedback/Monarch_life_cycle|life cycle of a butterfly]] are downloaded on the netbooks. With a same grade buddy, use Slideshare to arrange and present them in the right sequence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole class}} Brainstorm some topics that you can assess using the activity ‘sequencing’. Then discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* How many pupils should work together on this activity in the class for appropriate AfL? &lt;br /&gt;
* Is it feasible to carry out this activity in the class? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* What steps can be taken to make this activity more feasible?&lt;br /&gt;
* What can be the formative feedback if &lt;br /&gt;
# a student is quickly able to sequence accurately&lt;br /&gt;
# a student is partially accurate in sequencing, and &lt;br /&gt;
# a student gets them all wrong?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the electronic version of “my assessment inventory”. Open your file from your ‘files area’ on your desktop. Fill it in and save it again. Remember to bring the paper inventory to every session and make an entry in the electronic inventory every week.&lt;br /&gt;
* For any topic that you are teaching this week, display the learning objective and success criteria. Then randomly choose a student’s work and assess it with the whole class with reference to the success criteria. You can watch Helen’s video clip again as an example for this homework. Record your experience on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
* For a topic that you teach this week, give oral formative feedback to two students who (a) perform well and (b) struggle in the lesson. Record answers to the following questions on the dictaphone:&lt;br /&gt;
** What feedback did you give to each student? &lt;br /&gt;
** Why did you give that feedback? &lt;br /&gt;
** What difference did your feedback make to your students’ learning?&lt;br /&gt;
* Give written feedback to a few students in your class this week. Record your observations of the experience and students’ learning on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
If possible, click pictures of the written work and your feedback with a digital camera. Upload it onto the server. Otherwise, bring the samples of your written feedback in the next workshop session.&lt;br /&gt;
* Download pictures for a topic that involves sequencing (you would have identified some of these during activity five) onto the netbooks. You can find open resources (Creative Commons licensed) at http://www.flickr.com/search/advanced/. Carry out the activity in your class: &lt;br /&gt;
** Ask groups of pupils to arrange the pictures in the right sequence using Slideshare.&lt;br /&gt;
** Then they can use a mini blackboard to record – or ideally, each group can open a new file in Open Office to write  a few words, for example if they were describing a life cycle, they can write/type at least one word to describe each picture. &lt;br /&gt;
** Give formative feedback too. &lt;br /&gt;
** Record your experience on the dictaphone.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3969</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Learning objectives and success criteria</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3969"/>
		<updated>2012-06-25T14:55:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Homework */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''My Assessment Inventory''' on the Word document and save it in your files area on the desktop? Discuss if there were any issues as this activity will be repeated again this week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you ask your students to make '''Traffic Lights'''? Which material did you use? Were there any problems in making them?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you use the Traffic Lights in your class? Share your experience by answering these questions:&lt;br /&gt;
** For which topic did you ask your students to use Traffic Lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you try different ways of using them such as holding them up all together or putting them forward on the table while they were working? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did you handle when students showed different lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you employ classroom assistants for helping with Traffic Lights? Will you do it again? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
** From your experience, discuss any advantages or disadvantages of using them in your context. &lt;br /&gt;
*How did your students handle using the Traffic Lights? (e.g. ease/ difficulty of using them,  indicating proper/improper light) What steps will you take so that this can be improved in future lessons?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’? Do you think '''Bloom’s Taxonomy''' and examples were helpful when you asked questions in class? Were there any issues about the Taxonomy? Discuss ways of solving these issues with other participants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you manage to see the '''video and Power Point''' shown in the last session together after the workshop? Share if you observed anything new about the concept of AfL or practice of AfL in classroom (i.e. share something that was not discussed in the workshop last week).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the need for two AfL strategies: Sharing Learning Objectives and Sharing Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Revisiting activities learnt in previous sessions that can be adapted for AfL &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Update the assessment inventory that you started last week [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. Add the date in the second row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Then record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Need for Sharing Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was mentioned in the Power Point presentation last week that sharing learning objectives and success criteria are two AfL strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Fold a plain sheet of paper into 3 equal parts. Write ‘Answer 1’ on the top of the first section, ‘Answer 2’ on the top of the second section and ‘Answer 3’ on the top of the third section. The facilitator will display and read 3 questions for you. Answer them in the respective area on the sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|pair work}} After answering each question, exchange your sheet with the person sitting next to you. Assess their work. Be critical. Then take your sheets back to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
The questions are given below. Write each question on the blackboard or flip chart sheets and display them one by one. Also read them out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 3-4 minutes to answer each question, but no longer. After answering each question, ask participants to exchange their sheets and assess their neighbour’s work. Do not allow participants to change answers or assessment once it has been done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While reading, say the words exactly as they are given below: &lt;br /&gt;
* Question 1: Draw a child.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 2: We are learning to name parts of the body. For this please do the activity of drawing a child and labelling parts of its body.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 3: For the activity of drawing and labelling parts of the body, your success criteria are that your picture should show: (1) at least three parts of the body that are sense organs and (2) at least three parts of the body that have joints. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about sense organs, mention that there are five senses: seeing, tasting, hearing, touching and smelling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about parts of the body that have joints, give examples such as elbow, knee, shoulder.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, think as a learner who was assessed,&lt;br /&gt;
* Answering which question was easiest? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question were you most and least sure about your success? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question did you have most and least anxiety about the outcome? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, think as an assessor,&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most easy and least easy? Why? &lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most fair and least fair? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that participants’ responses will be in favour of Question 3 and Question 2. Inform them that: Question 2 is an example of sharing learning objectives with students; and Question 3 is an example of sharing success criteria with students. More discussion on this will be done during this session, but see if participants realise that learners can succeed much more easily in the classroom if they are told in advance what the criteria for success are.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Understanding Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘Learning objective’ has also been referred to as ‘Learning intention’ in AfL literature. &lt;br /&gt;
		 	 	 		&lt;br /&gt;
“A '''Learning Intention''' is simply a description of what you want your pupils to know, understand or be able to do by the end of a lesson. It tells pupils what the focus for learning is going to be.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Success Criteria''' are the statements that help pupils recognise if they have been successful in their learning. They summarise the main teaching points (key ingredients) or processes (key steps), and they always link directly to the learning intention. They essentially spell out the steps required to achieve the learning intention, offering explicit guidance on how to be successful. By referring to the success criteria, pupils know if they have achieved the learning intention.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the board or flip chart again. Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* What are the similarities between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the differences between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Mention these points if participants have not already mentioned them. Suggest that participants can make a note of these points on their printouts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objectives and Success Criteria are '''similar''' because: &lt;br /&gt;
* success criteria spell out the specific features of the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
*  learning objective and success criteria can be same (constant over time) even if the activity changes, e.g. parts of the body can be learnt by drawing (as above) or it can be learnt through poems, stories, questioning and dialogue, or direct teaching; but learning objective and success criteria remain the same&lt;br /&gt;
* both provide guidance to students about what is expected from them &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objective and Success Criteria are '''different''' because:&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objective relates to a topic/lesson while success criteria relate to an activity – spell out the steps needed to achieve the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* The same learning objective can have different success criteria in different grades. e.g. success criteria for the objective of drawing parts of the body will be simple (such as, head, arms, legs) for Grade 1 but detailed (such as in Question 3) for Grade 4 &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Forming Learning Objectives and Success Criteria =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants that one of the Learning Objectives for today’s session is to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Learning Objectives:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives relate to what students are expected to: know, understand and do (knowledge, understanding and skills). (You can also refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout for this.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Knowledge or factual information: e.g. (1) we are learning about ‘learning objectives and success criteria’ for AfL, and (2) we are learning names of Zambian provinces and their capitals.&lt;br /&gt;
** Understanding such as concepts, reasons and processes: e.g. (1) we are learning about the relationship between learning objectives and success criteria, and (2) we are learning reasons for pollution in Zambia.&lt;br /&gt;
** Skills or abilities acquired through training or experience. e.g. (1) we are learning to form learning objectives and success criteria for AfL, and (2) we are learning to draw bar graphs from raw data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives specify learning. They do not specify the activity&lt;br /&gt;
* It is good to have generic learning objectives that can be transferred across the curriculum, e.g. (1) we are learning to download pictures from flickr, (2) we are learning to work effectively in groups, (3) we are learning to use evidence to support an opinion, and (4) we are learning to interpret data&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be in simple language that students can easily understand&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be broad enough to allow pupils of all capabilities to achieve them; “the '''differentiation''' is in the way the pupils achieve or demonstrate the intention, not by creating different learning intentions for pupils of different abilities.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 10). So you might expect some pupils to achieve more but they will all share the same learning objective and success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: You might want to record the Learning objective on the blackboard at the beginning of a lesson or you may already be doing this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Success Criteria:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria relate to the specific activity&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria focus on specific teaching points or processes, e.g. in Question 3 above, the success criteria focus on including particular parts of the body (teaching points) &lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria should also have simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Display the following on the board or a flip chart sheet and read it aloud:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Learning Objectives are:&lt;br /&gt;
* focus on learning&lt;br /&gt;
* one key aspect from knowledge, understanding or skill (understanding and skill preferred)&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Success Criteria are:&lt;br /&gt;
* specific to the activity for achieving learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* detailed information about your expectation of students&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the flip charts again. With a same grade buddy, think of a topic that you will be teaching this week. Form the learning objectives and success criteria for this topic. Write them on the board or flip chart so that everybody will be able to see them. Your facilitator has already displayed the success criteria for this activity. Think about '''differentiation''' – how can all pupils achieve the learning intention to some degree?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Display your planned activity and read out your learning objective and success criteria to all other participants. &lt;br /&gt;
Other participants should:&lt;br /&gt;
* assess the learning objective and success criteria in view of the success criteria mentioned above &lt;br /&gt;
* comment positively about criteria that are met&lt;br /&gt;
* make suggestions for addressing any criteria that are not yet met&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Activities for AfL =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous units you have done some activities that can be used for AfL with some adaptation. Today we will revisit these activities in the context of AfL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time, form three groups. Ask each group to read one activity and do a role play of carrying out the activity in the class. Role play can be done by one participant acting as a teacher and other participants acting as students. Some acting students demonstrate right answers, some demonstrate wrong answers, and some demonstrate partial understanding. The acting teacher demonstrates handling of all these answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, different groups can explain the activities with more examples. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Magic microphone''' ([[OER4Schools/2.1_Introduction_to_whole_class_dialogue_and_effective_questioning|Unit 2 Session 1]]) - Ask an open question about a topic, for example “How many ways can you think of to make 23?”. Pass around a prop. Whoever has the prop will give one answer to the question. Allow students to use mini-blackboards to work out their answers. If many students give right answers, increase the challenge by changing to a 3-digit number. If many students give the wrong answer, revise the topic again in class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Concept Mapping''' ([[OER4Schools/2.4_Concept_mapping|Unit 2 Session 4]]) - Write the main topic for which aspects have already been covered over a period of time in different lessons, on a concept mapping software or black board. Ask students to review all that they have learned about the topic and report them as answers. Record answers but do not correct wrong answers at this time. Review all answers in the end by asking students for opinion about each answer - if they are right; wrong; and how they can be improved. Avoid naming any student who said the wrong answers. For topics for which many students think positively about the wrong answer, revise them again in class. e.g. for the topic ‘mammals’ if many students think that man is not a mammal, revise the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Talking Points''' ([[OER4Schools/3.5_Talking_points_and_effective_group_work|Unit 3 Session 5]]) - Frame some right, some wrong and some unsure statements about a topic. Try to include topics for which your students have struggled during teaching. Discuss each sentence as a whole class activity. Try the '''‘No-hands up’''' strategy; this supports AfL because it allows you to assess understanding of any learners that you think may not understand or may not be following. If shy pupils do not participate, use this or other non-voluntary participation strategies ([[OER4Schools/2.3_More_on_questioning|Unit 2 Session 3]]) to select students for answering. You will come to know about common misconceptions through this activity so that you can address them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* Which activity(ies) do you think you would like to try this week? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you foresee any problems in carrying out these activities based on your previous experience of doing them? Discuss solutions with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the electronic version of “my assessment inventory”. Open your file from your ‘files area’ on your desktop. Fill it in and save it again. Remember to bring the paper inventory to every session and make an entry in the electronic inventory every week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Divide yourself into two groups. For practical reasons, choose members of these groups who can work together outside the workshop session. If this is not possible, then every member of the group should take responsibility for the group task. The group tasks are:&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Group One''': Read pages 8 to11 about Learning Intentions from the “AfL Guidance for KS 1-2 - 2007” .pdf document ([[File:AfL-Guidance_KS_1-2-2007-pages_1_to_14.pdf]]). You can skip sections- 'defining the learning' and 'what makes a good learning intention' as these have been covered in the session. Read everything else.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Group Two''': Read pages 12 to 14 about Success Criteria from the “AfL Guidance for KS 1-2 - 2007” .pdf document ([[File:AfL-Guidance_KS_1-2-2007-pages_1_to_14.pdf]]). &lt;br /&gt;
:'''Both groups''': Identify points (from your group's pages) that are new (i.e. have not been discussed during the session). Prepare a presentation about these points for the benefit of the other group members.&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Note''': We recommend that you read all pages 1 to 14 from the document as background reading for AfL and the two strategies discussed in this session.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Share with your class the Learning Objective and Success Criteria that you have formed in the session today. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for as many lessons as you can during this week. Refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout ‘Questioning the questions’ (pages 3 to 6) for this. Make a note of your Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Try out one or more of the adapted activities for AfL that we discussed today in Activity Five. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Reference =&lt;br /&gt;
Some parts of this session have been adapted or reproduced from: &lt;br /&gt;
CCEA: Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, with the kind permission of the Northern Ireland Council for the Curriculum, Examinations and Assessment.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3967</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Learning objectives and success criteria</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3967"/>
		<updated>2012-06-25T14:53:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Homework */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''My Assessment Inventory''' on the Word document and save it in your files area on the desktop? Discuss if there were any issues as this activity will be repeated again this week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you ask your students to make '''Traffic Lights'''? Which material did you use? Were there any problems in making them?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you use the Traffic Lights in your class? Share your experience by answering these questions:&lt;br /&gt;
** For which topic did you ask your students to use Traffic Lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you try different ways of using them such as holding them up all together or putting them forward on the table while they were working? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did you handle when students showed different lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you employ classroom assistants for helping with Traffic Lights? Will you do it again? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
** From your experience, discuss any advantages or disadvantages of using them in your context. &lt;br /&gt;
*How did your students handle using the Traffic Lights? (e.g. ease/ difficulty of using them,  indicating proper/improper light) What steps will you take so that this can be improved in future lessons?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’? Do you think '''Bloom’s Taxonomy''' and examples were helpful when you asked questions in class? Were there any issues about the Taxonomy? Discuss ways of solving these issues with other participants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you manage to see the '''video and Power Point''' shown in the last session together after the workshop? Share if you observed anything new about the concept of AfL or practice of AfL in classroom (i.e. share something that was not discussed in the workshop last week).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the need for two AfL strategies: Sharing Learning Objectives and Sharing Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Revisiting activities learnt in previous sessions that can be adapted for AfL &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Update the assessment inventory that you started last week [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. Add the date in the second row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Then record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Need for Sharing Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was mentioned in the Power Point presentation last week that sharing learning objectives and success criteria are two AfL strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Fold a plain sheet of paper into 3 equal parts. Write ‘Answer 1’ on the top of the first section, ‘Answer 2’ on the top of the second section and ‘Answer 3’ on the top of the third section. The facilitator will display and read 3 questions for you. Answer them in the respective area on the sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|pair work}} After answering each question, exchange your sheet with the person sitting next to you. Assess their work. Be critical. Then take your sheets back to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
The questions are given below. Write each question on the blackboard or flip chart sheets and display them one by one. Also read them out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 3-4 minutes to answer each question, but no longer. After answering each question, ask participants to exchange their sheets and assess their neighbour’s work. Do not allow participants to change answers or assessment once it has been done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While reading, say the words exactly as they are given below: &lt;br /&gt;
* Question 1: Draw a child.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 2: We are learning to name parts of the body. For this please do the activity of drawing a child and labelling parts of its body.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 3: For the activity of drawing and labelling parts of the body, your success criteria are that your picture should show: (1) at least three parts of the body that are sense organs and (2) at least three parts of the body that have joints. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about sense organs, mention that there are five senses: seeing, tasting, hearing, touching and smelling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about parts of the body that have joints, give examples such as elbow, knee, shoulder.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, think as a learner who was assessed,&lt;br /&gt;
* Answering which question was easiest? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question were you most and least sure about your success? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question did you have most and least anxiety about the outcome? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, think as an assessor,&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most easy and least easy? Why? &lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most fair and least fair? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that participants’ responses will be in favour of Question 3 and Question 2. Inform them that: Question 2 is an example of sharing learning objectives with students; and Question 3 is an example of sharing success criteria with students. More discussion on this will be done during this session, but see if participants realise that learners can succeed much more easily in the classroom if they are told in advance what the criteria for success are.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Understanding Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘Learning objective’ has also been referred to as ‘Learning intention’ in AfL literature. &lt;br /&gt;
		 	 	 		&lt;br /&gt;
“A '''Learning Intention''' is simply a description of what you want your pupils to know, understand or be able to do by the end of a lesson. It tells pupils what the focus for learning is going to be.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Success Criteria''' are the statements that help pupils recognise if they have been successful in their learning. They summarise the main teaching points (key ingredients) or processes (key steps), and they always link directly to the learning intention. They essentially spell out the steps required to achieve the learning intention, offering explicit guidance on how to be successful. By referring to the success criteria, pupils know if they have achieved the learning intention.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the board or flip chart again. Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* What are the similarities between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the differences between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Mention these points if participants have not already mentioned them. Suggest that participants can make a note of these points on their printouts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objectives and Success Criteria are '''similar''' because: &lt;br /&gt;
* success criteria spell out the specific features of the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
*  learning objective and success criteria can be same (constant over time) even if the activity changes, e.g. parts of the body can be learnt by drawing (as above) or it can be learnt through poems, stories, questioning and dialogue, or direct teaching; but learning objective and success criteria remain the same&lt;br /&gt;
* both provide guidance to students about what is expected from them &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objective and Success Criteria are '''different''' because:&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objective relates to a topic/lesson while success criteria relate to an activity – spell out the steps needed to achieve the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* The same learning objective can have different success criteria in different grades. e.g. success criteria for the objective of drawing parts of the body will be simple (such as, head, arms, legs) for Grade 1 but detailed (such as in Question 3) for Grade 4 &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Forming Learning Objectives and Success Criteria =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants that one of the Learning Objectives for today’s session is to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Learning Objectives:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives relate to what students are expected to: know, understand and do (knowledge, understanding and skills). (You can also refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout for this.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Knowledge or factual information: e.g. (1) we are learning about ‘learning objectives and success criteria’ for AfL, and (2) we are learning names of Zambian provinces and their capitals.&lt;br /&gt;
** Understanding such as concepts, reasons and processes: e.g. (1) we are learning about the relationship between learning objectives and success criteria, and (2) we are learning reasons for pollution in Zambia.&lt;br /&gt;
** Skills or abilities acquired through training or experience. e.g. (1) we are learning to form learning objectives and success criteria for AfL, and (2) we are learning to draw bar graphs from raw data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives specify learning. They do not specify the activity&lt;br /&gt;
* It is good to have generic learning objectives that can be transferred across the curriculum, e.g. (1) we are learning to download pictures from flickr, (2) we are learning to work effectively in groups, (3) we are learning to use evidence to support an opinion, and (4) we are learning to interpret data&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be in simple language that students can easily understand&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be broad enough to allow pupils of all capabilities to achieve them; “the '''differentiation''' is in the way the pupils achieve or demonstrate the intention, not by creating different learning intentions for pupils of different abilities.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 10). So you might expect some pupils to achieve more but they will all share the same learning objective and success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: You might want to record the Learning objective on the blackboard at the beginning of a lesson or you may already be doing this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Success Criteria:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria relate to the specific activity&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria focus on specific teaching points or processes, e.g. in Question 3 above, the success criteria focus on including particular parts of the body (teaching points) &lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria should also have simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Display the following on the board or a flip chart sheet and read it aloud:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Learning Objectives are:&lt;br /&gt;
* focus on learning&lt;br /&gt;
* one key aspect from knowledge, understanding or skill (understanding and skill preferred)&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Success Criteria are:&lt;br /&gt;
* specific to the activity for achieving learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* detailed information about your expectation of students&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the flip charts again. With a same grade buddy, think of a topic that you will be teaching this week. Form the learning objectives and success criteria for this topic. Write them on the board or flip chart so that everybody will be able to see them. Your facilitator has already displayed the success criteria for this activity. Think about '''differentiation''' – how can all pupils achieve the learning intention to some degree?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Display your planned activity and read out your learning objective and success criteria to all other participants. &lt;br /&gt;
Other participants should:&lt;br /&gt;
* assess the learning objective and success criteria in view of the success criteria mentioned above &lt;br /&gt;
* comment positively about criteria that are met&lt;br /&gt;
* make suggestions for addressing any criteria that are not yet met&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Activities for AfL =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous units you have done some activities that can be used for AfL with some adaptation. Today we will revisit these activities in the context of AfL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time, form three groups. Ask each group to read one activity and do a role play of carrying out the activity in the class. Role play can be done by one participant acting as a teacher and other participants acting as students. Some acting students demonstrate right answers, some demonstrate wrong answers, and some demonstrate partial understanding. The acting teacher demonstrates handling of all these answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, different groups can explain the activities with more examples. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Magic microphone''' ([[OER4Schools/2.1_Introduction_to_whole_class_dialogue_and_effective_questioning|Unit 2 Session 1]]) - Ask an open question about a topic, for example “How many ways can you think of to make 23?”. Pass around a prop. Whoever has the prop will give one answer to the question. Allow students to use mini-blackboards to work out their answers. If many students give right answers, increase the challenge by changing to a 3-digit number. If many students give the wrong answer, revise the topic again in class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Concept Mapping''' ([[OER4Schools/2.4_Concept_mapping|Unit 2 Session 4]]) - Write the main topic for which aspects have already been covered over a period of time in different lessons, on a concept mapping software or black board. Ask students to review all that they have learned about the topic and report them as answers. Record answers but do not correct wrong answers at this time. Review all answers in the end by asking students for opinion about each answer - if they are right; wrong; and how they can be improved. Avoid naming any student who said the wrong answers. For topics for which many students think positively about the wrong answer, revise them again in class. e.g. for the topic ‘mammals’ if many students think that man is not a mammal, revise the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Talking Points''' ([[OER4Schools/3.5_Talking_points_and_effective_group_work|Unit 3 Session 5]]) - Frame some right, some wrong and some unsure statements about a topic. Try to include topics for which your students have struggled during teaching. Discuss each sentence as a whole class activity. Try the '''‘No-hands up’''' strategy; this supports AfL because it allows you to assess understanding of any learners that you think may not understand or may not be following. If shy pupils do not participate, use this or other non-voluntary participation strategies ([[OER4Schools/2.3_More_on_questioning|Unit 2 Session 3]]) to select students for answering. You will come to know about common misconceptions through this activity so that you can address them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* Which activity(ies) do you think you would like to try this week? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you foresee any problems in carrying out these activities based on your previous experience of doing them? Discuss solutions with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the electronic version of “my assessment inventory”. Open your file from your ‘files area’ on your desktop. Fill it in and save it again. Remember to bring the paper inventory to every session and make an entry in the electronic inventory every week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Divide yourself into two groups. For practical reasons, choose members of these groups who can work together outside the workshop session. If this is not possible, then every member of the group should take responsibility for the group task. The group tasks are:&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Group One''': Read pages 8 to11 about Learning Intentions from the “AfL Guidance for KS 1-2 - 2007” .pdf document ([[File:AfL-Guidance_KS_1-2-2007-pages_1_to_14.pdf]]). You can skip sections- 'defining the learning' and 'what makes a good learning intention' as these have been covered in the session. Read everything else.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Group Two''': Read pages 12 to 14 about Success Criteria from the “AfL Guidance for KS 1-2 - 2007” .pdf document ([[File:AfL-Guidance_KS_1-2-2007-pages_1_to_14.pdf]]). &lt;br /&gt;
:'''Both groups''': Identify points (from your group's pages) that are new (i.e. have not been discussed during the session). Prepare a presentation about these points for the benefit of the other group members.&lt;br /&gt;
:'''Note''': We recommend that you read all pages 1 to 14 from the document as background reading for AfL and the two strategies discussed in this unit.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Share with your class the Learning Objective and Success Criteria that you have formed in the session today. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for as many lessons as you can during this week. Refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout ‘Questioning the questions’ (pages 3 to 6) for this. Make a note of your Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Try out one or more of the adapted activities for AfL that we discussed today in Activity Five. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Reference =&lt;br /&gt;
Some parts of this session have been adapted or reproduced from: &lt;br /&gt;
CCEA: Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, with the kind permission of the Northern Ireland Council for the Curriculum, Examinations and Assessment.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=File:AfL-Guidance_KS_1-2-2007-pages_1_to_14.pdf&amp;diff=3966</id>
		<title>File:AfL-Guidance KS 1-2-2007-pages 1 to 14.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=File:AfL-Guidance_KS_1-2-2007-pages_1_to_14.pdf&amp;diff=3966"/>
		<updated>2012-06-25T14:39:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3965</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Learning objectives and success criteria</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3965"/>
		<updated>2012-06-25T14:34:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Homework */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''My Assessment Inventory''' on the Word document and save it in your files area on the desktop? Discuss if there were any issues as this activity will be repeated again this week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you ask your students to make '''Traffic Lights'''? Which material did you use? Were there any problems in making them?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you use the Traffic Lights in your class? Share your experience by answering these questions:&lt;br /&gt;
** For which topic did you ask your students to use Traffic Lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you try different ways of using them such as holding them up all together or putting them forward on the table while they were working? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did you handle when students showed different lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you employ classroom assistants for helping with Traffic Lights? Will you do it again? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
** From your experience, discuss any advantages or disadvantages of using them in your context. &lt;br /&gt;
*How did your students handle using the Traffic Lights? (e.g. ease/ difficulty of using them,  indicating proper/improper light) What steps will you take so that this can be improved in future lessons?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’? Do you think '''Bloom’s Taxonomy''' and examples were helpful when you asked questions in class? Were there any issues about the Taxonomy? Discuss ways of solving these issues with other participants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you manage to see the '''video and Power Point''' shown in the last session together after the workshop? Share if you observed anything new about the concept of AfL or practice of AfL in classroom (i.e. share something that was not discussed in the workshop last week).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the need for two AfL strategies: Sharing Learning Objectives and Sharing Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Revisiting activities learnt in previous sessions that can be adapted for AfL &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Update the assessment inventory that you started last week [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. Add the date in the second row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Then record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Need for Sharing Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was mentioned in the Power Point presentation last week that sharing learning objectives and success criteria are two AfL strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Fold a plain sheet of paper into 3 equal parts. Write ‘Answer 1’ on the top of the first section, ‘Answer 2’ on the top of the second section and ‘Answer 3’ on the top of the third section. The facilitator will display and read 3 questions for you. Answer them in the respective area on the sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|pair work}} After answering each question, exchange your sheet with the person sitting next to you. Assess their work. Be critical. Then take your sheets back to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
The questions are given below. Write each question on the blackboard or flip chart sheets and display them one by one. Also read them out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 3-4 minutes to answer each question, but no longer. After answering each question, ask participants to exchange their sheets and assess their neighbour’s work. Do not allow participants to change answers or assessment once it has been done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While reading, say the words exactly as they are given below: &lt;br /&gt;
* Question 1: Draw a child.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 2: We are learning to name parts of the body. For this please do the activity of drawing a child and labelling parts of its body.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 3: For the activity of drawing and labelling parts of the body, your success criteria are that your picture should show: (1) at least three parts of the body that are sense organs and (2) at least three parts of the body that have joints. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about sense organs, mention that there are five senses: seeing, tasting, hearing, touching and smelling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about parts of the body that have joints, give examples such as elbow, knee, shoulder.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, think as a learner who was assessed,&lt;br /&gt;
* Answering which question was easiest? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question were you most and least sure about your success? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question did you have most and least anxiety about the outcome? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, think as an assessor,&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most easy and least easy? Why? &lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most fair and least fair? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that participants’ responses will be in favour of Question 3 and Question 2. Inform them that: Question 2 is an example of sharing learning objectives with students; and Question 3 is an example of sharing success criteria with students. More discussion on this will be done during this session, but see if participants realise that learners can succeed much more easily in the classroom if they are told in advance what the criteria for success are.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Understanding Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘Learning objective’ has also been referred to as ‘Learning intention’ in AfL literature. &lt;br /&gt;
		 	 	 		&lt;br /&gt;
“A '''Learning Intention''' is simply a description of what you want your pupils to know, understand or be able to do by the end of a lesson. It tells pupils what the focus for learning is going to be.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Success Criteria''' are the statements that help pupils recognise if they have been successful in their learning. They summarise the main teaching points (key ingredients) or processes (key steps), and they always link directly to the learning intention. They essentially spell out the steps required to achieve the learning intention, offering explicit guidance on how to be successful. By referring to the success criteria, pupils know if they have achieved the learning intention.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the board or flip chart again. Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* What are the similarities between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the differences between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Mention these points if participants have not already mentioned them. Suggest that participants can make a note of these points on their printouts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objectives and Success Criteria are '''similar''' because: &lt;br /&gt;
* success criteria spell out the specific features of the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
*  learning objective and success criteria can be same (constant over time) even if the activity changes, e.g. parts of the body can be learnt by drawing (as above) or it can be learnt through poems, stories, questioning and dialogue, or direct teaching; but learning objective and success criteria remain the same&lt;br /&gt;
* both provide guidance to students about what is expected from them &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objective and Success Criteria are '''different''' because:&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objective relates to a topic/lesson while success criteria relate to an activity – spell out the steps needed to achieve the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* The same learning objective can have different success criteria in different grades. e.g. success criteria for the objective of drawing parts of the body will be simple (such as, head, arms, legs) for Grade 1 but detailed (such as in Question 3) for Grade 4 &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Forming Learning Objectives and Success Criteria =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants that one of the Learning Objectives for today’s session is to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Learning Objectives:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives relate to what students are expected to: know, understand and do (knowledge, understanding and skills). (You can also refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout for this.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Knowledge or factual information: e.g. (1) we are learning about ‘learning objectives and success criteria’ for AfL, and (2) we are learning names of Zambian provinces and their capitals.&lt;br /&gt;
** Understanding such as concepts, reasons and processes: e.g. (1) we are learning about the relationship between learning objectives and success criteria, and (2) we are learning reasons for pollution in Zambia.&lt;br /&gt;
** Skills or abilities acquired through training or experience. e.g. (1) we are learning to form learning objectives and success criteria for AfL, and (2) we are learning to draw bar graphs from raw data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives specify learning. They do not specify the activity&lt;br /&gt;
* It is good to have generic learning objectives that can be transferred across the curriculum, e.g. (1) we are learning to download pictures from flickr, (2) we are learning to work effectively in groups, (3) we are learning to use evidence to support an opinion, and (4) we are learning to interpret data&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be in simple language that students can easily understand&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be broad enough to allow pupils of all capabilities to achieve them; “the '''differentiation''' is in the way the pupils achieve or demonstrate the intention, not by creating different learning intentions for pupils of different abilities.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 10). So you might expect some pupils to achieve more but they will all share the same learning objective and success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: You might want to record the Learning objective on the blackboard at the beginning of a lesson or you may already be doing this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Success Criteria:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria relate to the specific activity&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria focus on specific teaching points or processes, e.g. in Question 3 above, the success criteria focus on including particular parts of the body (teaching points) &lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria should also have simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Display the following on the board or a flip chart sheet and read it aloud:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Learning Objectives are:&lt;br /&gt;
* focus on learning&lt;br /&gt;
* one key aspect from knowledge, understanding or skill (understanding and skill preferred)&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Success Criteria are:&lt;br /&gt;
* specific to the activity for achieving learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* detailed information about your expectation of students&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the flip charts again. With a same grade buddy, think of a topic that you will be teaching this week. Form the learning objectives and success criteria for this topic. Write them on the board or flip chart so that everybody will be able to see them. Your facilitator has already displayed the success criteria for this activity. Think about '''differentiation''' – how can all pupils achieve the learning intention to some degree?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Display your planned activity and read out your learning objective and success criteria to all other participants. &lt;br /&gt;
Other participants should:&lt;br /&gt;
* assess the learning objective and success criteria in view of the success criteria mentioned above &lt;br /&gt;
* comment positively about criteria that are met&lt;br /&gt;
* make suggestions for addressing any criteria that are not yet met&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Activities for AfL =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous units you have done some activities that can be used for AfL with some adaptation. Today we will revisit these activities in the context of AfL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time, form three groups. Ask each group to read one activity and do a role play of carrying out the activity in the class. Role play can be done by one participant acting as a teacher and other participants acting as students. Some acting students demonstrate right answers, some demonstrate wrong answers, and some demonstrate partial understanding. The acting teacher demonstrates handling of all these answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, different groups can explain the activities with more examples. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Magic microphone''' ([[OER4Schools/2.1_Introduction_to_whole_class_dialogue_and_effective_questioning|Unit 2 Session 1]]) - Ask an open question about a topic, for example “How many ways can you think of to make 23?”. Pass around a prop. Whoever has the prop will give one answer to the question. Allow students to use mini-blackboards to work out their answers. If many students give right answers, increase the challenge by changing to a 3-digit number. If many students give the wrong answer, revise the topic again in class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Concept Mapping''' ([[OER4Schools/2.4_Concept_mapping|Unit 2 Session 4]]) - Write the main topic for which aspects have already been covered over a period of time in different lessons, on a concept mapping software or black board. Ask students to review all that they have learned about the topic and report them as answers. Record answers but do not correct wrong answers at this time. Review all answers in the end by asking students for opinion about each answer - if they are right; wrong; and how they can be improved. Avoid naming any student who said the wrong answers. For topics for which many students think positively about the wrong answer, revise them again in class. e.g. for the topic ‘mammals’ if many students think that man is not a mammal, revise the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Talking Points''' ([[OER4Schools/3.5_Talking_points_and_effective_group_work|Unit 3 Session 5]]) - Frame some right, some wrong and some unsure statements about a topic. Try to include topics for which your students have struggled during teaching. Discuss each sentence as a whole class activity. Try the '''‘No-hands up’''' strategy; this supports AfL because it allows you to assess understanding of any learners that you think may not understand or may not be following. If shy pupils do not participate, use this or other non-voluntary participation strategies ([[OER4Schools/2.3_More_on_questioning|Unit 2 Session 3]]) to select students for answering. You will come to know about common misconceptions through this activity so that you can address them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* Which activity(ies) do you think you would like to try this week? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you foresee any problems in carrying out these activities based on your previous experience of doing them? Discuss solutions with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the electronic version of “my assessment inventory”. Open your file from your ‘files area’ on your desktop. Fill it in and save it again. Remember to bring the paper inventory to every session and make an entry in the electronic inventory every week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Divide yourself into two groups. For practical reasons, choose members of these groups who can work together outside the workshop session. If this is not possible, then every member of the group should take responsibility for the group task. The group tasks are:&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Group One''': Read pages 8 to11 about Learning Intentions from the “AfL Guidance for KS 1-2 - 2007” .pdf document. You can skip sections- 'defining the learning' and 'what makes a good learning intention' as these have been covered in the session. Read everything else.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Group Two''': Read pages 12 to 14 about Success Criteria from the “AfL Guidance for KS 1-2 - 2007” .pdf document. &lt;br /&gt;
:'''Both groups''': Identify points (from your group's pages) that are new (i.e. have not been discussed during the session). Prepare a presentation about these points for the benefit of the other group members. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Share with your class the Learning Objective and Success Criteria that you have formed in the session today. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for as many lessons as you can during this week. Refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout ‘Questioning the questions’ (pages 3 to 6) for this. Make a note of your Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Try out one or more of the adapted activities for AfL that we discussed today in Activity Five. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Reference =&lt;br /&gt;
Some parts of this session have been adapted or reproduced from: &lt;br /&gt;
CCEA: Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, with the kind permission of the Northern Ireland Council for the Curriculum, Examinations and Assessment.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3964</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Learning objectives and success criteria</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3964"/>
		<updated>2012-06-25T14:28:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Homework */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''My Assessment Inventory''' on the Word document and save it in your files area on the desktop? Discuss if there were any issues as this activity will be repeated again this week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you ask your students to make '''Traffic Lights'''? Which material did you use? Were there any problems in making them?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you use the Traffic Lights in your class? Share your experience by answering these questions:&lt;br /&gt;
** For which topic did you ask your students to use Traffic Lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you try different ways of using them such as holding them up all together or putting them forward on the table while they were working? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did you handle when students showed different lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you employ classroom assistants for helping with Traffic Lights? Will you do it again? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
** From your experience, discuss any advantages or disadvantages of using them in your context. &lt;br /&gt;
*How did your students handle using the Traffic Lights? (e.g. ease/ difficulty of using them,  indicating proper/improper light) What steps will you take so that this can be improved in future lessons?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’? Do you think '''Bloom’s Taxonomy''' and examples were helpful when you asked questions in class? Were there any issues about the Taxonomy? Discuss ways of solving these issues with other participants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you manage to see the '''video and Power Point''' shown in the last session together after the workshop? Share if you observed anything new about the concept of AfL or practice of AfL in classroom (i.e. share something that was not discussed in the workshop last week).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the need for two AfL strategies: Sharing Learning Objectives and Sharing Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Revisiting activities learnt in previous sessions that can be adapted for AfL &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Update the assessment inventory that you started last week [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. Add the date in the second row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Then record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Need for Sharing Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was mentioned in the Power Point presentation last week that sharing learning objectives and success criteria are two AfL strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Fold a plain sheet of paper into 3 equal parts. Write ‘Answer 1’ on the top of the first section, ‘Answer 2’ on the top of the second section and ‘Answer 3’ on the top of the third section. The facilitator will display and read 3 questions for you. Answer them in the respective area on the sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|pair work}} After answering each question, exchange your sheet with the person sitting next to you. Assess their work. Be critical. Then take your sheets back to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
The questions are given below. Write each question on the blackboard or flip chart sheets and display them one by one. Also read them out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 3-4 minutes to answer each question, but no longer. After answering each question, ask participants to exchange their sheets and assess their neighbour’s work. Do not allow participants to change answers or assessment once it has been done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While reading, say the words exactly as they are given below: &lt;br /&gt;
* Question 1: Draw a child.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 2: We are learning to name parts of the body. For this please do the activity of drawing a child and labelling parts of its body.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 3: For the activity of drawing and labelling parts of the body, your success criteria are that your picture should show: (1) at least three parts of the body that are sense organs and (2) at least three parts of the body that have joints. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about sense organs, mention that there are five senses: seeing, tasting, hearing, touching and smelling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about parts of the body that have joints, give examples such as elbow, knee, shoulder.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, think as a learner who was assessed,&lt;br /&gt;
* Answering which question was easiest? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question were you most and least sure about your success? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question did you have most and least anxiety about the outcome? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, think as an assessor,&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most easy and least easy? Why? &lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most fair and least fair? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that participants’ responses will be in favour of Question 3 and Question 2. Inform them that: Question 2 is an example of sharing learning objectives with students; and Question 3 is an example of sharing success criteria with students. More discussion on this will be done during this session, but see if participants realise that learners can succeed much more easily in the classroom if they are told in advance what the criteria for success are.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Understanding Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘Learning objective’ has also been referred to as ‘Learning intention’ in AfL literature. &lt;br /&gt;
		 	 	 		&lt;br /&gt;
“A '''Learning Intention''' is simply a description of what you want your pupils to know, understand or be able to do by the end of a lesson. It tells pupils what the focus for learning is going to be.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Success Criteria''' are the statements that help pupils recognise if they have been successful in their learning. They summarise the main teaching points (key ingredients) or processes (key steps), and they always link directly to the learning intention. They essentially spell out the steps required to achieve the learning intention, offering explicit guidance on how to be successful. By referring to the success criteria, pupils know if they have achieved the learning intention.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the board or flip chart again. Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* What are the similarities between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the differences between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Mention these points if participants have not already mentioned them. Suggest that participants can make a note of these points on their printouts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objectives and Success Criteria are '''similar''' because: &lt;br /&gt;
* success criteria spell out the specific features of the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
*  learning objective and success criteria can be same (constant over time) even if the activity changes, e.g. parts of the body can be learnt by drawing (as above) or it can be learnt through poems, stories, questioning and dialogue, or direct teaching; but learning objective and success criteria remain the same&lt;br /&gt;
* both provide guidance to students about what is expected from them &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objective and Success Criteria are '''different''' because:&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objective relates to a topic/lesson while success criteria relate to an activity – spell out the steps needed to achieve the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* The same learning objective can have different success criteria in different grades. e.g. success criteria for the objective of drawing parts of the body will be simple (such as, head, arms, legs) for Grade 1 but detailed (such as in Question 3) for Grade 4 &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Forming Learning Objectives and Success Criteria =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants that one of the Learning Objectives for today’s session is to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Learning Objectives:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives relate to what students are expected to: know, understand and do (knowledge, understanding and skills). (You can also refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout for this.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Knowledge or factual information: e.g. (1) we are learning about ‘learning objectives and success criteria’ for AfL, and (2) we are learning names of Zambian provinces and their capitals.&lt;br /&gt;
** Understanding such as concepts, reasons and processes: e.g. (1) we are learning about the relationship between learning objectives and success criteria, and (2) we are learning reasons for pollution in Zambia.&lt;br /&gt;
** Skills or abilities acquired through training or experience. e.g. (1) we are learning to form learning objectives and success criteria for AfL, and (2) we are learning to draw bar graphs from raw data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives specify learning. They do not specify the activity&lt;br /&gt;
* It is good to have generic learning objectives that can be transferred across the curriculum, e.g. (1) we are learning to download pictures from flickr, (2) we are learning to work effectively in groups, (3) we are learning to use evidence to support an opinion, and (4) we are learning to interpret data&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be in simple language that students can easily understand&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be broad enough to allow pupils of all capabilities to achieve them; “the '''differentiation''' is in the way the pupils achieve or demonstrate the intention, not by creating different learning intentions for pupils of different abilities.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 10). So you might expect some pupils to achieve more but they will all share the same learning objective and success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: You might want to record the Learning objective on the blackboard at the beginning of a lesson or you may already be doing this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Success Criteria:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria relate to the specific activity&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria focus on specific teaching points or processes, e.g. in Question 3 above, the success criteria focus on including particular parts of the body (teaching points) &lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria should also have simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Display the following on the board or a flip chart sheet and read it aloud:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Learning Objectives are:&lt;br /&gt;
* focus on learning&lt;br /&gt;
* one key aspect from knowledge, understanding or skill (understanding and skill preferred)&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Success Criteria are:&lt;br /&gt;
* specific to the activity for achieving learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* detailed information about your expectation of students&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the flip charts again. With a same grade buddy, think of a topic that you will be teaching this week. Form the learning objectives and success criteria for this topic. Write them on the board or flip chart so that everybody will be able to see them. Your facilitator has already displayed the success criteria for this activity. Think about '''differentiation''' – how can all pupils achieve the learning intention to some degree?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Display your planned activity and read out your learning objective and success criteria to all other participants. &lt;br /&gt;
Other participants should:&lt;br /&gt;
* assess the learning objective and success criteria in view of the success criteria mentioned above &lt;br /&gt;
* comment positively about criteria that are met&lt;br /&gt;
* make suggestions for addressing any criteria that are not yet met&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Activities for AfL =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous units you have done some activities that can be used for AfL with some adaptation. Today we will revisit these activities in the context of AfL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time, form three groups. Ask each group to read one activity and do a role play of carrying out the activity in the class. Role play can be done by one participant acting as a teacher and other participants acting as students. Some acting students demonstrate right answers, some demonstrate wrong answers, and some demonstrate partial understanding. The acting teacher demonstrates handling of all these answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, different groups can explain the activities with more examples. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Magic microphone''' ([[OER4Schools/2.1_Introduction_to_whole_class_dialogue_and_effective_questioning|Unit 2 Session 1]]) - Ask an open question about a topic, for example “How many ways can you think of to make 23?”. Pass around a prop. Whoever has the prop will give one answer to the question. Allow students to use mini-blackboards to work out their answers. If many students give right answers, increase the challenge by changing to a 3-digit number. If many students give the wrong answer, revise the topic again in class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Concept Mapping''' ([[OER4Schools/2.4_Concept_mapping|Unit 2 Session 4]]) - Write the main topic for which aspects have already been covered over a period of time in different lessons, on a concept mapping software or black board. Ask students to review all that they have learned about the topic and report them as answers. Record answers but do not correct wrong answers at this time. Review all answers in the end by asking students for opinion about each answer - if they are right; wrong; and how they can be improved. Avoid naming any student who said the wrong answers. For topics for which many students think positively about the wrong answer, revise them again in class. e.g. for the topic ‘mammals’ if many students think that man is not a mammal, revise the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Talking Points''' ([[OER4Schools/3.5_Talking_points_and_effective_group_work|Unit 3 Session 5]]) - Frame some right, some wrong and some unsure statements about a topic. Try to include topics for which your students have struggled during teaching. Discuss each sentence as a whole class activity. Try the '''‘No-hands up’''' strategy; this supports AfL because it allows you to assess understanding of any learners that you think may not understand or may not be following. If shy pupils do not participate, use this or other non-voluntary participation strategies ([[OER4Schools/2.3_More_on_questioning|Unit 2 Session 3]]) to select students for answering. You will come to know about common misconceptions through this activity so that you can address them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* Which activity(ies) do you think you would like to try this week? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you foresee any problems in carrying out these activities based on your previous experience of doing them? Discuss solutions with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the electronic version of “my assessment inventory”. Open your file from your ‘files area’ on your desktop. Fill it in and save it again. Remember to bring the paper inventory to every session and make an entry in the electronic inventory every week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Divide yourself into two groups. For practical reasons, choose members of these groups who can work together outside the workshop session. If this is not possible, then every member of the group should take responsibility for the group task. The group tasks are:&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Group One''': Read pages 8 to11 about Learning Intentions from the “AfL Guidance for KS 1-2 - 2007” .pdf document. You can skip sections- 'defining the learning' and 'what makes a good learning intention' as these have been covered in the session. Read everything else.&lt;br /&gt;
** '''Group Two''': Read pages 12 to 14 about Success Criteria from the “AfL Guidance for KS 1-2 - 2007” .pdf document. &lt;br /&gt;
'''Both groups''': Identify points (from your group's pages) that are new (i.e. have not been discussed during the session). Prepare a presentation about these points for the benefit of the other group members. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Share with your class the Learning Objective and Success Criteria that you have formed in the session today. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for as many lessons as you can during this week. Refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout ‘Questioning the questions’ (pages 3 to 6) for this. Make a note of your Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Try out one or more of the adapted activities for AfL that we discussed today in Activity Five. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Reference =&lt;br /&gt;
Some parts of this session have been adapted or reproduced from: &lt;br /&gt;
CCEA: Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, with the kind permission of the Northern Ireland Council for the Curriculum, Examinations and Assessment.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3963</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Learning objectives and success criteria</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3963"/>
		<updated>2012-06-25T14:09:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Activity Four: Forming Learning Objectives and Success Criteria */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''My Assessment Inventory''' on the Word document and save it in your files area on the desktop? Discuss if there were any issues as this activity will be repeated again this week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you ask your students to make '''Traffic Lights'''? Which material did you use? Were there any problems in making them?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you use the Traffic Lights in your class? Share your experience by answering these questions:&lt;br /&gt;
** For which topic did you ask your students to use Traffic Lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you try different ways of using them such as holding them up all together or putting them forward on the table while they were working? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did you handle when students showed different lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you employ classroom assistants for helping with Traffic Lights? Will you do it again? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
** From your experience, discuss any advantages or disadvantages of using them in your context. &lt;br /&gt;
*How did your students handle using the Traffic Lights? (e.g. ease/ difficulty of using them,  indicating proper/improper light) What steps will you take so that this can be improved in future lessons?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’? Do you think '''Bloom’s Taxonomy''' and examples were helpful when you asked questions in class? Were there any issues about the Taxonomy? Discuss ways of solving these issues with other participants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you manage to see the '''video and Power Point''' shown in the last session together after the workshop? Share if you observed anything new about the concept of AfL or practice of AfL in classroom (i.e. share something that was not discussed in the workshop last week).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the need for two AfL strategies: Sharing Learning Objectives and Sharing Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Revisiting activities learnt in previous sessions that can be adapted for AfL &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Update the assessment inventory that you started last week [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. Add the date in the second row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Then record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Need for Sharing Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was mentioned in the Power Point presentation last week that sharing learning objectives and success criteria are two AfL strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Fold a plain sheet of paper into 3 equal parts. Write ‘Answer 1’ on the top of the first section, ‘Answer 2’ on the top of the second section and ‘Answer 3’ on the top of the third section. The facilitator will display and read 3 questions for you. Answer them in the respective area on the sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|pair work}} After answering each question, exchange your sheet with the person sitting next to you. Assess their work. Be critical. Then take your sheets back to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
The questions are given below. Write each question on the blackboard or flip chart sheets and display them one by one. Also read them out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 3-4 minutes to answer each question, but no longer. After answering each question, ask participants to exchange their sheets and assess their neighbour’s work. Do not allow participants to change answers or assessment once it has been done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While reading, say the words exactly as they are given below: &lt;br /&gt;
* Question 1: Draw a child.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 2: We are learning to name parts of the body. For this please do the activity of drawing a child and labelling parts of its body.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 3: For the activity of drawing and labelling parts of the body, your success criteria are that your picture should show: (1) at least three parts of the body that are sense organs and (2) at least three parts of the body that have joints. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about sense organs, mention that there are five senses: seeing, tasting, hearing, touching and smelling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about parts of the body that have joints, give examples such as elbow, knee, shoulder.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, think as a learner who was assessed,&lt;br /&gt;
* Answering which question was easiest? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question were you most and least sure about your success? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question did you have most and least anxiety about the outcome? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, think as an assessor,&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most easy and least easy? Why? &lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most fair and least fair? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that participants’ responses will be in favour of Question 3 and Question 2. Inform them that: Question 2 is an example of sharing learning objectives with students; and Question 3 is an example of sharing success criteria with students. More discussion on this will be done during this session, but see if participants realise that learners can succeed much more easily in the classroom if they are told in advance what the criteria for success are.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Understanding Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘Learning objective’ has also been referred to as ‘Learning intention’ in AfL literature. &lt;br /&gt;
		 	 	 		&lt;br /&gt;
“A '''Learning Intention''' is simply a description of what you want your pupils to know, understand or be able to do by the end of a lesson. It tells pupils what the focus for learning is going to be.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Success Criteria''' are the statements that help pupils recognise if they have been successful in their learning. They summarise the main teaching points (key ingredients) or processes (key steps), and they always link directly to the learning intention. They essentially spell out the steps required to achieve the learning intention, offering explicit guidance on how to be successful. By referring to the success criteria, pupils know if they have achieved the learning intention.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the board or flip chart again. Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* What are the similarities between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the differences between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Mention these points if participants have not already mentioned them. Suggest that participants can make a note of these points on their printouts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objectives and Success Criteria are '''similar''' because: &lt;br /&gt;
* success criteria spell out the specific features of the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
*  learning objective and success criteria can be same (constant over time) even if the activity changes, e.g. parts of the body can be learnt by drawing (as above) or it can be learnt through poems, stories, questioning and dialogue, or direct teaching; but learning objective and success criteria remain the same&lt;br /&gt;
* both provide guidance to students about what is expected from them &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objective and Success Criteria are '''different''' because:&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objective relates to a topic/lesson while success criteria relate to an activity – spell out the steps needed to achieve the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* The same learning objective can have different success criteria in different grades. e.g. success criteria for the objective of drawing parts of the body will be simple (such as, head, arms, legs) for Grade 1 but detailed (such as in Question 3) for Grade 4 &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Forming Learning Objectives and Success Criteria =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants that one of the Learning Objectives for today’s session is to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Learning Objectives:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives relate to what students are expected to: know, understand and do (knowledge, understanding and skills). (You can also refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout for this.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Knowledge or factual information: e.g. (1) we are learning about ‘learning objectives and success criteria’ for AfL, and (2) we are learning names of Zambian provinces and their capitals.&lt;br /&gt;
** Understanding such as concepts, reasons and processes: e.g. (1) we are learning about the relationship between learning objectives and success criteria, and (2) we are learning reasons for pollution in Zambia.&lt;br /&gt;
** Skills or abilities acquired through training or experience. e.g. (1) we are learning to form learning objectives and success criteria for AfL, and (2) we are learning to draw bar graphs from raw data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives specify learning. They do not specify the activity&lt;br /&gt;
* It is good to have generic learning objectives that can be transferred across the curriculum, e.g. (1) we are learning to download pictures from flickr, (2) we are learning to work effectively in groups, (3) we are learning to use evidence to support an opinion, and (4) we are learning to interpret data&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be in simple language that students can easily understand&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be broad enough to allow pupils of all capabilities to achieve them; “the '''differentiation''' is in the way the pupils achieve or demonstrate the intention, not by creating different learning intentions for pupils of different abilities.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 10). So you might expect some pupils to achieve more but they will all share the same learning objective and success criteria&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: You might want to record the Learning objective on the blackboard at the beginning of a lesson or you may already be doing this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Success Criteria:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria relate to the specific activity&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria focus on specific teaching points or processes, e.g. in Question 3 above, the success criteria focus on including particular parts of the body (teaching points) &lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria should also have simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Display the following on the board or a flip chart sheet and read it aloud:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Learning Objectives are:&lt;br /&gt;
* focus on learning&lt;br /&gt;
* one key aspect from knowledge, understanding or skill (understanding and skill preferred)&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Success Criteria are:&lt;br /&gt;
* specific to the activity for achieving learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* detailed information about your expectation of students&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the flip charts again. With a same grade buddy, think of a topic that you will be teaching this week. Form the learning objectives and success criteria for this topic. Write them on the board or flip chart so that everybody will be able to see them. Your facilitator has already displayed the success criteria for this activity. Think about '''differentiation''' – how can all pupils achieve the learning intention to some degree?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Display your planned activity and read out your learning objective and success criteria to all other participants. &lt;br /&gt;
Other participants should:&lt;br /&gt;
* assess the learning objective and success criteria in view of the success criteria mentioned above &lt;br /&gt;
* comment positively about criteria that are met&lt;br /&gt;
* make suggestions for addressing any criteria that are not yet met&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Activities for AfL =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous units you have done some activities that can be used for AfL with some adaptation. Today we will revisit these activities in the context of AfL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time, form three groups. Ask each group to read one activity and do a role play of carrying out the activity in the class. Role play can be done by one participant acting as a teacher and other participants acting as students. Some acting students demonstrate right answers, some demonstrate wrong answers, and some demonstrate partial understanding. The acting teacher demonstrates handling of all these answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, different groups can explain the activities with more examples. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Magic microphone''' ([[OER4Schools/2.1_Introduction_to_whole_class_dialogue_and_effective_questioning|Unit 2 Session 1]]) - Ask an open question about a topic, for example “How many ways can you think of to make 23?”. Pass around a prop. Whoever has the prop will give one answer to the question. Allow students to use mini-blackboards to work out their answers. If many students give right answers, increase the challenge by changing to a 3-digit number. If many students give the wrong answer, revise the topic again in class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Concept Mapping''' ([[OER4Schools/2.4_Concept_mapping|Unit 2 Session 4]]) - Write the main topic for which aspects have already been covered over a period of time in different lessons, on a concept mapping software or black board. Ask students to review all that they have learned about the topic and report them as answers. Record answers but do not correct wrong answers at this time. Review all answers in the end by asking students for opinion about each answer - if they are right; wrong; and how they can be improved. Avoid naming any student who said the wrong answers. For topics for which many students think positively about the wrong answer, revise them again in class. e.g. for the topic ‘mammals’ if many students think that man is not a mammal, revise the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Talking Points''' ([[OER4Schools/3.5_Talking_points_and_effective_group_work|Unit 3 Session 5]]) - Frame some right, some wrong and some unsure statements about a topic. Try to include topics for which your students have struggled during teaching. Discuss each sentence as a whole class activity. Try the '''‘No-hands up’''' strategy; this supports AfL because it allows you to assess understanding of any learners that you think may not understand or may not be following. If shy pupils do not participate, use this or other non-voluntary participation strategies ([[OER4Schools/2.3_More_on_questioning|Unit 2 Session 3]]) to select students for answering. You will come to know about common misconceptions through this activity so that you can address them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* Which activity(ies) do you think you would like to try this week? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you foresee any problems in carrying out these activities based on your previous experience of doing them? Discuss solutions with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the electronic version of “my assessment inventory”. Open your file from your ‘files area’ on your desktop. Fill it in and save it again. Remember to bring the paper inventory to every session and make an entry in the electronic inventory every week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Read pages 1 to 14 from the “AfL Guidance for KS 1-2 - 2007” .pdf document. Note any issues that arise, for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Share with your class the Learning Objective and Success Criteria that you have formed in the session today. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for as many lessons as you can during this week. Refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout ‘Questioning the questions’ (pages 3 to 6) for this. Make a note of your Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Try out one or more of the adapted activities for AfL that we discussed today in Activity Five. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Reference =&lt;br /&gt;
Some parts of this session have been adapted or reproduced from: &lt;br /&gt;
CCEA: Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, with the kind permission of the Northern Ireland Council for the Curriculum, Examinations and Assessment.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3962</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Learning objectives and success criteria</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3962"/>
		<updated>2012-06-25T12:36:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Homework */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''My Assessment Inventory''' on the Word document and save it in your files area on the desktop? Discuss if there were any issues as this activity will be repeated again this week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you ask your students to make '''Traffic Lights'''? Which material did you use? Were there any problems in making them?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you use the Traffic Lights in your class? Share your experience by answering these questions:&lt;br /&gt;
** For which topic did you ask your students to use Traffic Lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you try different ways of using them such as holding them up all together or putting them forward on the table while they were working? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did you handle when students showed different lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you employ classroom assistants for helping with Traffic Lights? Will you do it again? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
** From your experience, discuss any advantages or disadvantages of using them in your context. &lt;br /&gt;
*How did your students handle using the Traffic Lights? (e.g. ease/ difficulty of using them,  indicating proper/improper light) What steps will you take so that this can be improved in future lessons?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’? Do you think '''Bloom’s Taxonomy''' and examples were helpful when you asked questions in class? Were there any issues about the Taxonomy? Discuss ways of solving these issues with other participants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you manage to see the '''video and Power Point''' shown in the last session together after the workshop? Share if you observed anything new about the concept of AfL or practice of AfL in classroom (i.e. share something that was not discussed in the workshop last week).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the need for two AfL strategies: Sharing Learning Objectives and Sharing Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Revisiting activities learnt in previous sessions that can be adapted for AfL &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Update the assessment inventory that you started last week [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. Add the date in the second row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Then record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Need for Sharing Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was mentioned in the Power Point presentation last week that sharing learning objectives and success criteria are two AfL strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Fold a plain sheet of paper into 3 equal parts. Write ‘Answer 1’ on the top of the first section, ‘Answer 2’ on the top of the second section and ‘Answer 3’ on the top of the third section. The facilitator will display and read 3 questions for you. Answer them in the respective area on the sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|pair work}} After answering each question, exchange your sheet with the person sitting next to you. Assess their work. Be critical. Then take your sheets back to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
The questions are given below. Write each question on the blackboard or flip chart sheets and display them one by one. Also read them out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 3-4 minutes to answer each question, but no longer. After answering each question, ask participants to exchange their sheets and assess their neighbour’s work. Do not allow participants to change answers or assessment once it has been done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While reading, say the words exactly as they are given below: &lt;br /&gt;
* Question 1: Draw a child.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 2: We are learning to name parts of the body. For this please do the activity of drawing a child and labelling parts of its body.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 3: For the activity of drawing and labelling parts of the body, your success criteria are that your picture should show: (1) at least three parts of the body that are sense organs and (2) at least three parts of the body that have joints. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about sense organs, mention that there are five senses: seeing, tasting, hearing, touching and smelling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about parts of the body that have joints, give examples such as elbow, knee, shoulder.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, think as a learner who was assessed,&lt;br /&gt;
* Answering which question was easiest? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question were you most and least sure about your success? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question did you have most and least anxiety about the outcome? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, think as an assessor,&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most easy and least easy? Why? &lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most fair and least fair? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that participants’ responses will be in favour of Question 3 and Question 2. Inform them that: Question 2 is an example of sharing learning objectives with students; and Question 3 is an example of sharing success criteria with students. More discussion on this will be done during this session, but see if participants realise that learners can succeed much more easily in the classroom if they are told in advance what the criteria for success are.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Understanding Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘Learning objective’ has also been referred to as ‘Learning intention’ in AfL literature. &lt;br /&gt;
		 	 	 		&lt;br /&gt;
“A '''Learning Intention''' is simply a description of what you want your pupils to know, understand or be able to do by the end of a lesson. It tells pupils what the focus for learning is going to be.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Success Criteria''' are the statements that help pupils recognise if they have been successful in their learning. They summarise the main teaching points (key ingredients) or processes (key steps), and they always link directly to the learning intention. They essentially spell out the steps required to achieve the learning intention, offering explicit guidance on how to be successful. By referring to the success criteria, pupils know if they have achieved the learning intention.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the board or flip chart again. Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* What are the similarities between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the differences between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Mention these points if participants have not already mentioned them. Suggest that participants can make a note of these points on their printouts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objectives and Success Criteria are '''similar''' because: &lt;br /&gt;
* success criteria spell out the specific features of the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
*  learning objective and success criteria can be same (constant over time) even if the activity changes, e.g. parts of the body can be learnt by drawing (as above) or it can be learnt through poems, stories, questioning and dialogue, or direct teaching; but learning objective and success criteria remain the same&lt;br /&gt;
* both provide guidance to students about what is expected from them &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objective and Success Criteria are '''different''' because:&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objective relates to a topic/lesson while success criteria relate to an activity – spell out the steps needed to achieve the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* The same learning objective can have different success criteria in different grades. e.g. success criteria for the objective of drawing parts of the body will be simple (such as, head, arms, legs) for Grade 1 but detailed (such as in Question 3) for Grade 4 &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Forming Learning Objectives and Success Criteria =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants that one of the Learning Objectives for today’s session is to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Learning Objectives:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives relate to what students are expected to: know, understand and do (knowledge, understanding and skills). (You can also refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout for this.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Knowledge or factual information: e.g. (1) we are learning about ‘learning objectives and success criteria’ for AfL, and (2) we are learning names of Zambian provinces and their capitals.&lt;br /&gt;
** Understanding such as concepts, reasons and processes: e.g. (1) we are learning about the relationship between learning objectives and success criteria, and (2) we are learning reasons for pollution in Zambia.&lt;br /&gt;
** Skills or abilities acquired through training or experience. e.g. (1) we are learning to form learning objectives and success criteria for AfL, and (2) we are learning to draw bar graphs from raw data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives specify learning. They do not specify the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is good to have generic learning objectives that can be transferred across the curriculum, e.g. (1) we are learning to download pictures from flickr, and (2) we are learning to work effectively in groups.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be in simple language that students can easily understand&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be broad enough to allow pupils of all capabilities to achieve them; “the '''differentiation''' is in the way the pupils achieve or demonstrate the intention, not by creating different learning intentions for pupils of different abilities.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 10). So you might expect some pupils to achieve more but they will all share the same learning objective and success criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: You might want to record the Learning objective on the blackboard at the beginning of a lesson or you may already be doing this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Success Criteria:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria relate to the specific activity&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria focus on specific teaching points or processes, e.g. in Question 3 above, the success criteria focus on including particular parts of the body (teaching points) &lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria should also have simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Display the following on the board or a flip chart sheet and read it aloud:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Learning Objectives are:&lt;br /&gt;
* focus on learning&lt;br /&gt;
* one key aspect from knowledge, understanding or skill (understanding and skill preferred)&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Success Criteria are:&lt;br /&gt;
* specific to the activity for achieving learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* detailed information about your expectation of students&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the flip charts again. With a same grade buddy, think of a topic that you will be teaching this week. Form the learning objectives and success criteria for this topic. Write them on the board or flip chart so that everybody will be able to see them. Your facilitator has already displayed the success criteria for this activity. Think about '''differentiation''' – how can all pupils achieve the learning intention to some degree?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Display your planned activity and read out your learning objective and success criteria to all other participants. &lt;br /&gt;
Other participants should:&lt;br /&gt;
* assess the learning objective and success criteria in view of the success criteria mentioned above &lt;br /&gt;
* comment positively about criteria that are met&lt;br /&gt;
* make suggestions for addressing any criteria that are not yet met&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Activities for AfL =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous units you have done some activities that can be used for AfL with some adaptation. Today we will revisit these activities in the context of AfL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time, form three groups. Ask each group to read one activity and do a role play of carrying out the activity in the class. Role play can be done by one participant acting as a teacher and other participants acting as students. Some acting students demonstrate right answers, some demonstrate wrong answers, and some demonstrate partial understanding. The acting teacher demonstrates handling of all these answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, different groups can explain the activities with more examples. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Magic microphone''' ([[OER4Schools/2.1_Introduction_to_whole_class_dialogue_and_effective_questioning|Unit 2 Session 1]]) - Ask an open question about a topic, for example “How many ways can you think of to make 23?”. Pass around a prop. Whoever has the prop will give one answer to the question. Allow students to use mini-blackboards to work out their answers. If many students give right answers, increase the challenge by changing to a 3-digit number. If many students give the wrong answer, revise the topic again in class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Concept Mapping''' ([[OER4Schools/2.4_Concept_mapping|Unit 2 Session 4]]) - Write the main topic for which aspects have already been covered over a period of time in different lessons, on a concept mapping software or black board. Ask students to review all that they have learned about the topic and report them as answers. Record answers but do not correct wrong answers at this time. Review all answers in the end by asking students for opinion about each answer - if they are right; wrong; and how they can be improved. Avoid naming any student who said the wrong answers. For topics for which many students think positively about the wrong answer, revise them again in class. e.g. for the topic ‘mammals’ if many students think that man is not a mammal, revise the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Talking Points''' ([[OER4Schools/3.5_Talking_points_and_effective_group_work|Unit 3 Session 5]]) - Frame some right, some wrong and some unsure statements about a topic. Try to include topics for which your students have struggled during teaching. Discuss each sentence as a whole class activity. Try the '''‘No-hands up’''' strategy; this supports AfL because it allows you to assess understanding of any learners that you think may not understand or may not be following. If shy pupils do not participate, use this or other non-voluntary participation strategies ([[OER4Schools/2.3_More_on_questioning|Unit 2 Session 3]]) to select students for answering. You will come to know about common misconceptions through this activity so that you can address them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* Which activity(ies) do you think you would like to try this week? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you foresee any problems in carrying out these activities based on your previous experience of doing them? Discuss solutions with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the electronic version of “my assessment inventory”. Open your file from your ‘files area’ on your desktop. Fill it in and save it again. Remember to bring the paper inventory to every session and make an entry in the electronic inventory every week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Read pages 1 to 14 from the “AfL Guidance for KS 1-2 - 2007” .pdf document. Note any issues that arise, for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Share with your class the Learning Objective and Success Criteria that you have formed in the session today. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for as many lessons as you can during this week. Refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout ‘Questioning the questions’ (pages 3 to 6) for this. Make a note of your Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Try out one or more of the adapted activities for AfL that we discussed today in Activity Five. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Reference =&lt;br /&gt;
Some parts of this session have been adapted or reproduced from: &lt;br /&gt;
CCEA: Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, with the kind permission of the Northern Ireland Council for the Curriculum, Examinations and Assessment.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3961</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Learning objectives and success criteria</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3961"/>
		<updated>2012-06-25T12:21:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Activity Two: Need for Sharing Learning Objectives and Success Criteria */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''My Assessment Inventory''' on the Word document and save it in your files area on the desktop? Discuss if there were any issues as this activity will be repeated again this week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you ask your students to make '''Traffic Lights'''? Which material did you use? Were there any problems in making them?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you use the Traffic Lights in your class? Share your experience by answering these questions:&lt;br /&gt;
** For which topic did you ask your students to use Traffic Lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you try different ways of using them such as holding them up all together or putting them forward on the table while they were working? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did you handle when students showed different lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you employ classroom assistants for helping with Traffic Lights? Will you do it again? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
** From your experience, discuss any advantages or disadvantages of using them in your context. &lt;br /&gt;
*How did your students handle using the Traffic Lights? (e.g. ease/ difficulty of using them,  indicating proper/improper light) What steps will you take so that this can be improved in future lessons?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’? Do you think '''Bloom’s Taxonomy''' and examples were helpful when you asked questions in class? Were there any issues about the Taxonomy? Discuss ways of solving these issues with other participants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you manage to see the '''video and Power Point''' shown in the last session together after the workshop? Share if you observed anything new about the concept of AfL or practice of AfL in classroom (i.e. share something that was not discussed in the workshop last week).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the need for two AfL strategies: Sharing Learning Objectives and Sharing Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Revisiting activities learnt in previous sessions that can be adapted for AfL &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Update the assessment inventory that you started last week [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. Add the date in the second row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Then record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Need for Sharing Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was mentioned in the Power Point presentation last week that sharing learning objectives and success criteria are two AfL strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Fold a plain sheet of paper into 3 equal parts. Write ‘Answer 1’ on the top of the first section, ‘Answer 2’ on the top of the second section and ‘Answer 3’ on the top of the third section. The facilitator will display and read 3 questions for you. Answer them in the respective area on the sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|pair work}} After answering each question, exchange your sheet with the person sitting next to you. Assess their work. Be critical. Then take your sheets back to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
The questions are given below. Write each question on the blackboard or flip chart sheets and display them one by one. Also read them out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 3-4 minutes to answer each question, but no longer. After answering each question, ask participants to exchange their sheets and assess their neighbour’s work. Do not allow participants to change answers or assessment once it has been done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While reading, say the words exactly as they are given below: &lt;br /&gt;
* Question 1: Draw a child.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 2: We are learning to name parts of the body. For this please do the activity of drawing a child and labelling parts of its body.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 3: For the activity of drawing and labelling parts of the body, your success criteria are that your picture should show: (1) at least three parts of the body that are sense organs and (2) at least three parts of the body that have joints. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about sense organs, mention that there are five senses: seeing, tasting, hearing, touching and smelling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about parts of the body that have joints, give examples such as elbow, knee, shoulder.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, think as a learner who was assessed,&lt;br /&gt;
* Answering which question was easiest? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question were you most and least sure about your success? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question did you have most and least anxiety about the outcome? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, think as an assessor,&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most easy and least easy? Why? &lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most fair and least fair? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that participants’ responses will be in favour of Question 3 and Question 2. Inform them that: Question 2 is an example of sharing learning objectives with students; and Question 3 is an example of sharing success criteria with students. More discussion on this will be done during this session, but see if participants realise that learners can succeed much more easily in the classroom if they are told in advance what the criteria for success are.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Understanding Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘Learning objective’ has also been referred to as ‘Learning intention’ in AfL literature. &lt;br /&gt;
		 	 	 		&lt;br /&gt;
“A '''Learning Intention''' is simply a description of what you want your pupils to know, understand or be able to do by the end of a lesson. It tells pupils what the focus for learning is going to be.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Success Criteria''' are the statements that help pupils recognise if they have been successful in their learning. They summarise the main teaching points (key ingredients) or processes (key steps), and they always link directly to the learning intention. They essentially spell out the steps required to achieve the learning intention, offering explicit guidance on how to be successful. By referring to the success criteria, pupils know if they have achieved the learning intention.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the board or flip chart again. Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* What are the similarities between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the differences between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Mention these points if participants have not already mentioned them. Suggest that participants can make a note of these points on their printouts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objectives and Success Criteria are '''similar''' because: &lt;br /&gt;
* success criteria spell out the specific features of the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
*  learning objective and success criteria can be same (constant over time) even if the activity changes, e.g. parts of the body can be learnt by drawing (as above) or it can be learnt through poems, stories, questioning and dialogue, or direct teaching; but learning objective and success criteria remain the same&lt;br /&gt;
* both provide guidance to students about what is expected from them &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objective and Success Criteria are '''different''' because:&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objective relates to a topic/lesson while success criteria relate to an activity – spell out the steps needed to achieve the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* The same learning objective can have different success criteria in different grades. e.g. success criteria for the objective of drawing parts of the body will be simple (such as, head, arms, legs) for Grade 1 but detailed (such as in Question 3) for Grade 4 &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Forming Learning Objectives and Success Criteria =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants that one of the Learning Objectives for today’s session is to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Learning Objectives:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives relate to what students are expected to: know, understand and do (knowledge, understanding and skills). (You can also refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout for this.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Knowledge or factual information: e.g. (1) we are learning about ‘learning objectives and success criteria’ for AfL, and (2) we are learning names of Zambian provinces and their capitals.&lt;br /&gt;
** Understanding such as concepts, reasons and processes: e.g. (1) we are learning about the relationship between learning objectives and success criteria, and (2) we are learning reasons for pollution in Zambia.&lt;br /&gt;
** Skills or abilities acquired through training or experience. e.g. (1) we are learning to form learning objectives and success criteria for AfL, and (2) we are learning to draw bar graphs from raw data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives specify learning. They do not specify the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is good to have generic learning objectives that can be transferred across the curriculum, e.g. (1) we are learning to download pictures from flickr, and (2) we are learning to work effectively in groups.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be in simple language that students can easily understand&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be broad enough to allow pupils of all capabilities to achieve them; “the '''differentiation''' is in the way the pupils achieve or demonstrate the intention, not by creating different learning intentions for pupils of different abilities.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 10). So you might expect some pupils to achieve more but they will all share the same learning objective and success criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: You might want to record the Learning objective on the blackboard at the beginning of a lesson or you may already be doing this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Success Criteria:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria relate to the specific activity&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria focus on specific teaching points or processes, e.g. in Question 3 above, the success criteria focus on including particular parts of the body (teaching points) &lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria should also have simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Display the following on the board or a flip chart sheet and read it aloud:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Learning Objectives are:&lt;br /&gt;
* focus on learning&lt;br /&gt;
* one key aspect from knowledge, understanding or skill (understanding and skill preferred)&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Success Criteria are:&lt;br /&gt;
* specific to the activity for achieving learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* detailed information about your expectation of students&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the flip charts again. With a same grade buddy, think of a topic that you will be teaching this week. Form the learning objectives and success criteria for this topic. Write them on the board or flip chart so that everybody will be able to see them. Your facilitator has already displayed the success criteria for this activity. Think about '''differentiation''' – how can all pupils achieve the learning intention to some degree?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Display your planned activity and read out your learning objective and success criteria to all other participants. &lt;br /&gt;
Other participants should:&lt;br /&gt;
* assess the learning objective and success criteria in view of the success criteria mentioned above &lt;br /&gt;
* comment positively about criteria that are met&lt;br /&gt;
* make suggestions for addressing any criteria that are not yet met&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Activities for AfL =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous units you have done some activities that can be used for AfL with some adaptation. Today we will revisit these activities in the context of AfL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time, form three groups. Ask each group to read one activity and do a role play of carrying out the activity in the class. Role play can be done by one participant acting as a teacher and other participants acting as students. Some acting students demonstrate right answers, some demonstrate wrong answers, and some demonstrate partial understanding. The acting teacher demonstrates handling of all these answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, different groups can explain the activities with more examples. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Magic microphone''' ([[OER4Schools/2.1_Introduction_to_whole_class_dialogue_and_effective_questioning|Unit 2 Session 1]]) - Ask an open question about a topic, for example “How many ways can you think of to make 23?”. Pass around a prop. Whoever has the prop will give one answer to the question. Allow students to use mini-blackboards to work out their answers. If many students give right answers, increase the challenge by changing to a 3-digit number. If many students give the wrong answer, revise the topic again in class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Concept Mapping''' ([[OER4Schools/2.4_Concept_mapping|Unit 2 Session 4]]) - Write the main topic for which aspects have already been covered over a period of time in different lessons, on a concept mapping software or black board. Ask students to review all that they have learned about the topic and report them as answers. Record answers but do not correct wrong answers at this time. Review all answers in the end by asking students for opinion about each answer - if they are right; wrong; and how they can be improved. Avoid naming any student who said the wrong answers. For topics for which many students think positively about the wrong answer, revise them again in class. e.g. for the topic ‘mammals’ if many students think that man is not a mammal, revise the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Talking Points''' ([[OER4Schools/3.5_Talking_points_and_effective_group_work|Unit 3 Session 5]]) - Frame some right, some wrong and some unsure statements about a topic. Try to include topics for which your students have struggled during teaching. Discuss each sentence as a whole class activity. Try the '''‘No-hands up’''' strategy; this supports AfL because it allows you to assess understanding of any learners that you think may not understand or may not be following. If shy pupils do not participate, use this or other non-voluntary participation strategies ([[OER4Schools/2.3_More_on_questioning|Unit 2 Session 3]]) to select students for answering. You will come to know about common misconceptions through this activity so that you can address them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* Which activity(ies) do you think you would like to try this week? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you foresee any problems in carrying out these activities based on your previous experience of doing them? Discuss solutions with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the electronic version of “my assessment inventory”. Open your file from your ‘files area’ on your desktop. Fill it in and save it again. Remember to bring the paper inventory to every session and make an entry in the electronic inventory every week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Read pages 1 to 14 from the “AfL Guidance for KS 1-2 - 2007” .pdf document. Note any issues that arise, for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Share with your class the Learning Objective and Success Criteria that you have formed in the session today. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for as many lessons as you can during this week. Refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout ‘Questioning the questions’ (pages 3 to 6) for this. Make a note of your Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Try out one or more of the adapted activities for AfL that we discussed today in Activity Five. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reference:''' Some parts of this session have been adapted or reproduced from: &lt;br /&gt;
CCEA: Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, with the kind permission of the Northern Ireland Council for the Curriculum, Examinations and Assessment.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3960</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Learning objectives and success criteria</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3960"/>
		<updated>2012-06-25T11:13:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Activity Five: Activities for AfL */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''My Assessment Inventory''' on the Word document and save it in your files area on the desktop? Discuss if there were any issues as this activity will be repeated again this week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you ask your students to make '''Traffic Lights'''? Which material did you use? Were there any problems in making them?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you use the Traffic Lights in your class? Share your experience by answering these questions:&lt;br /&gt;
** For which topic did you ask your students to use Traffic Lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you try different ways of using them such as holding them up all together or putting them forward on the table while they were working? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did you handle when students showed different lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you employ classroom assistants for helping with Traffic Lights? Will you do it again? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
** From your experience, discuss any advantages or disadvantages of using them in your context. &lt;br /&gt;
*How did your students handle using the Traffic Lights? (e.g. ease/ difficulty of using them,  indicating proper/improper light) What steps will you take so that this can be improved in future lessons?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’? Do you think '''Bloom’s Taxonomy''' and examples were helpful when you asked questions in class? Were there any issues about the Taxonomy? Discuss ways of solving these issues with other participants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you manage to see the '''video and Power Point''' shown in the last session together after the workshop? Share if you observed anything new about the concept of AfL or practice of AfL in classroom (i.e. share something that was not discussed in the workshop last week).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the need for two AfL strategies: Sharing Learning Objectives and Sharing Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Revisiting activities learnt in previous sessions that can be adapted for AfL &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Update the assessment inventory that you started last week [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. Add the date in the second row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Then record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Need for Sharing Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was mentioned in the Power Point presentation last week that sharing learning objectives and success criteria are two AfL strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Fold a plain sheet of paper into 3 equal parts. Write ‘Answer 1’ on the top of the first section, ‘Answer 2’ on the top of the second section and ‘Answer 3’ on the top of the third section. The facilitator will display and read 3 questions for you. Answer them in the respective area on the sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|pair work}} After answering each question, exchange your sheet with the person sitting next to you. Assess their work. Be critical. Then take your sheets back to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
The questions are given below. Write each question on the blackboard or flip chart sheets and display them one by one. Also read them out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 3-4 minutes to answer each question, but no longer. After answering each question, ask participants to exchange their sheets and assess their neighbour’s work. Do not allow participants to change answers or assessment once it has been done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While reading, say the words exactly as they are given below: &lt;br /&gt;
* Question 1: Draw a child.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 2: We are learning to name parts of the body. For this please do the activity of drawing a child and labelling parts of its body.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 3: For the activity of drawing and labelling parts of the body, your success criteria are that your picture should show: (1) at least three parts of the body that are sense organs and (2) at least three parts of the body that have joints. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about sense organs, mention that there are five senses: seeing, tasting, hearing, touching and smelling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about parts of the body that have joints, give examples such as elbow, knee, shoulder.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
First, think as a learner who was assessed,&lt;br /&gt;
* Answering which question was easiest? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question were you most and least sure about your success? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question did you have most and least anxiety about the outcome? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, think as an assessor,&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most easy and least easy? Why? &lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most fair and least fair? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that participants’ responses will be in favour of Question 3 and Question 2. Inform them that: Question 2 is an example of sharing learning objectives with students; and Question 3 is an example of sharing success criteria with students. More discussion on this will be done during this session, but see if participants realise that learners can succeed much more easily in the classroom if they are told in advance what the criteria for success are.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Understanding Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘Learning objective’ has also been referred to as ‘Learning intention’ in AfL literature. &lt;br /&gt;
		 	 	 		&lt;br /&gt;
“A '''Learning Intention''' is simply a description of what you want your pupils to know, understand or be able to do by the end of a lesson. It tells pupils what the focus for learning is going to be.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Success Criteria''' are the statements that help pupils recognise if they have been successful in their learning. They summarise the main teaching points (key ingredients) or processes (key steps), and they always link directly to the learning intention. They essentially spell out the steps required to achieve the learning intention, offering explicit guidance on how to be successful. By referring to the success criteria, pupils know if they have achieved the learning intention.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the board or flip chart again. Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* What are the similarities between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the differences between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Mention these points if participants have not already mentioned them. Suggest that participants can make a note of these points on their printouts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objectives and Success Criteria are '''similar''' because: &lt;br /&gt;
* success criteria spell out the specific features of the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
*  learning objective and success criteria can be same (constant over time) even if the activity changes, e.g. parts of the body can be learnt by drawing (as above) or it can be learnt through poems, stories, questioning and dialogue, or direct teaching; but learning objective and success criteria remain the same&lt;br /&gt;
* both provide guidance to students about what is expected from them &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objective and Success Criteria are '''different''' because:&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objective relates to a topic/lesson while success criteria relate to an activity – spell out the steps needed to achieve the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* The same learning objective can have different success criteria in different grades. e.g. success criteria for the objective of drawing parts of the body will be simple (such as, head, arms, legs) for Grade 1 but detailed (such as in Question 3) for Grade 4 &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Forming Learning Objectives and Success Criteria =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants that one of the Learning Objectives for today’s session is to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Learning Objectives:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives relate to what students are expected to: know, understand and do (knowledge, understanding and skills). (You can also refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout for this.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Knowledge or factual information: e.g. (1) we are learning about ‘learning objectives and success criteria’ for AfL, and (2) we are learning names of Zambian provinces and their capitals.&lt;br /&gt;
** Understanding such as concepts, reasons and processes: e.g. (1) we are learning about the relationship between learning objectives and success criteria, and (2) we are learning reasons for pollution in Zambia.&lt;br /&gt;
** Skills or abilities acquired through training or experience. e.g. (1) we are learning to form learning objectives and success criteria for AfL, and (2) we are learning to draw bar graphs from raw data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives specify learning. They do not specify the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is good to have generic learning objectives that can be transferred across the curriculum, e.g. (1) we are learning to download pictures from flickr, and (2) we are learning to work effectively in groups.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be in simple language that students can easily understand&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be broad enough to allow pupils of all capabilities to achieve them; “the '''differentiation''' is in the way the pupils achieve or demonstrate the intention, not by creating different learning intentions for pupils of different abilities.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 10). So you might expect some pupils to achieve more but they will all share the same learning objective and success criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: You might want to record the Learning objective on the blackboard at the beginning of a lesson or you may already be doing this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Success Criteria:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria relate to the specific activity&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria focus on specific teaching points or processes, e.g. in Question 3 above, the success criteria focus on including particular parts of the body (teaching points) &lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria should also have simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Display the following on the board or a flip chart sheet and read it aloud:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Learning Objectives are:&lt;br /&gt;
* focus on learning&lt;br /&gt;
* one key aspect from knowledge, understanding or skill (understanding and skill preferred)&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Success Criteria are:&lt;br /&gt;
* specific to the activity for achieving learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* detailed information about your expectation of students&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the flip charts again. With a same grade buddy, think of a topic that you will be teaching this week. Form the learning objectives and success criteria for this topic. Write them on the board or flip chart so that everybody will be able to see them. Your facilitator has already displayed the success criteria for this activity. Think about '''differentiation''' – how can all pupils achieve the learning intention to some degree?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Display your planned activity and read out your learning objective and success criteria to all other participants. &lt;br /&gt;
Other participants should:&lt;br /&gt;
* assess the learning objective and success criteria in view of the success criteria mentioned above &lt;br /&gt;
* comment positively about criteria that are met&lt;br /&gt;
* make suggestions for addressing any criteria that are not yet met&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Activities for AfL =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous units you have done some activities that can be used for AfL with some adaptation. Today we will revisit these activities in the context of AfL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time, form three groups. Ask each group to read one activity and do a role play of carrying out the activity in the class. Role play can be done by one participant acting as a teacher and other participants acting as students. Some acting students demonstrate right answers, some demonstrate wrong answers, and some demonstrate partial understanding. The acting teacher demonstrates handling of all these answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, different groups can explain the activities with more examples. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Magic microphone''' ([[OER4Schools/2.1_Introduction_to_whole_class_dialogue_and_effective_questioning|Unit 2 Session 1]]) - Ask an open question about a topic, for example “How many ways can you think of to make 23?”. Pass around a prop. Whoever has the prop will give one answer to the question. Allow students to use mini-blackboards to work out their answers. If many students give right answers, increase the challenge by changing to a 3-digit number. If many students give the wrong answer, revise the topic again in class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Concept Mapping''' ([[OER4Schools/2.4_Concept_mapping|Unit 2 Session 4]]) - Write the main topic for which aspects have already been covered over a period of time in different lessons, on a concept mapping software or black board. Ask students to review all that they have learned about the topic and report them as answers. Record answers but do not correct wrong answers at this time. Review all answers in the end by asking students for opinion about each answer - if they are right; wrong; and how they can be improved. Avoid naming any student who said the wrong answers. For topics for which many students think positively about the wrong answer, revise them again in class. e.g. for the topic ‘mammals’ if many students think that man is not a mammal, revise the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Talking Points''' ([[OER4Schools/3.5_Talking_points_and_effective_group_work|Unit 3 Session 5]]) - Frame some right, some wrong and some unsure statements about a topic. Try to include topics for which your students have struggled during teaching. Discuss each sentence as a whole class activity. Try the '''‘No-hands up’''' strategy; this supports AfL because it allows you to assess understanding of any learners that you think may not understand or may not be following. If shy pupils do not participate, use this or other non-voluntary participation strategies ([[OER4Schools/2.3_More_on_questioning|Unit 2 Session 3]]) to select students for answering. You will come to know about common misconceptions through this activity so that you can address them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* Which activity(ies) do you think you would like to try this week? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you foresee any problems in carrying out these activities based on your previous experience of doing them? Discuss solutions with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the electronic version of “my assessment inventory”. Open your file from your ‘files area’ on your desktop. Fill it in and save it again. Remember to bring the paper inventory to every session and make an entry in the electronic inventory every week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Read pages 1 to 14 from the “AfL Guidance for KS 1-2 - 2007” .pdf document. Note any issues that arise, for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Share with your class the Learning Objective and Success Criteria that you have formed in the session today. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for as many lessons as you can during this week. Refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout ‘Questioning the questions’ (pages 3 to 6) for this. Make a note of your Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Try out one or more of the adapted activities for AfL that we discussed today in Activity Five. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reference:''' Some parts of this session have been adapted or reproduced from: &lt;br /&gt;
CCEA: Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, with the kind permission of the Northern Ireland Council for the Curriculum, Examinations and Assessment.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3959</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Learning objectives and success criteria</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3959"/>
		<updated>2012-06-25T11:12:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Activity Five: Activities for AfL */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''My Assessment Inventory''' on the Word document and save it in your files area on the desktop? Discuss if there were any issues as this activity will be repeated again this week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you ask your students to make '''Traffic Lights'''? Which material did you use? Were there any problems in making them?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you use the Traffic Lights in your class? Share your experience by answering these questions:&lt;br /&gt;
** For which topic did you ask your students to use Traffic Lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you try different ways of using them such as holding them up all together or putting them forward on the table while they were working? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did you handle when students showed different lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you employ classroom assistants for helping with Traffic Lights? Will you do it again? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
** From your experience, discuss any advantages or disadvantages of using them in your context. &lt;br /&gt;
*How did your students handle using the Traffic Lights? (e.g. ease/ difficulty of using them,  indicating proper/improper light) What steps will you take so that this can be improved in future lessons?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’? Do you think '''Bloom’s Taxonomy''' and examples were helpful when you asked questions in class? Were there any issues about the Taxonomy? Discuss ways of solving these issues with other participants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you manage to see the '''video and Power Point''' shown in the last session together after the workshop? Share if you observed anything new about the concept of AfL or practice of AfL in classroom (i.e. share something that was not discussed in the workshop last week).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the need for two AfL strategies: Sharing Learning Objectives and Sharing Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Revisiting activities learnt in previous sessions that can be adapted for AfL &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Update the assessment inventory that you started last week [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. Add the date in the second row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Then record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Need for Sharing Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was mentioned in the Power Point presentation last week that sharing learning objectives and success criteria are two AfL strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Fold a plain sheet of paper into 3 equal parts. Write ‘Answer 1’ on the top of the first section, ‘Answer 2’ on the top of the second section and ‘Answer 3’ on the top of the third section. The facilitator will display and read 3 questions for you. Answer them in the respective area on the sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|pair work}} After answering each question, exchange your sheet with the person sitting next to you. Assess their work. Be critical. Then take your sheets back to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
The questions are given below. Write each question on the blackboard or flip chart sheets and display them one by one. Also read them out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 3-4 minutes to answer each question, but no longer. After answering each question, ask participants to exchange their sheets and assess their neighbour’s work. Do not allow participants to change answers or assessment once it has been done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While reading, say the words exactly as they are given below: &lt;br /&gt;
* Question 1: Draw a child.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 2: We are learning to name parts of the body. For this please do the activity of drawing a child and labelling parts of its body.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 3: For the activity of drawing and labelling parts of the body, your success criteria are that your picture should show: (1) at least three parts of the body that are sense organs and (2) at least three parts of the body that have joints. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about sense organs, mention that there are five senses: seeing, tasting, hearing, touching and smelling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about parts of the body that have joints, give examples such as elbow, knee, shoulder.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
First, think as a learner who was assessed,&lt;br /&gt;
* Answering which question was easiest? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question were you most and least sure about your success? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question did you have most and least anxiety about the outcome? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, think as an assessor,&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most easy and least easy? Why? &lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most fair and least fair? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that participants’ responses will be in favour of Question 3 and Question 2. Inform them that: Question 2 is an example of sharing learning objectives with students; and Question 3 is an example of sharing success criteria with students. More discussion on this will be done during this session, but see if participants realise that learners can succeed much more easily in the classroom if they are told in advance what the criteria for success are.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Understanding Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘Learning objective’ has also been referred to as ‘Learning intention’ in AfL literature. &lt;br /&gt;
		 	 	 		&lt;br /&gt;
“A '''Learning Intention''' is simply a description of what you want your pupils to know, understand or be able to do by the end of a lesson. It tells pupils what the focus for learning is going to be.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Success Criteria''' are the statements that help pupils recognise if they have been successful in their learning. They summarise the main teaching points (key ingredients) or processes (key steps), and they always link directly to the learning intention. They essentially spell out the steps required to achieve the learning intention, offering explicit guidance on how to be successful. By referring to the success criteria, pupils know if they have achieved the learning intention.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the board or flip chart again. Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* What are the similarities between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the differences between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Mention these points if participants have not already mentioned them. Suggest that participants can make a note of these points on their printouts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objectives and Success Criteria are '''similar''' because: &lt;br /&gt;
* success criteria spell out the specific features of the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
*  learning objective and success criteria can be same (constant over time) even if the activity changes, e.g. parts of the body can be learnt by drawing (as above) or it can be learnt through poems, stories, questioning and dialogue, or direct teaching; but learning objective and success criteria remain the same&lt;br /&gt;
* both provide guidance to students about what is expected from them &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objective and Success Criteria are '''different''' because:&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objective relates to a topic/lesson while success criteria relate to an activity – spell out the steps needed to achieve the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* The same learning objective can have different success criteria in different grades. e.g. success criteria for the objective of drawing parts of the body will be simple (such as, head, arms, legs) for Grade 1 but detailed (such as in Question 3) for Grade 4 &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Forming Learning Objectives and Success Criteria =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants that one of the Learning Objectives for today’s session is to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Learning Objectives:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives relate to what students are expected to: know, understand and do (knowledge, understanding and skills). (You can also refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout for this.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Knowledge or factual information: e.g. (1) we are learning about ‘learning objectives and success criteria’ for AfL, and (2) we are learning names of Zambian provinces and their capitals.&lt;br /&gt;
** Understanding such as concepts, reasons and processes: e.g. (1) we are learning about the relationship between learning objectives and success criteria, and (2) we are learning reasons for pollution in Zambia.&lt;br /&gt;
** Skills or abilities acquired through training or experience. e.g. (1) we are learning to form learning objectives and success criteria for AfL, and (2) we are learning to draw bar graphs from raw data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives specify learning. They do not specify the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is good to have generic learning objectives that can be transferred across the curriculum, e.g. (1) we are learning to download pictures from flickr, and (2) we are learning to work effectively in groups.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be in simple language that students can easily understand&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be broad enough to allow pupils of all capabilities to achieve them; “the '''differentiation''' is in the way the pupils achieve or demonstrate the intention, not by creating different learning intentions for pupils of different abilities.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 10). So you might expect some pupils to achieve more but they will all share the same learning objective and success criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: You might want to record the Learning objective on the blackboard at the beginning of a lesson or you may already be doing this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Success Criteria:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria relate to the specific activity&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria focus on specific teaching points or processes, e.g. in Question 3 above, the success criteria focus on including particular parts of the body (teaching points) &lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria should also have simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Display the following on the board or a flip chart sheet and read it aloud:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Learning Objectives are:&lt;br /&gt;
* focus on learning&lt;br /&gt;
* one key aspect from knowledge, understanding or skill (understanding and skill preferred)&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Success Criteria are:&lt;br /&gt;
* specific to the activity for achieving learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* detailed information about your expectation of students&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the flip charts again. With a same grade buddy, think of a topic that you will be teaching this week. Form the learning objectives and success criteria for this topic. Write them on the board or flip chart so that everybody will be able to see them. Your facilitator has already displayed the success criteria for this activity. Think about '''differentiation''' – how can all pupils achieve the learning intention to some degree?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Display your planned activity and read out your learning objective and success criteria to all other participants. &lt;br /&gt;
Other participants should:&lt;br /&gt;
* assess the learning objective and success criteria in view of the success criteria mentioned above &lt;br /&gt;
* comment positively about criteria that are met&lt;br /&gt;
* make suggestions for addressing any criteria that are not yet met&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Activities for AfL =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous units you have done some activities that can be used for AfL with some adaptation. Today we will revisit these activities in the context of AfL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time, form three groups. Ask each group to read one activity and do a role play of carrying out the activity in the class. Role play can be done by one participant acting as a teacher and other participants acting as students. Some acting students demonstrate right answers, some demonstrate wrong answers, and some demonstrate partial understanding. The acting teacher demonstrates handling of all these answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, different groups can explain the activities with more examples. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Magic microphone''' ([[OER4Schools/2.1_Introduction_to_whole_class_dialogue_and_effective_questioning|Unit 2 Session 1]]) - Ask an open question about a topic, for example “How many ways can you think of to make 23?”. Pass around a prop. Whoever has the prop will give one answer to the question. Allow students to use mini-blackboards to work out their answers. If many students give right answers, increase the challenge by changing to a 3-digit number. If many students give the wrong answer, revise the topic again in class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Concept Mapping''' ([[OER4Schools/2.4_Concept_mapping|Unit 2 Session 4]]) - Write the main topic for which aspects have already been covered over a period of time in different lessons, on a concept mapping software or black board. Ask students to review all that they have learned about the topic and report them as answers. Record answers but do not correct wrong answers at this time. Review all answers in the end by asking students for opinion about each answer - if they are right; wrong; and how they can be improved. Avoid naming any student who said the wrong answers. For topics for which many students think positively about the wrong answer, revise them again in class. e.g. for the topic ‘mammals’ if many students think that man is not a mammal, revise the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Talking Points''' ([[OER4Schools/3.5_Talking_points_and_effective_group_work|Unit 3 Session 5]]) - Frame some right, some wrong and some unsure statements about a topic. Try to include topics for which your students have struggled during teaching. Discuss each sentence as a whole class activity. Try the '''‘No-hands up’''' strategy; this supports AfL because it allows you to assess understanding of any learners that you think may not understand or may not be following. If shy pupils do not participate, use this or other non-voluntary participation strategies ([[OER4Schools/2.3_More_on_questioning|Unit 2 Session 3]]) to select students for answering. You will come to know about common misconceptions through this activity so that you can address them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* Which activity(ies) do you think you would like to try this week? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you foresee any problems in carrying out these activities based on your previous experience of doing them? Discuss solutions with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the electronic version of “my assessment inventory”. Open your file from your ‘files area’ on your desktop. Fill it in and save it again. Remember to bring the paper inventory to every session and make an entry in the electronic inventory every week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Read pages 1 to 14 from the “AfL Guidance for KS 1-2 - 2007” .pdf document. Note any issues that arise, for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Share with your class the Learning Objective and Success Criteria that you have formed in the session today. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for as many lessons as you can during this week. Refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout ‘Questioning the questions’ (pages 3 to 6) for this. Make a note of your Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Try out one or more of the adapted activities for AfL that we discussed today in Activity Five. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reference:''' Some parts of this session have been adapted or reproduced from: &lt;br /&gt;
CCEA: Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, with the kind permission of the Northern Ireland Council for the Curriculum, Examinations and Assessment.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3958</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Learning objectives and success criteria</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3958"/>
		<updated>2012-06-25T11:08:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /*  */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''My Assessment Inventory''' on the Word document and save it in your files area on the desktop? Discuss if there were any issues as this activity will be repeated again this week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you ask your students to make '''Traffic Lights'''? Which material did you use? Were there any problems in making them?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you use the Traffic Lights in your class? Share your experience by answering these questions:&lt;br /&gt;
** For which topic did you ask your students to use Traffic Lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you try different ways of using them such as holding them up all together or putting them forward on the table while they were working? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did you handle when students showed different lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you employ classroom assistants for helping with Traffic Lights? Will you do it again? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
** From your experience, discuss any advantages or disadvantages of using them in your context. &lt;br /&gt;
*How did your students handle using the Traffic Lights? (e.g. ease/ difficulty of using them,  indicating proper/improper light) What steps will you take so that this can be improved in future lessons?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’? Do you think '''Bloom’s Taxonomy''' and examples were helpful when you asked questions in class? Were there any issues about the Taxonomy? Discuss ways of solving these issues with other participants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you manage to see the '''video and Power Point''' shown in the last session together after the workshop? Share if you observed anything new about the concept of AfL or practice of AfL in classroom (i.e. share something that was not discussed in the workshop last week).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the need for two AfL strategies: Sharing Learning Objectives and Sharing Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Revisiting activities learnt in previous sessions that can be adapted for AfL &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Update the assessment inventory that you started last week [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. Add the date in the second row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Then record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Need for Sharing Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was mentioned in the Power Point presentation last week that sharing learning objectives and success criteria are two AfL strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Fold a plain sheet of paper into 3 equal parts. Write ‘Answer 1’ on the top of the first section, ‘Answer 2’ on the top of the second section and ‘Answer 3’ on the top of the third section. The facilitator will display and read 3 questions for you. Answer them in the respective area on the sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|pair work}} After answering each question, exchange your sheet with the person sitting next to you. Assess their work. Be critical. Then take your sheets back to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
The questions are given below. Write each question on the blackboard or flip chart sheets and display them one by one. Also read them out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 3-4 minutes to answer each question, but no longer. After answering each question, ask participants to exchange their sheets and assess their neighbour’s work. Do not allow participants to change answers or assessment once it has been done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While reading, say the words exactly as they are given below: &lt;br /&gt;
* Question 1: Draw a child.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 2: We are learning to name parts of the body. For this please do the activity of drawing a child and labelling parts of its body.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 3: For the activity of drawing and labelling parts of the body, your success criteria are that your picture should show: (1) at least three parts of the body that are sense organs and (2) at least three parts of the body that have joints. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about sense organs, mention that there are five senses: seeing, tasting, hearing, touching and smelling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about parts of the body that have joints, give examples such as elbow, knee, shoulder.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
First, think as a learner who was assessed,&lt;br /&gt;
* Answering which question was easiest? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question were you most and least sure about your success? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question did you have most and least anxiety about the outcome? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, think as an assessor,&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most easy and least easy? Why? &lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most fair and least fair? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that participants’ responses will be in favour of Question 3 and Question 2. Inform them that: Question 2 is an example of sharing learning objectives with students; and Question 3 is an example of sharing success criteria with students. More discussion on this will be done during this session, but see if participants realise that learners can succeed much more easily in the classroom if they are told in advance what the criteria for success are.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Understanding Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘Learning objective’ has also been referred to as ‘Learning intention’ in AfL literature. &lt;br /&gt;
		 	 	 		&lt;br /&gt;
“A '''Learning Intention''' is simply a description of what you want your pupils to know, understand or be able to do by the end of a lesson. It tells pupils what the focus for learning is going to be.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Success Criteria''' are the statements that help pupils recognise if they have been successful in their learning. They summarise the main teaching points (key ingredients) or processes (key steps), and they always link directly to the learning intention. They essentially spell out the steps required to achieve the learning intention, offering explicit guidance on how to be successful. By referring to the success criteria, pupils know if they have achieved the learning intention.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the board or flip chart again. Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* What are the similarities between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the differences between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Mention these points if participants have not already mentioned them. Suggest that participants can make a note of these points on their printouts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objectives and Success Criteria are '''similar''' because: &lt;br /&gt;
* success criteria spell out the specific features of the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
*  learning objective and success criteria can be same (constant over time) even if the activity changes, e.g. parts of the body can be learnt by drawing (as above) or it can be learnt through poems, stories, questioning and dialogue, or direct teaching; but learning objective and success criteria remain the same&lt;br /&gt;
* both provide guidance to students about what is expected from them &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objective and Success Criteria are '''different''' because:&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objective relates to a topic/lesson while success criteria relate to an activity – spell out the steps needed to achieve the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* The same learning objective can have different success criteria in different grades. e.g. success criteria for the objective of drawing parts of the body will be simple (such as, head, arms, legs) for Grade 1 but detailed (such as in Question 3) for Grade 4 &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Forming Learning Objectives and Success Criteria =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants that one of the Learning Objectives for today’s session is to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Learning Objectives:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives relate to what students are expected to: know, understand and do (knowledge, understanding and skills). (You can also refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout for this.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Knowledge or factual information: e.g. (1) we are learning about ‘learning objectives and success criteria’ for AfL, and (2) we are learning names of Zambian provinces and their capitals.&lt;br /&gt;
** Understanding such as concepts, reasons and processes: e.g. (1) we are learning about the relationship between learning objectives and success criteria, and (2) we are learning reasons for pollution in Zambia.&lt;br /&gt;
** Skills or abilities acquired through training or experience. e.g. (1) we are learning to form learning objectives and success criteria for AfL, and (2) we are learning to draw bar graphs from raw data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives specify learning. They do not specify the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is good to have generic learning objectives that can be transferred across the curriculum, e.g. (1) we are learning to download pictures from flickr, and (2) we are learning to work effectively in groups.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be in simple language that students can easily understand&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be broad enough to allow pupils of all capabilities to achieve them; “the '''differentiation''' is in the way the pupils achieve or demonstrate the intention, not by creating different learning intentions for pupils of different abilities.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 10). So you might expect some pupils to achieve more but they will all share the same learning objective and success criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: You might want to record the Learning objective on the blackboard at the beginning of a lesson or you may already be doing this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Success Criteria:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria relate to the specific activity&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria focus on specific teaching points or processes, e.g. in Question 3 above, the success criteria focus on including particular parts of the body (teaching points) &lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria should also have simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Display the following on the board or a flip chart sheet and read it aloud:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Learning Objectives are:&lt;br /&gt;
* focus on learning&lt;br /&gt;
* one key aspect from knowledge, understanding or skill (understanding and skill preferred)&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Success Criteria are:&lt;br /&gt;
* specific to the activity for achieving learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* detailed information about your expectation of students&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the flip charts again. With a same grade buddy, think of a topic that you will be teaching this week. Form the learning objectives and success criteria for this topic. Write them on the board or flip chart so that everybody will be able to see them. Your facilitator has already displayed the success criteria for this activity. Think about '''differentiation''' – how can all pupils achieve the learning intention to some degree?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Display your planned activity and read out your learning objective and success criteria to all other participants. &lt;br /&gt;
Other participants should:&lt;br /&gt;
* assess the learning objective and success criteria in view of the success criteria mentioned above &lt;br /&gt;
* comment positively about criteria that are met&lt;br /&gt;
* make suggestions for addressing any criteria that are not yet met&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Activities for AfL =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous units you have done some activities that can be used for AfL with some adaptation. Today we will revisit these activities in the context of AfL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time, form three groups. Ask each group to read one activity and do a role play of carrying out the activity in the class. Role play can be done by one participant acting as a teacher and other participants acting as students. Some acting students demonstrate right answers, some demonstrate wrong answers, and some demonstrate partial understanding. The acting teacher demonstrates handling of all these answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, different groups can explain the activities with more examples. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Magic microphone''' ([[OER4Schools/2.1_Introduction_to_whole_class_dialogue_and_effective_questioning|Unit 2 Session 1]]) - Ask an open question about a topic, for example “How many ways can you think of to make 23?”. Pass around a prop. Whoever has the prop will give one answer to the question. Allow students to use mini-blackboards to work out their answers. If many students give right answers, increase the challenge by changing to a 3-digit number. If many students give the wrong answer, revise the topic again in class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Concept Mapping''' ([[OER4Schools/2.4_Concept_mapping|Unit 2 Session 4]]) - Write the main topic for which aspects have already been covered over a period of time in different lessons, on a concept mapping software or black board. Ask students to review all that they have learned about the topic and report them as answers. Record answers but do not correct wrong answers at this time. Review all answers in the end by asking students for opinion about each answer - if they are right; wrong; and how they can be improved. Avoid naming any student who said the wrong answers. For topics for which many students think positively about the wrong answer, revise them again in class. e.g. for the topic ‘mammals’ if many students think that man is not a mammal, revise the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Talking Points''' ([[OER4Schools/3.5_Talking_points_and_effective_group_work|Unit 3 Session 5]]) - Frame some right, some wrong and some unsure statements about a topic. Try to include topics for which your students have struggled during teaching. Discuss each sentence as a whole class activity. Try the '''‘No-hands up’''' strategy; this supports AfL because it allows you to assess understanding of any learners that you think may not understand or may not be following. If shy pupils do not participate, use this or other non-voluntary participation strategies ([[OER4Schools/2.3_More_on_questioning|Unit 2 Session 3]]) to select students for answering. You will come to know about common misconceptions through this activity so that you can address them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* Which activity(ies) do you think you would like to try this week? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you foresee any problems in carrying out these activities based on your previous experience of doing them? Discuss solutions with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the electronic version of “my assessment inventory”. Open your file from your ‘files area’ on your desktop. Fill it in and save it again. Remember to bring the paper inventory to every session and make an entry in the electronic inventory every week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Read pages 1 to 14 from the “AfL Guidance for KS 1-2 - 2007” .pdf document. Note any issues that arise, for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Share with your class the Learning Objective and Success Criteria that you have formed in the session today. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for as many lessons as you can during this week. Refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout ‘Questioning the questions’ (pages 3 to 6) for this. Make a note of your Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Try out one or more of the adapted activities for AfL that we discussed today in Activity Five. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reference:''' Some parts of this session have been adapted or reproduced from: &lt;br /&gt;
CCEA: Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, with the kind permission of the Northern Ireland Council for the Curriculum, Examinations and Assessment.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3957</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Learning objectives and success criteria</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3957"/>
		<updated>2012-06-25T11:08:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Reference */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''My Assessment Inventory''' on the Word document and save it in your files area on the desktop? Discuss if there were any issues as this activity will be repeated again this week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you ask your students to make '''Traffic Lights'''? Which material did you use? Were there any problems in making them?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you use the Traffic Lights in your class? Share your experience by answering these questions:&lt;br /&gt;
** For which topic did you ask your students to use Traffic Lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you try different ways of using them such as holding them up all together or putting them forward on the table while they were working? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did you handle when students showed different lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you employ classroom assistants for helping with Traffic Lights? Will you do it again? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
** From your experience, discuss any advantages or disadvantages of using them in your context. &lt;br /&gt;
*How did your students handle using the Traffic Lights? (e.g. ease/ difficulty of using them,  indicating proper/improper light) What steps will you take so that this can be improved in future lessons?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’? Do you think '''Bloom’s Taxonomy''' and examples were helpful when you asked questions in class? Were there any issues about the Taxonomy? Discuss ways of solving these issues with other participants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you manage to see the '''video and Power Point''' shown in the last session together after the workshop? Share if you observed anything new about the concept of AfL or practice of AfL in classroom (i.e. share something that was not discussed in the workshop last week).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the need for two AfL strategies: Sharing Learning Objectives and Sharing Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Revisiting activities learnt in previous sessions that can be adapted for AfL &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Update the assessment inventory that you started last week [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. Add the date in the second row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Then record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Need for Sharing Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was mentioned in the Power Point presentation last week that sharing learning objectives and success criteria are two AfL strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Fold a plain sheet of paper into 3 equal parts. Write ‘Answer 1’ on the top of the first section, ‘Answer 2’ on the top of the second section and ‘Answer 3’ on the top of the third section. The facilitator will display and read 3 questions for you. Answer them in the respective area on the sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|pair work}} After answering each question, exchange your sheet with the person sitting next to you. Assess their work. Be critical. Then take your sheets back to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
The questions are given below. Write each question on the blackboard or flip chart sheets and display them one by one. Also read them out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 3-4 minutes to answer each question, but no longer. After answering each question, ask participants to exchange their sheets and assess their neighbour’s work. Do not allow participants to change answers or assessment once it has been done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While reading, say the words exactly as they are given below: &lt;br /&gt;
* Question 1: Draw a child.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 2: We are learning to name parts of the body. For this please do the activity of drawing a child and labelling parts of its body.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 3: For the activity of drawing and labelling parts of the body, your success criteria are that your picture should show: (1) at least three parts of the body that are sense organs and (2) at least three parts of the body that have joints. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about sense organs, mention that there are five senses: seeing, tasting, hearing, touching and smelling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about parts of the body that have joints, give examples such as elbow, knee, shoulder.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
First, think as a learner who was assessed,&lt;br /&gt;
* Answering which question was easiest? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question were you most and least sure about your success? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question did you have most and least anxiety about the outcome? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, think as an assessor,&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most easy and least easy? Why? &lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most fair and least fair? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that participants’ responses will be in favour of Question 3 and Question 2. Inform them that: Question 2 is an example of sharing learning objectives with students; and Question 3 is an example of sharing success criteria with students. More discussion on this will be done during this session, but see if participants realise that learners can succeed much more easily in the classroom if they are told in advance what the criteria for success are.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Understanding Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘Learning objective’ has also been referred to as ‘Learning intention’ in AfL literature. &lt;br /&gt;
		 	 	 		&lt;br /&gt;
“A '''Learning Intention''' is simply a description of what you want your pupils to know, understand or be able to do by the end of a lesson. It tells pupils what the focus for learning is going to be.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Success Criteria''' are the statements that help pupils recognise if they have been successful in their learning. They summarise the main teaching points (key ingredients) or processes (key steps), and they always link directly to the learning intention. They essentially spell out the steps required to achieve the learning intention, offering explicit guidance on how to be successful. By referring to the success criteria, pupils know if they have achieved the learning intention.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the board or flip chart again. Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* What are the similarities between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the differences between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Mention these points if participants have not already mentioned them. Suggest that participants can make a note of these points on their printouts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objectives and Success Criteria are '''similar''' because: &lt;br /&gt;
* success criteria spell out the specific features of the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
*  learning objective and success criteria can be same (constant over time) even if the activity changes, e.g. parts of the body can be learnt by drawing (as above) or it can be learnt through poems, stories, questioning and dialogue, or direct teaching; but learning objective and success criteria remain the same&lt;br /&gt;
* both provide guidance to students about what is expected from them &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objective and Success Criteria are '''different''' because:&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objective relates to a topic/lesson while success criteria relate to an activity – spell out the steps needed to achieve the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* The same learning objective can have different success criteria in different grades. e.g. success criteria for the objective of drawing parts of the body will be simple (such as, head, arms, legs) for Grade 1 but detailed (such as in Question 3) for Grade 4 &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Forming Learning Objectives and Success Criteria =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants that one of the Learning Objectives for today’s session is to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Learning Objectives:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives relate to what students are expected to: know, understand and do (knowledge, understanding and skills). (You can also refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout for this.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Knowledge or factual information: e.g. (1) we are learning about ‘learning objectives and success criteria’ for AfL, and (2) we are learning names of Zambian provinces and their capitals.&lt;br /&gt;
** Understanding such as concepts, reasons and processes: e.g. (1) we are learning about the relationship between learning objectives and success criteria, and (2) we are learning reasons for pollution in Zambia.&lt;br /&gt;
** Skills or abilities acquired through training or experience. e.g. (1) we are learning to form learning objectives and success criteria for AfL, and (2) we are learning to draw bar graphs from raw data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives specify learning. They do not specify the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is good to have generic learning objectives that can be transferred across the curriculum, e.g. (1) we are learning to download pictures from flickr, and (2) we are learning to work effectively in groups.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be in simple language that students can easily understand&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be broad enough to allow pupils of all capabilities to achieve them; “the '''differentiation''' is in the way the pupils achieve or demonstrate the intention, not by creating different learning intentions for pupils of different abilities.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 10). So you might expect some pupils to achieve more but they will all share the same learning objective and success criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: You might want to record the Learning objective on the blackboard at the beginning of a lesson or you may already be doing this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Success Criteria:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria relate to the specific activity&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria focus on specific teaching points or processes, e.g. in Question 3 above, the success criteria focus on including particular parts of the body (teaching points) &lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria should also have simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Display the following on the board or a flip chart sheet and read it aloud:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Learning Objectives are:&lt;br /&gt;
* focus on learning&lt;br /&gt;
* one key aspect from knowledge, understanding or skill (understanding and skill preferred)&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Success Criteria are:&lt;br /&gt;
* specific to the activity for achieving learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* detailed information about your expectation of students&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the flip charts again. With a same grade buddy, think of a topic that you will be teaching this week. Form the learning objectives and success criteria for this topic. Write them on the board or flip chart so that everybody will be able to see them. Your facilitator has already displayed the success criteria for this activity. Think about '''differentiation''' – how can all pupils achieve the learning intention to some degree?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Display your planned activity and read out your learning objective and success criteria to all other participants. &lt;br /&gt;
Other participants should:&lt;br /&gt;
* assess the learning objective and success criteria in view of the success criteria mentioned above &lt;br /&gt;
* comment positively about criteria that are met&lt;br /&gt;
* make suggestions for addressing any criteria that are not yet met&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Activities for AfL =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous units you have done some activities that can be used for AfL with some adaptation. Today we will revisit these activities in the context of AfL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time, form three groups. Ask each group to read one activity and do a role play of carrying out the activity in the class. Role play can be done by one participant acting as a teacher and other participants acting as students. Some acting students demonstrate right answers, some demonstrate wrong answers, and some demonstrate partial understanding. The acting teacher demonstrates handling of all these answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, different groups can explain the activities with more examples. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Magic microphone''' ([[OER4Schools/2.1_Introduction_to_whole_class_dialogue_and_effective_questioning|Unit 2 Session 1]]) - Ask an open question about a topic, for example “How many ways can you think of to make 23?”. Pass around a prop. Whoever has the prop will give one answer to the question. Allow students to use mini-blackboards to work out their answers. If many students give right answers, increase the challenge by changing to a 3-digit number. If many students give the wrong answer, revise the topic again in class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Concept Mapping''' ([[OER4Schools/2.4_Concept_mapping|Unit 2 Session 4]]) - Write the main topic for which aspects have already been covered over a period of time in different lessons, on a concept mapping software or black board. Ask students to review all that they have learned about the topic and report them as answers. Record answers but do not correct wrong answers at this time. Review all answers in the end by asking students for opinion about each answer - if they are right; wrong; and how they can be improved. Avoid naming any student who said the wrong answers. For topics for which many students think positively about the wrong answer, revise them again in class. e.g. for the topic ‘mammals’ if many students think that man is not a mammal, revise the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Talking Points''' ([[OER4Schools/3.5_Talking_points_and_effective_group_work|Unit 3 Session 5]]) - Frame some right, some wrong and some unsure statements about a topic. Try to include topics for which your students have struggled during teaching. Discuss each sentence as a whole class activity. Try the '''‘No-hands up’''' strategy; this supports AfL because it allows you to assess understanding of any learners that you think may not understand or may not be following. If shy pupils do not participate, use this or other non-voluntary participation strategies ([[OER4Schools/2.3_More_on_questioning|Unit 2 Session 3]]) to select students for answering. You will come to know about common misconceptions through this activity so that you can address them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* Which activity(ies) do you think you would like to try this week? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you foresee any problems in carrying out these activities based on your previous experience of doing them? Discuss solutions with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the electronic version of “my assessment inventory”. Open your file from your ‘files area’ on your desktop. Fill it in and save it again. Remember to bring the paper inventory to every session and make an entry in the electronic inventory every week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Read pages 1 to 14 from the “AfL Guidance for KS 1-2 - 2007” .pdf document. Note any issues that arise, for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Share with your class the Learning Objective and Success Criteria that you have formed in the session today. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for as many lessons as you can during this week. Refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout ‘Questioning the questions’ (pages 3 to 6) for this. Make a note of your Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Try out one or more of the adapted activities for AfL that we discussed today in Activity Five. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=  =&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reference:''' Some parts of this session have been adapted or reproduced from: &lt;br /&gt;
CCEA: Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, with the kind permission of the Northern Ireland Council for the Curriculum, Examinations and Assessment.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3956</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Learning objectives and success criteria</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3956"/>
		<updated>2012-06-25T11:07:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Homework */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''My Assessment Inventory''' on the Word document and save it in your files area on the desktop? Discuss if there were any issues as this activity will be repeated again this week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you ask your students to make '''Traffic Lights'''? Which material did you use? Were there any problems in making them?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you use the Traffic Lights in your class? Share your experience by answering these questions:&lt;br /&gt;
** For which topic did you ask your students to use Traffic Lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you try different ways of using them such as holding them up all together or putting them forward on the table while they were working? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did you handle when students showed different lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you employ classroom assistants for helping with Traffic Lights? Will you do it again? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
** From your experience, discuss any advantages or disadvantages of using them in your context. &lt;br /&gt;
*How did your students handle using the Traffic Lights? (e.g. ease/ difficulty of using them,  indicating proper/improper light) What steps will you take so that this can be improved in future lessons?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’? Do you think '''Bloom’s Taxonomy''' and examples were helpful when you asked questions in class? Were there any issues about the Taxonomy? Discuss ways of solving these issues with other participants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you manage to see the '''video and Power Point''' shown in the last session together after the workshop? Share if you observed anything new about the concept of AfL or practice of AfL in classroom (i.e. share something that was not discussed in the workshop last week).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the need for two AfL strategies: Sharing Learning Objectives and Sharing Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Revisiting activities learnt in previous sessions that can be adapted for AfL &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Update the assessment inventory that you started last week [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. Add the date in the second row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Then record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Need for Sharing Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was mentioned in the Power Point presentation last week that sharing learning objectives and success criteria are two AfL strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Fold a plain sheet of paper into 3 equal parts. Write ‘Answer 1’ on the top of the first section, ‘Answer 2’ on the top of the second section and ‘Answer 3’ on the top of the third section. The facilitator will display and read 3 questions for you. Answer them in the respective area on the sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|pair work}} After answering each question, exchange your sheet with the person sitting next to you. Assess their work. Be critical. Then take your sheets back to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
The questions are given below. Write each question on the blackboard or flip chart sheets and display them one by one. Also read them out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 3-4 minutes to answer each question, but no longer. After answering each question, ask participants to exchange their sheets and assess their neighbour’s work. Do not allow participants to change answers or assessment once it has been done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While reading, say the words exactly as they are given below: &lt;br /&gt;
* Question 1: Draw a child.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 2: We are learning to name parts of the body. For this please do the activity of drawing a child and labelling parts of its body.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 3: For the activity of drawing and labelling parts of the body, your success criteria are that your picture should show: (1) at least three parts of the body that are sense organs and (2) at least three parts of the body that have joints. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about sense organs, mention that there are five senses: seeing, tasting, hearing, touching and smelling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about parts of the body that have joints, give examples such as elbow, knee, shoulder.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
First, think as a learner who was assessed,&lt;br /&gt;
* Answering which question was easiest? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question were you most and least sure about your success? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question did you have most and least anxiety about the outcome? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, think as an assessor,&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most easy and least easy? Why? &lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most fair and least fair? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that participants’ responses will be in favour of Question 3 and Question 2. Inform them that: Question 2 is an example of sharing learning objectives with students; and Question 3 is an example of sharing success criteria with students. More discussion on this will be done during this session, but see if participants realise that learners can succeed much more easily in the classroom if they are told in advance what the criteria for success are.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Understanding Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘Learning objective’ has also been referred to as ‘Learning intention’ in AfL literature. &lt;br /&gt;
		 	 	 		&lt;br /&gt;
“A '''Learning Intention''' is simply a description of what you want your pupils to know, understand or be able to do by the end of a lesson. It tells pupils what the focus for learning is going to be.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Success Criteria''' are the statements that help pupils recognise if they have been successful in their learning. They summarise the main teaching points (key ingredients) or processes (key steps), and they always link directly to the learning intention. They essentially spell out the steps required to achieve the learning intention, offering explicit guidance on how to be successful. By referring to the success criteria, pupils know if they have achieved the learning intention.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the board or flip chart again. Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* What are the similarities between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the differences between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Mention these points if participants have not already mentioned them. Suggest that participants can make a note of these points on their printouts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objectives and Success Criteria are '''similar''' because: &lt;br /&gt;
* success criteria spell out the specific features of the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
*  learning objective and success criteria can be same (constant over time) even if the activity changes, e.g. parts of the body can be learnt by drawing (as above) or it can be learnt through poems, stories, questioning and dialogue, or direct teaching; but learning objective and success criteria remain the same&lt;br /&gt;
* both provide guidance to students about what is expected from them &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objective and Success Criteria are '''different''' because:&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objective relates to a topic/lesson while success criteria relate to an activity – spell out the steps needed to achieve the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* The same learning objective can have different success criteria in different grades. e.g. success criteria for the objective of drawing parts of the body will be simple (such as, head, arms, legs) for Grade 1 but detailed (such as in Question 3) for Grade 4 &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Forming Learning Objectives and Success Criteria =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants that one of the Learning Objectives for today’s session is to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Learning Objectives:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives relate to what students are expected to: know, understand and do (knowledge, understanding and skills). (You can also refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout for this.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Knowledge or factual information: e.g. (1) we are learning about ‘learning objectives and success criteria’ for AfL, and (2) we are learning names of Zambian provinces and their capitals.&lt;br /&gt;
** Understanding such as concepts, reasons and processes: e.g. (1) we are learning about the relationship between learning objectives and success criteria, and (2) we are learning reasons for pollution in Zambia.&lt;br /&gt;
** Skills or abilities acquired through training or experience. e.g. (1) we are learning to form learning objectives and success criteria for AfL, and (2) we are learning to draw bar graphs from raw data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives specify learning. They do not specify the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is good to have generic learning objectives that can be transferred across the curriculum, e.g. (1) we are learning to download pictures from flickr, and (2) we are learning to work effectively in groups.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be in simple language that students can easily understand&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be broad enough to allow pupils of all capabilities to achieve them; “the '''differentiation''' is in the way the pupils achieve or demonstrate the intention, not by creating different learning intentions for pupils of different abilities.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 10). So you might expect some pupils to achieve more but they will all share the same learning objective and success criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: You might want to record the Learning objective on the blackboard at the beginning of a lesson or you may already be doing this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Success Criteria:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria relate to the specific activity&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria focus on specific teaching points or processes, e.g. in Question 3 above, the success criteria focus on including particular parts of the body (teaching points) &lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria should also have simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Display the following on the board or a flip chart sheet and read it aloud:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Learning Objectives are:&lt;br /&gt;
* focus on learning&lt;br /&gt;
* one key aspect from knowledge, understanding or skill (understanding and skill preferred)&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Success Criteria are:&lt;br /&gt;
* specific to the activity for achieving learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* detailed information about your expectation of students&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the flip charts again. With a same grade buddy, think of a topic that you will be teaching this week. Form the learning objectives and success criteria for this topic. Write them on the board or flip chart so that everybody will be able to see them. Your facilitator has already displayed the success criteria for this activity. Think about '''differentiation''' – how can all pupils achieve the learning intention to some degree?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Display your planned activity and read out your learning objective and success criteria to all other participants. &lt;br /&gt;
Other participants should:&lt;br /&gt;
* assess the learning objective and success criteria in view of the success criteria mentioned above &lt;br /&gt;
* comment positively about criteria that are met&lt;br /&gt;
* make suggestions for addressing any criteria that are not yet met&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Activities for AfL =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous units you have done some activities that can be used for AfL with some adaptation. Today we will revisit these activities in the context of AfL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time, form three groups. Ask each group to read one activity and do a role play of carrying out the activity in the class. Role play can be done by one participant acting as a teacher and other participants acting as students. Some acting students demonstrate right answers, some demonstrate wrong answers, and some demonstrate partial understanding. The acting teacher demonstrates handling of all these answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, different groups can explain the activities with more examples. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Magic microphone''' ([[OER4Schools/2.1_Introduction_to_whole_class_dialogue_and_effective_questioning|Unit 2 Session 1]]) - Ask an open question about a topic, for example “How many ways can you think of to make 23?”. Pass around a prop. Whoever has the prop will give one answer to the question. Allow students to use mini-blackboards to work out their answers. If many students give right answers, increase the challenge by changing to a 3-digit number. If many students give the wrong answer, revise the topic again in class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Concept Mapping''' ([[OER4Schools/2.4_Concept_mapping|Unit 2 Session 4]]) - Write the main topic for which aspects have already been covered over a period of time in different lessons, on a concept mapping software or black board. Ask students to review all that they have learned about the topic and report them as answers. Record answers but do not correct wrong answers at this time. Review all answers in the end by asking students for opinion about each answer - if they are right; wrong; and how they can be improved. Avoid naming any student who said the wrong answers. For topics for which many students think positively about the wrong answer, revise them again in class. e.g. for the topic ‘mammals’ if many students think that man is not a mammal, revise the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Talking Points''' ([[OER4Schools/3.5_Talking_points_and_effective_group_work|Unit 3 Session 5]]) - Frame some right, some wrong and some unsure statements about a topic. Try to include topics for which your students have struggled during teaching. Discuss each sentence as a whole class activity. Try the '''‘No-hands up’''' strategy; this supports AfL because it allows you to assess understanding of any learners that you think may not understand or may not be following. If shy pupils do not participate, use this or other non-voluntary participation strategies ([[OER4Schools/2.3_More_on_questioning|Unit 2 Session 3]]) to select students for answering. You will come to know about common misconceptions through this activity so that you can address them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* Which activity(ies) do you think you would like to try this week? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you foresee any problems in carrying out these activities based on your previous experience of doing them? Discuss solutions with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the electronic version of “my assessment inventory”. Open your file from your ‘files area’ on your desktop. Fill it in and save it again. Remember to bring the paper inventory to every session and make an entry in the electronic inventory every week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Read pages 1 to 14 from the “AfL Guidance for KS 1-2 - 2007” .pdf document. Note any issues that arise, for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Share with your class the Learning Objective and Success Criteria that you have formed in the session today. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for as many lessons as you can during this week. Refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout ‘Questioning the questions’ (pages 3 to 6) for this. Make a note of your Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Try out one or more of the adapted activities for AfL that we discussed today in Activity Five. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Reference =&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reference:''' Some parts of this session have been adapted or reproduced from: &lt;br /&gt;
CCEA: Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, with the kind permission of the Northern Ireland Council for the Curriculum, Examinations and Assessment.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3955</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Learning objectives and success criteria</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3955"/>
		<updated>2012-06-25T10:48:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Activity Four: Forming Learning Objectives and Success Criteria */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''My Assessment Inventory''' on the Word document and save it in your files area on the desktop? Discuss if there were any issues as this activity will be repeated again this week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you ask your students to make '''Traffic Lights'''? Which material did you use? Were there any problems in making them?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you use the Traffic Lights in your class? Share your experience by answering these questions:&lt;br /&gt;
** For which topic did you ask your students to use Traffic Lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you try different ways of using them such as holding them up all together or putting them forward on the table while they were working? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did you handle when students showed different lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you employ classroom assistants for helping with Traffic Lights? Will you do it again? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
** From your experience, discuss any advantages or disadvantages of using them in your context. &lt;br /&gt;
*How did your students handle using the Traffic Lights? (e.g. ease/ difficulty of using them,  indicating proper/improper light) What steps will you take so that this can be improved in future lessons?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’? Do you think '''Bloom’s Taxonomy''' and examples were helpful when you asked questions in class? Were there any issues about the Taxonomy? Discuss ways of solving these issues with other participants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you manage to see the '''video and Power Point''' shown in the last session together after the workshop? Share if you observed anything new about the concept of AfL or practice of AfL in classroom (i.e. share something that was not discussed in the workshop last week).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the need for two AfL strategies: Sharing Learning Objectives and Sharing Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Revisiting activities learnt in previous sessions that can be adapted for AfL &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Update the assessment inventory that you started last week [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. Add the date in the second row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Then record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Need for Sharing Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was mentioned in the Power Point presentation last week that sharing learning objectives and success criteria are two AfL strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Fold a plain sheet of paper into 3 equal parts. Write ‘Answer 1’ on the top of the first section, ‘Answer 2’ on the top of the second section and ‘Answer 3’ on the top of the third section. The facilitator will display and read 3 questions for you. Answer them in the respective area on the sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|pair work}} After answering each question, exchange your sheet with the person sitting next to you. Assess their work. Be critical. Then take your sheets back to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
The questions are given below. Write each question on the blackboard or flip chart sheets and display them one by one. Also read them out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 3-4 minutes to answer each question, but no longer. After answering each question, ask participants to exchange their sheets and assess their neighbour’s work. Do not allow participants to change answers or assessment once it has been done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While reading, say the words exactly as they are given below: &lt;br /&gt;
* Question 1: Draw a child.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 2: We are learning to name parts of the body. For this please do the activity of drawing a child and labelling parts of its body.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 3: For the activity of drawing and labelling parts of the body, your success criteria are that your picture should show: (1) at least three parts of the body that are sense organs and (2) at least three parts of the body that have joints. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about sense organs, mention that there are five senses: seeing, tasting, hearing, touching and smelling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about parts of the body that have joints, give examples such as elbow, knee, shoulder.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
First, think as a learner who was assessed,&lt;br /&gt;
* Answering which question was easiest? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question were you most and least sure about your success? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question did you have most and least anxiety about the outcome? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, think as an assessor,&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most easy and least easy? Why? &lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most fair and least fair? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that participants’ responses will be in favour of Question 3 and Question 2. Inform them that: Question 2 is an example of sharing learning objectives with students; and Question 3 is an example of sharing success criteria with students. More discussion on this will be done during this session, but see if participants realise that learners can succeed much more easily in the classroom if they are told in advance what the criteria for success are.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Understanding Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘Learning objective’ has also been referred to as ‘Learning intention’ in AfL literature. &lt;br /&gt;
		 	 	 		&lt;br /&gt;
“A '''Learning Intention''' is simply a description of what you want your pupils to know, understand or be able to do by the end of a lesson. It tells pupils what the focus for learning is going to be.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Success Criteria''' are the statements that help pupils recognise if they have been successful in their learning. They summarise the main teaching points (key ingredients) or processes (key steps), and they always link directly to the learning intention. They essentially spell out the steps required to achieve the learning intention, offering explicit guidance on how to be successful. By referring to the success criteria, pupils know if they have achieved the learning intention.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the board or flip chart again. Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* What are the similarities between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the differences between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Mention these points if participants have not already mentioned them. Suggest that participants can make a note of these points on their printouts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objectives and Success Criteria are '''similar''' because: &lt;br /&gt;
* success criteria spell out the specific features of the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
*  learning objective and success criteria can be same (constant over time) even if the activity changes, e.g. parts of the body can be learnt by drawing (as above) or it can be learnt through poems, stories, questioning and dialogue, or direct teaching; but learning objective and success criteria remain the same&lt;br /&gt;
* both provide guidance to students about what is expected from them &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objective and Success Criteria are '''different''' because:&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objective relates to a topic/lesson while success criteria relate to an activity – spell out the steps needed to achieve the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* The same learning objective can have different success criteria in different grades. e.g. success criteria for the objective of drawing parts of the body will be simple (such as, head, arms, legs) for Grade 1 but detailed (such as in Question 3) for Grade 4 &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Forming Learning Objectives and Success Criteria =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants that one of the Learning Objectives for today’s session is to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Learning Objectives:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives relate to what students are expected to: know, understand and do (knowledge, understanding and skills). (You can also refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout for this.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Knowledge or factual information: e.g. (1) we are learning about ‘learning objectives and success criteria’ for AfL, and (2) we are learning names of Zambian provinces and their capitals.&lt;br /&gt;
** Understanding such as concepts, reasons and processes: e.g. (1) we are learning about the relationship between learning objectives and success criteria, and (2) we are learning reasons for pollution in Zambia.&lt;br /&gt;
** Skills or abilities acquired through training or experience. e.g. (1) we are learning to form learning objectives and success criteria for AfL, and (2) we are learning to draw bar graphs from raw data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives specify learning. They do not specify the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is good to have generic learning objectives that can be transferred across the curriculum, e.g. (1) we are learning to download pictures from flickr, and (2) we are learning to work effectively in groups.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be in simple language that students can easily understand&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be broad enough to allow pupils of all capabilities to achieve them; “the '''differentiation''' is in the way the pupils achieve or demonstrate the intention, not by creating different learning intentions for pupils of different abilities.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 10). So you might expect some pupils to achieve more but they will all share the same learning objective and success criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: You might want to record the Learning objective on the blackboard at the beginning of a lesson or you may already be doing this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Success Criteria:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria relate to the specific activity&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria focus on specific teaching points or processes, e.g. in Question 3 above, the success criteria focus on including particular parts of the body (teaching points) &lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria should also have simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Display the following on the board or a flip chart sheet and read it aloud:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Learning Objectives are:&lt;br /&gt;
* focus on learning&lt;br /&gt;
* one key aspect from knowledge, understanding or skill (understanding and skill preferred)&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Success Criteria are:&lt;br /&gt;
* specific to the activity for achieving learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* detailed information about your expectation of students&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the flip charts again. With a same grade buddy, think of a topic that you will be teaching this week. Form the learning objectives and success criteria for this topic. Write them on the board or flip chart so that everybody will be able to see them. Your facilitator has already displayed the success criteria for this activity. Think about '''differentiation''' – how can all pupils achieve the learning intention to some degree?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Display your planned activity and read out your learning objective and success criteria to all other participants. &lt;br /&gt;
Other participants should:&lt;br /&gt;
* assess the learning objective and success criteria in view of the success criteria mentioned above &lt;br /&gt;
* comment positively about criteria that are met&lt;br /&gt;
* make suggestions for addressing any criteria that are not yet met&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Activities for AfL =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous units you have done some activities that can be used for AfL with some adaptation. Today we will revisit these activities in the context of AfL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time, form three groups. Ask each group to read one activity and do a role play of carrying out the activity in the class. Role play can be done by one participant acting as a teacher and other participants acting as students. Some acting students demonstrate right answers, some demonstrate wrong answers, and some demonstrate partial understanding. The acting teacher demonstrates handling of all these answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, different groups can explain the activities with more examples. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Magic microphone''' ([[OER4Schools/2.1_Introduction_to_whole_class_dialogue_and_effective_questioning|Unit 2 Session 1]]) - Ask an open question about a topic, for example “How many ways can you think of to make 23?”. Pass around a prop. Whoever has the prop will give one answer to the question. Allow students to use mini-blackboards to work out their answers. If many students give right answers, increase the challenge by changing to a 3-digit number. If many students give the wrong answer, revise the topic again in class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Concept Mapping''' ([[OER4Schools/2.4_Concept_mapping|Unit 2 Session 4]]) - Write the main topic for which aspects have already been covered over a period of time in different lessons, on a concept mapping software or black board. Ask students to review all that they have learned about the topic and report them as answers. Record answers but do not correct wrong answers at this time. Review all answers in the end by asking students for opinion about each answer - if they are right; wrong; and how they can be improved. Avoid naming any student who said the wrong answers. For topics for which many students think positively about the wrong answer, revise them again in class. e.g. for the topic ‘mammals’ if many students think that man is not a mammal, revise the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Talking Points''' ([[OER4Schools/3.5_Talking_points_and_effective_group_work|Unit 3 Session 5]]) - Frame some right, some wrong and some unsure statements about a topic. Try to include topics for which your students have struggled during teaching. Discuss each sentence as a whole class activity. Try the '''‘No-hands up’''' strategy; this supports AfL because it allows you to assess understanding of any learners that you think may not understand or may not be following. If shy pupils do not participate, use this or other non-voluntary participation strategies ([[OER4Schools/2.3_More_on_questioning|Unit 2 Session 3]]) to select students for answering. You will come to know about common misconceptions through this activity so that you can address them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* Which activity(ies) do you think you would like to try this week? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you foresee any problems in carrying out these activities based on your previous experience of doing them? Discuss solutions with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the electronic version of “my assessment inventory”. Open your file from your ‘files area’ on your desktop. Fill it in and save it again. Remember to bring the paper inventory to every session and make an entry in the electronic inventory every week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Read pages 1 to 14 from the “AfL Guidance for KS 1-2 - 2007” .pdf document. Note any issues that arise, for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Share with your class the Learning Objective and Success Criteria that you have formed in the session today. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for as many lessons as you can during this week. Refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout ‘Questioning the questions’ (pages 3 to 6) for this. Make a note of your Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Try out one or more of the adapted activities for AfL that we discussed today in Activity Five. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reference:''' Some parts of this session have been adapted or reproduced from: &lt;br /&gt;
CCEA: Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, with the kind permission of the Northern Ireland Council for the Curriculum, Examinations and Assessment.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3954</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Learning objectives and success criteria</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3954"/>
		<updated>2012-06-25T10:43:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Activity One: My assessment inventory */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''My Assessment Inventory''' on the Word document and save it in your files area on the desktop? Discuss if there were any issues as this activity will be repeated again this week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you ask your students to make '''Traffic Lights'''? Which material did you use? Were there any problems in making them?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you use the Traffic Lights in your class? Share your experience by answering these questions:&lt;br /&gt;
** For which topic did you ask your students to use Traffic Lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you try different ways of using them such as holding them up all together or putting them forward on the table while they were working? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did you handle when students showed different lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you employ classroom assistants for helping with Traffic Lights? Will you do it again? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
** From your experience, discuss any advantages or disadvantages of using them in your context. &lt;br /&gt;
*How did your students handle using the Traffic Lights? (e.g. ease/ difficulty of using them,  indicating proper/improper light) What steps will you take so that this can be improved in future lessons?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’? Do you think '''Bloom’s Taxonomy''' and examples were helpful when you asked questions in class? Were there any issues about the Taxonomy? Discuss ways of solving these issues with other participants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you manage to see the '''video and Power Point''' shown in the last session together after the workshop? Share if you observed anything new about the concept of AfL or practice of AfL in classroom (i.e. share something that was not discussed in the workshop last week).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the need for two AfL strategies: Sharing Learning Objectives and Sharing Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Revisiting activities learnt in previous sessions that can be adapted for AfL &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Update the assessment inventory that you started last week [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. Add the date in the second row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Then record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Need for Sharing Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was mentioned in the Power Point presentation last week that sharing learning objectives and success criteria are two AfL strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Fold a plain sheet of paper into 3 equal parts. Write ‘Answer 1’ on the top of the first section, ‘Answer 2’ on the top of the second section and ‘Answer 3’ on the top of the third section. The facilitator will display and read 3 questions for you. Answer them in the respective area on the sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|pair work}} After answering each question, exchange your sheet with the person sitting next to you. Assess their work. Be critical. Then take your sheets back to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
The questions are given below. Write each question on the blackboard or flip chart sheets and display them one by one. Also read them out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 3-4 minutes to answer each question, but no longer. After answering each question, ask participants to exchange their sheets and assess their neighbour’s work. Do not allow participants to change answers or assessment once it has been done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While reading, say the words exactly as they are given below: &lt;br /&gt;
* Question 1: Draw a child.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 2: We are learning to name parts of the body. For this please do the activity of drawing a child and labelling parts of its body.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 3: For the activity of drawing and labelling parts of the body, your success criteria are that your picture should show: (1) at least three parts of the body that are sense organs and (2) at least three parts of the body that have joints. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about sense organs, mention that there are five senses: seeing, tasting, hearing, touching and smelling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about parts of the body that have joints, give examples such as elbow, knee, shoulder.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
First, think as a learner who was assessed,&lt;br /&gt;
* Answering which question was easiest? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question were you most and least sure about your success? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question did you have most and least anxiety about the outcome? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, think as an assessor,&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most easy and least easy? Why? &lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most fair and least fair? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that participants’ responses will be in favour of Question 3 and Question 2. Inform them that: Question 2 is an example of sharing learning objectives with students; and Question 3 is an example of sharing success criteria with students. More discussion on this will be done during this session, but see if participants realise that learners can succeed much more easily in the classroom if they are told in advance what the criteria for success are.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Understanding Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘Learning objective’ has also been referred to as ‘Learning intention’ in AfL literature. &lt;br /&gt;
		 	 	 		&lt;br /&gt;
“A '''Learning Intention''' is simply a description of what you want your pupils to know, understand or be able to do by the end of a lesson. It tells pupils what the focus for learning is going to be.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Success Criteria''' are the statements that help pupils recognise if they have been successful in their learning. They summarise the main teaching points (key ingredients) or processes (key steps), and they always link directly to the learning intention. They essentially spell out the steps required to achieve the learning intention, offering explicit guidance on how to be successful. By referring to the success criteria, pupils know if they have achieved the learning intention.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the board or flip chart again. Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* What are the similarities between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the differences between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Mention these points if participants have not already mentioned them. Suggest that participants can make a note of these points on their printouts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objectives and Success Criteria are '''similar''' because: &lt;br /&gt;
* success criteria spell out the specific features of the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
*  learning objective and success criteria can be same (constant over time) even if the activity changes, e.g. parts of the body can be learnt by drawing (as above) or it can be learnt through poems, stories, questioning and dialogue, or direct teaching; but learning objective and success criteria remain the same&lt;br /&gt;
* both provide guidance to students about what is expected from them &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objective and Success Criteria are '''different''' because:&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objective relates to a topic/lesson while success criteria relate to an activity – spell out the steps needed to achieve the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* The same learning objective can have different success criteria in different grades. e.g. success criteria for the objective of drawing parts of the body will be simple (such as, head, arms, legs) for Grade 1 but detailed (such as in Question 3) for Grade 4 &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Forming Learning Objectives and Success Criteria =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants that one of the Learning Objectives for today’s session is to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Learning Objectives:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives relate to what students are expected to: know, understand and do (knowledge, understanding and skills). (You can also refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout for this.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Knowledge or factual information: e.g. (1) we are learning about ‘learning objectives and success criteria’ for AfL, and (2) we are learning names of Zambian provinces and their capitals.&lt;br /&gt;
** Understanding such as concepts, reasons and processes: e.g. (1) we are learning about the relationship between learning objectives and success criteria, and (2) we are learning reasons for pollution in Zambia.&lt;br /&gt;
** Skills or abilities acquired through training or experience. e.g. (1) we are learning to form learning objectives and success criteria for AfL, and (2) we are learning to draw bar graphs from raw data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives specify learning. They do not specify the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is good to have generic learning objectives that can be transferred across the curriculum, e.g. (1) we are learning to download pictures from flickr, and (2) we are learning to work effectively in groups.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be in simple language that students can easily understand&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be broad enough to allow pupils of all capabilities to achieve them; “the '''differentiation''' is in the way the pupils achieve or demonstrate the intention, not by creating different learning intentions for pupils of different abilities.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 10). So you might expect some pupils to achieve more but they will all share the same learning objective and success criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: You might want to record the Learning objective on the blackboard at the beginning of a lesson or you may already be doing this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Success Criteria:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria relate to the specific activity&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria focus on specific teaching points or processes, e.g. in Question 3 above, the success criteria focus on including particular parts of the body (teaching points) &lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria should also have simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Display the following on the board or a flip chart sheet and read it aloud:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Learning Objectives are:&lt;br /&gt;
* focus on learning&lt;br /&gt;
* one key aspect from knowledge, understanding or skill (understanding and skill preferred)&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Success Criteria are:&lt;br /&gt;
* specific to the activity for achieving learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* detailed information about your expectation of students&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the flip charts again. With a same grade buddy, think of a topic that you will be teaching this week. Form the learning objectives and success criteria for this topic. Write them on the board or flip chart so that everybody will be able to see them. Your facilitator has already displayed the success criteria for this activity. Think about '''differentiation''' – how can all pupils achieve the learning intention to some degree?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Display your planned activity and read out your learning objective and success criteria to all other participants. &lt;br /&gt;
Other participants should:&lt;br /&gt;
* assess the learning objective and success criteria in view of the success criteria mentioned above &lt;br /&gt;
* comment positively about criteria that are met&lt;br /&gt;
* make suggestions for addressing any criteria that are not yet met&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Activities for AfL =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous units you have done some activities that can be used for AfL with some adaptation. Today we will revisit these activities in the context of AfL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time, form three groups. Ask each group to read one activity and do a role play of carrying out the activity in the class. Role play can be done by one participant acting as a teacher and other participants acting as students. Some acting students demonstrate right answers, some demonstrate wrong answers, and some demonstrate partial understanding. The acting teacher demonstrates handling of all these answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, different groups can explain the activities with more examples. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Magic microphone''' ([[OER4Schools/2.1_Introduction_to_whole_class_dialogue_and_effective_questioning|Unit 2 Session 1]]) - Ask an open question about a topic, for example “How many ways can you think of to make 23?”. Pass around a prop. Whoever has the prop will give one answer to the question. Allow students to use mini-blackboards to work out their answers. If many students give right answers, increase the challenge by changing to a 3-digit number. If many students give the wrong answer, revise the topic again in class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Concept Mapping''' ([[OER4Schools/2.4_Concept_mapping|Unit 2 Session 4]]) - Write the main topic for which aspects have already been covered over a period of time in different lessons, on a concept mapping software or black board. Ask students to review all that they have learned about the topic and report them as answers. Record answers but do not correct wrong answers at this time. Review all answers in the end by asking students for opinion about each answer - if they are right; wrong; and how they can be improved. Avoid naming any student who said the wrong answers. For topics for which many students think positively about the wrong answer, revise them again in class. e.g. for the topic ‘mammals’ if many students think that man is not a mammal, revise the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Talking Points''' ([[OER4Schools/3.5_Talking_points_and_effective_group_work|Unit 3 Session 5]]) - Frame some right, some wrong and some unsure statements about a topic. Try to include topics for which your students have struggled during teaching. Discuss each sentence as a whole class activity. Try the '''‘No-hands up’''' strategy; this supports AfL because it allows you to assess understanding of any learners that you think may not understand or may not be following. If shy pupils do not participate, use this or other non-voluntary participation strategies ([[OER4Schools/2.3_More_on_questioning|Unit 2 Session 3]]) to select students for answering. You will come to know about common misconceptions through this activity so that you can address them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* Which activity(ies) do you think you would like to try this week? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you foresee any problems in carrying out these activities based on your previous experience of doing them? Discuss solutions with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the electronic version of “my assessment inventory”. Open your file from your ‘files area’ on your desktop. Fill it in and save it again. Remember to bring the paper inventory to every session and make an entry in the electronic inventory every week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Read pages 1 to 14 from the “AfL Guidance for KS 1-2 - 2007” .pdf document. Note any issues that arise, for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Share with your class the Learning Objective and Success Criteria that you have formed in the session today. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for as many lessons as you can during this week. Refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout ‘Questioning the questions’ (pages 3 to 6) for this. Make a note of your Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Try out one or more of the adapted activities for AfL that we discussed today in Activity Five. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reference:''' Some parts of this session have been adapted or reproduced from: &lt;br /&gt;
CCEA: Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, with the kind permission of the Northern Ireland Council for the Curriculum, Examinations and Assessment.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3953</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Learning objectives and success criteria</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Learning_objectives_and_success_criteria&amp;diff=3953"/>
		<updated>2012-06-25T10:39:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''My Assessment Inventory''' on the Word document and save it in your files area on the desktop? Discuss if there were any issues as this activity will be repeated again this week.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you ask your students to make '''Traffic Lights'''? Which material did you use? Were there any problems in making them?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you use the Traffic Lights in your class? Share your experience by answering these questions:&lt;br /&gt;
** For which topic did you ask your students to use Traffic Lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you try different ways of using them such as holding them up all together or putting them forward on the table while they were working? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did you handle when students showed different lights? &lt;br /&gt;
** Did you employ classroom assistants for helping with Traffic Lights? Will you do it again? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
** From your experience, discuss any advantages or disadvantages of using them in your context. &lt;br /&gt;
*How did your students handle using the Traffic Lights? (e.g. ease/ difficulty of using them,  indicating proper/improper light) What steps will you take so that this can be improved in future lessons?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’? Do you think '''Bloom’s Taxonomy''' and examples were helpful when you asked questions in class? Were there any issues about the Taxonomy? Discuss ways of solving these issues with other participants.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you manage to see the '''video and Power Point''' shown in the last session together after the workshop? Share if you observed anything new about the concept of AfL or practice of AfL in classroom (i.e. share something that was not discussed in the workshop last week).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the need for two AfL strategies: Sharing Learning Objectives and Sharing Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria&lt;br /&gt;
* Revisiting activities learnt in previous sessions that can be adapted for AfL &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Update the assessment inventory that you started last week [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. Add the date in the second row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Then record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used’’’ yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Need for Sharing Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was mentioned in the Power Point presentation last week that sharing learning objectives and success criteria are two AfL strategies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Fold a plain sheet of paper into 3 equal parts. Write ‘Answer 1’ on the top of the first section, ‘Answer 2’ on the top of the second section and ‘Answer 3’ on the top of the third section. The facilitator will display and read 3 questions for you. Answer them in the respective area on the sheet. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|pair work}} After answering each question, exchange your sheet with the person sitting next to you. Assess their work. Be critical. Then take your sheets back to answer the next question.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
The questions are given below. Write each question on the blackboard or flip chart sheets and display them one by one. Also read them out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 3-4 minutes to answer each question, but no longer. After answering each question, ask participants to exchange their sheets and assess their neighbour’s work. Do not allow participants to change answers or assessment once it has been done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While reading, say the words exactly as they are given below: &lt;br /&gt;
* Question 1: Draw a child.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 2: We are learning to name parts of the body. For this please do the activity of drawing a child and labelling parts of its body.&lt;br /&gt;
* Question 3: For the activity of drawing and labelling parts of the body, your success criteria are that your picture should show: (1) at least three parts of the body that are sense organs and (2) at least three parts of the body that have joints. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about sense organs, mention that there are five senses: seeing, tasting, hearing, touching and smelling. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If participants are not sure about parts of the body that have joints, give examples such as elbow, knee, shoulder.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
First, think as a learner who was assessed,&lt;br /&gt;
* Answering which question was easiest? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question were you most and least sure about your success? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* In which question did you have most and least anxiety about the outcome? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, think as an assessor,&lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most easy and least easy? Why? &lt;br /&gt;
* Assessing which question was most fair and least fair? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
It is expected that participants’ responses will be in favour of Question 3 and Question 2. Inform them that: Question 2 is an example of sharing learning objectives with students; and Question 3 is an example of sharing success criteria with students. More discussion on this will be done during this session, but see if participants realise that learners can succeed much more easily in the classroom if they are told in advance what the criteria for success are.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Understanding Learning Objectives and Success Criteria=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘Learning objective’ has also been referred to as ‘Learning intention’ in AfL literature. &lt;br /&gt;
		 	 	 		&lt;br /&gt;
“A '''Learning Intention''' is simply a description of what you want your pupils to know, understand or be able to do by the end of a lesson. It tells pupils what the focus for learning is going to be.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 8)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“'''Success Criteria''' are the statements that help pupils recognise if they have been successful in their learning. They summarise the main teaching points (key ingredients) or processes (key steps), and they always link directly to the learning intention. They essentially spell out the steps required to achieve the learning intention, offering explicit guidance on how to be successful. By referring to the success criteria, pupils know if they have achieved the learning intention.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the board or flip chart again. Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* What are the similarities between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the differences between Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for AfL?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Mention these points if participants have not already mentioned them. Suggest that participants can make a note of these points on their printouts. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objectives and Success Criteria are '''similar''' because: &lt;br /&gt;
* success criteria spell out the specific features of the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
*  learning objective and success criteria can be same (constant over time) even if the activity changes, e.g. parts of the body can be learnt by drawing (as above) or it can be learnt through poems, stories, questioning and dialogue, or direct teaching; but learning objective and success criteria remain the same&lt;br /&gt;
* both provide guidance to students about what is expected from them &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Learning Objective and Success Criteria are '''different''' because:&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objective relates to a topic/lesson while success criteria relate to an activity – spell out the steps needed to achieve the learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* The same learning objective can have different success criteria in different grades. e.g. success criteria for the objective of drawing parts of the body will be simple (such as, head, arms, legs) for Grade 1 but detailed (such as in Question 3) for Grade 4 &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Forming Learning Objectives and Success Criteria =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 {{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants that one of the Learning Objectives for today’s session is to form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Learning Objectives:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives relate to what students are expected to: know, understand and do (knowledge, understanding and skills). (You can also refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout for this.)&lt;br /&gt;
** Knowledge or factual information: e.g. (1) we are learning about ‘learning objectives and success criteria’ for AfL, and (2) we are learning names of Zambian provinces and their capitals.&lt;br /&gt;
** Understanding such as concepts, reasons and processes: e.g. (1) we are learning about the relationship between learning objectives and success criteria, and (2) we are learning reasons for pollution in Zambia.&lt;br /&gt;
** Skills or abilities acquired through training or experience. e.g. (1) we are learning to form learning objectives and success criteria for AfL, and (2) we are learning to draw bar graphs from raw data.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives specify learning. They do not specify the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
* It is good to have generic learning objectives that can be transferred across the curriculum, e.g. (1) we are learning to download pictures from flickr, and (2) we are learning to work effectively in groups.&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be in simple language that students can easily understand&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning objectives should be broad enough to allow pupils of all capabilities to achieve them; “the '''differentiation''' is in the way the pupils achieve or demonstrate the intention, not by creating different learning intentions for pupils of different abilities.” (Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, Pg 10). So you might expect some pupils to achieve more but they will all share the same learning objective and success criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: You might want to record the Learning objective on the blackboard at the beginning of a lesson or you may already be doing this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Points to remember for forming Success Criteria:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria relate to the specific activity&lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria focus on specific teaching points or processes, e.g. in Question 3 above, the success criteria focus on including particular parts of the body (teaching points) &lt;br /&gt;
* Success criteria should also have simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Display the following on the board or a flip chart sheet and read it aloud:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Learning Objectives are:&lt;br /&gt;
* focus on learning&lt;br /&gt;
* one key aspect from knowledge, understanding or skill (understanding and skill preferred)&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your success criteria for forming Success Criteria are:&lt;br /&gt;
* specific to the activity for achieving learning objective&lt;br /&gt;
* detailed information about your expectation of students&lt;br /&gt;
* simple child-friendly language&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Read Question 2 and Question 3 displayed on the flip charts again. With a same grade buddy, think of a topic that you will be teaching this week. Form the learning objectives and success criteria for this topic. Write them on the board or flip chart so that everybody will be able to see them. Your facilitator has already displayed the success criteria for this activity. Think about '''differentiation''' – how can all pupils achieve the learning intention to some degree?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Display your planned activity and read out your learning objective and success criteria to all other participants. &lt;br /&gt;
Other participants should:&lt;br /&gt;
* assess the learning objective and success criteria in view of the success criteria mentioned above &lt;br /&gt;
* comment positively about criteria that are met&lt;br /&gt;
* make suggestions for addressing any criteria that are not yet met&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Activities for AfL =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the previous units you have done some activities that can be used for AfL with some adaptation. Today we will revisit these activities in the context of AfL.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If there is time, form three groups. Ask each group to read one activity and do a role play of carrying out the activity in the class. Role play can be done by one participant acting as a teacher and other participants acting as students. Some acting students demonstrate right answers, some demonstrate wrong answers, and some demonstrate partial understanding. The acting teacher demonstrates handling of all these answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, different groups can explain the activities with more examples. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Magic microphone''' ([[OER4Schools/2.1_Introduction_to_whole_class_dialogue_and_effective_questioning|Unit 2 Session 1]]) - Ask an open question about a topic, for example “How many ways can you think of to make 23?”. Pass around a prop. Whoever has the prop will give one answer to the question. Allow students to use mini-blackboards to work out their answers. If many students give right answers, increase the challenge by changing to a 3-digit number. If many students give the wrong answer, revise the topic again in class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Concept Mapping''' ([[OER4Schools/2.4_Concept_mapping|Unit 2 Session 4]]) - Write the main topic for which aspects have already been covered over a period of time in different lessons, on a concept mapping software or black board. Ask students to review all that they have learned about the topic and report them as answers. Record answers but do not correct wrong answers at this time. Review all answers in the end by asking students for opinion about each answer - if they are right; wrong; and how they can be improved. Avoid naming any student who said the wrong answers. For topics for which many students think positively about the wrong answer, revise them again in class. e.g. for the topic ‘mammals’ if many students think that man is not a mammal, revise the topic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Talking Points''' ([[OER4Schools/3.5_Talking_points_and_effective_group_work|Unit 3 Session 5]]) - Frame some right, some wrong and some unsure statements about a topic. Try to include topics for which your students have struggled during teaching. Discuss each sentence as a whole class activity. Try the '''‘No-hands up’''' strategy; this supports AfL because it allows you to assess understanding of any learners that you think may not understand or may not be following. If shy pupils do not participate, use this or other non-voluntary participation strategies ([[OER4Schools/2.3_More_on_questioning|Unit 2 Session 3]]) to select students for answering. You will come to know about common misconceptions through this activity so that you can address them. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* Which activity(ies) do you think you would like to try this week? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you foresee any problems in carrying out these activities based on your previous experience of doing them? Discuss solutions with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
* Update the electronic version of “my assessment inventory”. Open your file from your ‘files area’ on your desktop. Fill it in and save it again. Remember to bring the paper inventory to every session and make an entry in the electronic inventory every week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Read pages 1 to 14 from the “AfL Guidance for KS 1-2 - 2007” .pdf document. Note any issues that arise, for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Share with your class the Learning Objective and Success Criteria that you have formed in the session today. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Form Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for as many lessons as you can during this week. Refer to verbs in the Bloom’s Taxonomy mentioned in the VVOB handout ‘Questioning the questions’ (pages 3 to 6) for this. Make a note of your Learning Objectives and Success Criteria for discussion in the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Try out one or more of the adapted activities for AfL that we discussed today in Activity Five. Record your experiences on the dictaphone and upload onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Reference:''' Some parts of this session have been adapted or reproduced from: &lt;br /&gt;
CCEA: Afl Guidance KS 1-2 – 2007, with the kind permission of the Northern Ireland Council for the Curriculum, Examinations and Assessment.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Introduction_to_Assessment_for_Learning&amp;diff=3922</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Introduction to Assessment for Learning</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Introduction_to_Assessment_for_Learning&amp;diff=3922"/>
		<updated>2012-06-20T06:25:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Activity Two: Traffic Lights */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''questionnaire on group work''' on the Word document and upload it onto the server? &lt;br /&gt;
** How much time did it take for you to type everything? &lt;br /&gt;
** What is your assessment of your typing speed now compared to when you first came for the OER4Schools workshop? (Try thinking in terms of words per minute).&lt;br /&gt;
* You planned a '''group work activity''' using the Activity Template during the last session. Did you carry out the activity in class? If yes, share your experience by addressing the questions given below:&lt;br /&gt;
** Which aspect of group work did you choose as your agenda (that was also mentioned in the questionnaire for group work)? &lt;br /&gt;
** What was the lesson topic?&lt;br /&gt;
** On a scale from 1 to 5 (1 being the lowest and 5 being highest), how would you rate the effectiveness of the aspect of group work? Think in terms of achievement of learning objectives. &lt;br /&gt;
** What changes will you make when you repeat the same activity with another batch of pupils or with another topic?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you carry out a group work activity using '''EtherPad'''? If yes, what was your open-ended question? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did your students respond to the activity? Share examples of: students’ discussion within their group, their written responses and their discussion across groups.  Will you use EtherPad with the same aspect of group work again? Give reasons for your answer. &lt;br /&gt;
** For the EtherPad activity, were there any instances of the issues that were discussed during the last session such as, bully and free rider effect, learning of every member as a group responsibility etc. (refer to the last session, [[OER4Schools/3.6_Review_of_group_work|Unit 3 Session 6]], for more issues). How did you resolve these issues? What else can you do to resolve them?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Making and practising use of Traffic Lights&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the concepts of ‘Assessment’ and ‘Assessment for Learning’ &lt;br /&gt;
* Knowing the key aspects of ‘Assessment for Learning’ such as principles, essentials and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory  =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Complete the assessment inventory [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. First fill in your name next to the title. Then add the date in the first row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Lastly record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will add to this inventory by completing another row at the beginning of each session on Assessment for Learning. Thus you can assess your own progress as the workshops proceed, and we can also see what you feel you are learning, purely for research purposes. (At CBS it will also be used to plan further sessions.) Please be honest about filling in your responses; this inventory will not be used to judge you.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Orally repeat the guidelines given above regarding the sequence of filling up the inventory. Emphasise that only the assessment measures that participants have used should be recorded. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants to bring the inventory to every session on assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Traffic Lights =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unit 4 is about ‘Assessment for Learning’ and not simply about ‘Assessment’. Before we proceed to understanding more about Assessment for Learning (AfL), let us make a resource called Traffic Lights for use during the session!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Traffic Lights''' is a useful resource for everyday use in classrooms in order to assess. We all know that Red, Orange and Green traffic lights on the road mean different things (Red means Stop; Orange means Get Ready and Green means Go). Their meanings for classroom application in the context of AfL are:&lt;br /&gt;
* RED means “I’m stuck. I need some extra help. I don’t feel I have progressed.”&lt;br /&gt;
* ORANGE means “I’m not quite sure. I need a little help. I feel I have made some progress.”&lt;br /&gt;
* GREEN means “I understand fully. I’m okay without help. I feel I have progressed a lot.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Use of Traffic Lights in the classroom:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* While the teachers are teaching, they can ask students to hold up the Lights to assess if they should proceed to the next topic or not.&lt;br /&gt;
* Students can voluntarily show a Light indicating their current level of understanding. They can change the light several times during a single lesson. In this way, the student can bring their understanding to the teacher's notice without disturbing other classmates or the flow of the lesson. Teachers can address the student at an appropriate time.&lt;br /&gt;
* While working independently, students can display their light on the table to indicate that they need help. Teachers can visit the student to provide assistance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eventually students are expected to independently use the Traffic Lights without teacher's instruction to do so. The Traffic Lights should become a silent way of communicating in the class. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traffic Lights also reduce student's physical stress of standing in queues or raising their hands while waiting for teacher's attention. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Making Traffic Lights:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There can be various ways of making Traffic Lights depending on the availability of materials. Some suggestions of different materials are:&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured paper (red, orange, green) such as charts, paper from old magazines etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured packing cardboards such as toothpaste box&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured computer printouts&lt;br /&gt;
* cloth material&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured plastic bags&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured flags or &lt;br /&gt;
* simply coloured pencils or crayons (if each child has them). &lt;br /&gt;
Given below is one simple way of making them with a white A4 sheet of paper and marker pens. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Provide the following materials to the participants so that they can make their own Traffic Lights:&lt;br /&gt;
* A4 sheets of paper (one per three participants, but it is always better to have some extra)&lt;br /&gt;
* Red, Orange and Green marker pens&lt;br /&gt;
* Crayons/ coloured pencils/ paints (if available)&lt;br /&gt;
* Scissors/ long scale (if available)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally 10-15 minutes are sufficient for this activity if enough material is available for each participant. Enough material means that there is negligible or no waiting time for using material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where materials for making traffic lights are not available in sufficient quantities for classroom use, you could think of alternatives, such as children giving various hand signals corresponding to red / yellow / green. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Follow these steps to make your own Traffic Lights for AfL (see pictures for reference):&lt;br /&gt;
* Take an A4 sheet of white paper. Fold it along the long side into 3 equal parts (one sheet can make 3 sets of Traffic Lights). Cut along the folds with scissors or tear using a long scale to make 3 strips of paper.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fold one strip further into 3 sections along the short side. &lt;br /&gt;
* Write ‘RED’, ‘ORANGE’ and ‘GREEN’ (in capitals and bold) using the right coloured marker pens (if possible) on the three different sections. You can colour them with respective colours if crayons, coloured pencils or paints are available.&lt;br /&gt;
* Now reverse the strip of paper or keep it upside down. Then, &lt;br /&gt;
**behind section RED, write: I’m stuck. I need some extra help. I don’t feel I have progressed.&lt;br /&gt;
** behind section ORANGE, write: I’m not quite sure. I need a little help. I feel I have made some progress.&lt;br /&gt;
** behind section GREEN, write: I understand fully. I’m okay without help. I feel I have progressed a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} What do you know about ‘Assessment for Learning’ at this stage? Show by holding up or putting forward on the table your Traffic Light! &lt;br /&gt;
Now discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* What are the different ways in which I can use Traffic Lights in my classroom?&lt;br /&gt;
* In what ways can I respond to each colour of the Traffic Light?&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of participants is 10 or less, make a note of the Traffic Light colour of each participant on a flip chart. You can prepare the flip chart with the participants’ names listed on it, in advance.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Introducing Assessment for Learning (AfL) =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Watch 2 segments of this video: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=D7XpUqNnKtI|name=Formative Assessment in Schools.mp4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0:00 - 0.56 (introduction to AfL), 4.38 - end (example of 10-year-olds doing peer assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this video, Shirley Clarke explains the concept of ‘Assessment for Learning’ and its elements in brief. Some elements can also be seen in action. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* How is the concept of AfL different from the commonly known notion of assessment? &lt;br /&gt;
* What are some of the elements of AfL that have been mentioned in the video?&lt;br /&gt;
* Which element(s) of AfL did you find most interesting? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Understanding ‘Assessment’ and ‘Assessment for Learning’ =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By now, you will have already discussed some of the points that will arise on this PowerPoint. Do a mental assessment to see if your understanding of assessment and AfL advances by watching the PowerPoint ([[File:Unit_4.1_Assessment and Assessment for Learning.ppt]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Play the slideshow of the Power Point ‘[[File:Unit_4.1_Assessment and Assessment for Learning.ppt]]’. Read aloud the contents of the slides if you think it will help the participants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During slide 8, tell participants that AfL strategies are in yellow ellipses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During slide 11, ask participants to read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’ that was distributed during Unit 2 Session 2, as a homework task. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
During slide 12 titled ‘Self-assessment’, ask the participants to show their understanding about assessment and AfL on their Traffic Lights. Then take the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* If anybody shows ‘orange light’ or ‘red light’, ask them the specific topic to which they are referring. &lt;br /&gt;
* Then ask other participants who have shown ‘green light’ to explain the topic to their peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* If doubts are still not resolved, record the topic and include it in your feedback about the session. Assure participants that you will get back with more information.&lt;br /&gt;
Remember the AfL strategies will be discussed in the upcoming sessions. So if doubts are about the strategies, inform the participants that the future sessions will cover them.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
If you had prepared a flip chart with the traffic light of each participant before the activity, record their current light. You can also ask the participants to come up and write their current traffic light. This will help them to see their own progress. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Questions for reflection on PowerPoint&lt;br /&gt;
* What steps, do you anticipate, you will have to take to implement AfL in your classrooms?&lt;br /&gt;
* What issues do you think will arise in implementing AfL in your classrooms? Discuss ways of resolving them with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Are there any current practices which are useful or can become useful for AfL with some modifications? For example, current practice of marking notebooks can include qualitative feedback.  Discuss these practices, the modifications and their use for AfL with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you think ‘Traffic Lights’ is a useful strategy for AfL? Why? (Tips: targeted help, self-assessment etc) &lt;br /&gt;
* How would you respond to each colour when using Traffic Lights in your classroom?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* My Assessment Inventory is available electronically ([[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]). Type the answers that you have written on paper, on this electronic version. As soon as you download the inventory, first save it with a new filename, which includes your name. For instance, if your name is “Esther Phiri”, save the document with the name “My assessment inventory - Esther Phiri.doc”. Save the document to your ‘files area’ on the desktop, so that it will get copied to the server. Remember to bring the paper inventory for every session and fill up the electronic inventory every week, from now on.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do the activity of making Traffic Lights with your students. You can be creative about the use of materials depending on availability. &lt;br /&gt;
* Try Traffic Lights as a part of one or more teaching lessons. You could employ the help of classroom assistants (from your own or another class) to resolve the doubts of ‘red lights’ and ‘orange lights’; for example those with ‘green lights’ could then help their peers? Record your experience of using Traffic Lights and your students’ responses on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
* Read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’ that was distributed during Unit 2 Session 2. Note any issues that arise for discussion during the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider watching the video clip and the Power Point presentation together again during the week. This will help you in understanding the concept of AfL by seeing some examples from real classrooms.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Introduction_to_Assessment_for_Learning&amp;diff=3921</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Introduction to Assessment for Learning</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Introduction_to_Assessment_for_Learning&amp;diff=3921"/>
		<updated>2012-06-20T06:14:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Activity Two: Traffic Lights */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''questionnaire on group work''' on the Word document and upload it onto the server? &lt;br /&gt;
** How much time did it take for you to type everything? &lt;br /&gt;
** What is your assessment of your typing speed now compared to when you first came for the OER4Schools workshop? (Try thinking in terms of words per minute).&lt;br /&gt;
* You planned a '''group work activity''' using the Activity Template during the last session. Did you carry out the activity in class? If yes, share your experience by addressing the questions given below:&lt;br /&gt;
** Which aspect of group work did you choose as your agenda (that was also mentioned in the questionnaire for group work)? &lt;br /&gt;
** What was the lesson topic?&lt;br /&gt;
** On a scale from 1 to 5 (1 being the lowest and 5 being highest), how would you rate the effectiveness of the aspect of group work? Think in terms of achievement of learning objectives. &lt;br /&gt;
** What changes will you make when you repeat the same activity with another batch of pupils or with another topic?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you carry out a group work activity using '''EtherPad'''? If yes, what was your open-ended question? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did your students respond to the activity? Share examples of: students’ discussion within their group, their written responses and their discussion across groups.  Will you use EtherPad with the same aspect of group work again? Give reasons for your answer. &lt;br /&gt;
** For the EtherPad activity, were there any instances of the issues that were discussed during the last session such as, bully and free rider effect, learning of every member as a group responsibility etc. (refer to the last session, [[OER4Schools/3.6_Review_of_group_work|Unit 3 Session 6]], for more issues). How did you resolve these issues? What else can you do to resolve them?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Making and practising use of Traffic Lights&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the concepts of ‘Assessment’ and ‘Assessment for Learning’ &lt;br /&gt;
* Knowing the key aspects of ‘Assessment for Learning’ such as principles, essentials and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory  =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Complete the assessment inventory [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. First fill in your name next to the title. Then add the date in the first row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Lastly record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will add to this inventory by completing another row at the beginning of each session on Assessment for Learning. Thus you can assess your own progress as the workshops proceed, and we can also see what you feel you are learning, purely for research purposes. (At CBS it will also be used to plan further sessions.) Please be honest about filling in your responses; this inventory will not be used to judge you.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Orally repeat the guidelines given above regarding the sequence of filling up the inventory. Emphasise that only the assessment measures that participants have used should be recorded. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants to bring the inventory to every session on assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Traffic Lights =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unit 4 is about ‘Assessment for Learning’ and not simply about ‘Assessment’. Before we proceed to understanding more about Assessment for Learning (AfL), let us make a resource called Traffic Lights for use during the session!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Traffic Lights''' is a useful resource for everyday use in classrooms in order to assess. We all know that Red, Orange and Green traffic lights on the road mean different things (Red means Stop; Orange means Get Ready and Green means Go). Their meanings for classroom application in the context of AfL are:&lt;br /&gt;
* RED means “I’m stuck. I need some extra help. I don’t feel I have progressed.”&lt;br /&gt;
* ORANGE means “I’m not quite sure. I need a little help. I feel I have made some progress.”&lt;br /&gt;
* GREEN means “I understand fully. I’m okay without help. I feel I have progressed a lot.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Use of Traffic Lights in the classroom:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* While the teachers are teaching, they can ask students to hold up the Lights to assess if they should proceed to the next topic or not.&lt;br /&gt;
* Students can voluntarily show a Light indicating their current level of understanding. They can change the light several times during a single lesson. In this way, the student can bring their understanding to the teacher's notice without disturbing other classmates or the flow of the lesson. Teachers can address the student at an appropriate time.&lt;br /&gt;
* While working independently, students can display their light on the table to indicate that they need help. Teachers can visit the student to provide assistance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eventually students are expected to independently use the Traffic Lights without teacher's instruction to do so. The Traffic Lights should become a silent way of communicating in the class. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traffic Lights also reduce student's physical stress of standing in queues or raising their hands while waiting for teacher's attention. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Making Traffic Lights:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There can be various ways of making Traffic Lights depending on the availability of materials. Some suggestions of different materials are:&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured paper (red, orange, green) such as charts, paper from old magazines etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured packing cardboards such as toothpaste box&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured computer printouts&lt;br /&gt;
* cloth material&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured plastic bags&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured flags or &lt;br /&gt;
* simply coloured pencils or crayons (if each child has them). &lt;br /&gt;
Given below is one simple way of making them with a white A4 sheet of paper and marker pens. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Provide the following materials to the participants so that they can make their own Traffic Lights:&lt;br /&gt;
* A4 sheets of paper (one per three participants, but it is always better to have some extra)&lt;br /&gt;
* Red, Orange and Green marker pens&lt;br /&gt;
* Crayons/ coloured pencils/ paints (if available)&lt;br /&gt;
* Scissors/ long scale (if available)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally 10-15 minutes are sufficient for this activity if enough material is available for each participant. Enough material means that there is negligible or no waiting time for using material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where materials for making traffic lights are not available in sufficient quantities for classroom use, you could think of alternatives, such as children giving various hand signals corresponding to red / yellow / green. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Follow these steps to make your own Traffic Lights for AfL (see pictures for reference):&lt;br /&gt;
* Take an A4 sheet of white paper. Fold it along the long side into 3 equal parts (one sheet can make 3 sets of Traffic Lights). Cut along the folds with scissors or tear using a long scale to make 3 strips of paper.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fold one strip further into 3 sections along the short side. &lt;br /&gt;
* Write ‘RED’, ‘ORANGE’ and ‘GREEN’ (in capitals and bold) using the right coloured marker pens (if possible) on the three different sections. You can colour them with respective colours if crayons, coloured pencils or paints are available.&lt;br /&gt;
* Now reverse the strip of paper or keep it upside down. Then, &lt;br /&gt;
**behind section RED, write: I’m stuck. I need some extra help. I don’t feel I have progressed.&lt;br /&gt;
** behind section ORANGE, write: I’m not quite sure. I need a little help. I feel I have made some progress.&lt;br /&gt;
** behind section GREEN, write: I understand fully. I’m okay without help. I feel I have progressed a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} What do you know about ‘Assessment for Learning’ at this stage? Show by holding up or putting forward on the table your Traffic Light! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of participants is 10 or less, make a note of the Traffic Light colour of each participant on a flip chart. You can prepare the flip chart with the participants’ names listed on it, in advance.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Introducing Assessment for Learning (AfL) =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Watch 2 segments of this video: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=D7XpUqNnKtI|name=Formative Assessment in Schools.mp4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0:00 - 0.56 (introduction to AfL), 4.38 - end (example of 10-year-olds doing peer assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this video, Shirley Clarke explains the concept of ‘Assessment for Learning’ and its elements in brief. Some elements can also be seen in action. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* How is the concept of AfL different from the commonly known notion of assessment? &lt;br /&gt;
* What are some of the elements of AfL that have been mentioned in the video?&lt;br /&gt;
* Which element(s) of AfL did you find most interesting? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Understanding ‘Assessment’ and ‘Assessment for Learning’ =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By now, you will have already discussed some of the points that will arise on this PowerPoint. Do a mental assessment to see if your understanding of assessment and AfL advances by watching the PowerPoint ([[File:Unit_4.1_Assessment and Assessment for Learning.ppt]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Play the slideshow of the Power Point ‘[[File:Unit_4.1_Assessment and Assessment for Learning.ppt]]’. Read aloud the contents of the slides if you think it will help the participants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During slide 8, tell participants that AfL strategies are in yellow ellipses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During slide 11, ask participants to read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’ that was distributed during Unit 2 Session 2, as a homework task. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
During slide 12 titled ‘Self-assessment’, ask the participants to show their understanding about assessment and AfL on their Traffic Lights. Then take the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* If anybody shows ‘orange light’ or ‘red light’, ask them the specific topic to which they are referring. &lt;br /&gt;
* Then ask other participants who have shown ‘green light’ to explain the topic to their peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* If doubts are still not resolved, record the topic and include it in your feedback about the session. Assure participants that you will get back with more information.&lt;br /&gt;
Remember the AfL strategies will be discussed in the upcoming sessions. So if doubts are about the strategies, inform the participants that the future sessions will cover them.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
If you had prepared a flip chart with the traffic light of each participant before the activity, record their current light. You can also ask the participants to come up and write their current traffic light. This will help them to see their own progress. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Questions for reflection on PowerPoint&lt;br /&gt;
* What steps, do you anticipate, you will have to take to implement AfL in your classrooms?&lt;br /&gt;
* What issues do you think will arise in implementing AfL in your classrooms? Discuss ways of resolving them with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Are there any current practices which are useful or can become useful for AfL with some modifications? For example, current practice of marking notebooks can include qualitative feedback.  Discuss these practices, the modifications and their use for AfL with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you think ‘Traffic Lights’ is a useful strategy for AfL? Why? (Tips: targeted help, self-assessment etc) &lt;br /&gt;
* How would you respond to each colour when using Traffic Lights in your classroom?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* My Assessment Inventory is available electronically ([[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]). Type the answers that you have written on paper, on this electronic version. As soon as you download the inventory, first save it with a new filename, which includes your name. For instance, if your name is “Esther Phiri”, save the document with the name “My assessment inventory - Esther Phiri.doc”. Save the document to your ‘files area’ on the desktop, so that it will get copied to the server. Remember to bring the paper inventory for every session and fill up the electronic inventory every week, from now on.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do the activity of making Traffic Lights with your students. You can be creative about the use of materials depending on availability. &lt;br /&gt;
* Try Traffic Lights as a part of one or more teaching lessons. You could employ the help of classroom assistants (from your own or another class) to resolve the doubts of ‘red lights’ and ‘orange lights’; for example those with ‘green lights’ could then help their peers? Record your experience of using Traffic Lights and your students’ responses on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
* Read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’ that was distributed during Unit 2 Session 2. Note any issues that arise for discussion during the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider watching the video clip and the Power Point presentation together again during the week. This will help you in understanding the concept of AfL by seeing some examples from real classrooms.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Introduction_to_Assessment_for_Learning&amp;diff=3920</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Introduction to Assessment for Learning</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Introduction_to_Assessment_for_Learning&amp;diff=3920"/>
		<updated>2012-06-20T06:13:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Activity Two: Traffic Lights */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''questionnaire on group work''' on the Word document and upload it onto the server? &lt;br /&gt;
** How much time did it take for you to type everything? &lt;br /&gt;
** What is your assessment of your typing speed now compared to when you first came for the OER4Schools workshop? (Try thinking in terms of words per minute).&lt;br /&gt;
* You planned a '''group work activity''' using the Activity Template during the last session. Did you carry out the activity in class? If yes, share your experience by addressing the questions given below:&lt;br /&gt;
** Which aspect of group work did you choose as your agenda (that was also mentioned in the questionnaire for group work)? &lt;br /&gt;
** What was the lesson topic?&lt;br /&gt;
** On a scale from 1 to 5 (1 being the lowest and 5 being highest), how would you rate the effectiveness of the aspect of group work? Think in terms of achievement of learning objectives. &lt;br /&gt;
** What changes will you make when you repeat the same activity with another batch of pupils or with another topic?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you carry out a group work activity using '''EtherPad'''? If yes, what was your open-ended question? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did your students respond to the activity? Share examples of: students’ discussion within their group, their written responses and their discussion across groups.  Will you use EtherPad with the same aspect of group work again? Give reasons for your answer. &lt;br /&gt;
** For the EtherPad activity, were there any instances of the issues that were discussed during the last session such as, bully and free rider effect, learning of every member as a group responsibility etc. (refer to the last session, [[OER4Schools/3.6_Review_of_group_work|Unit 3 Session 6]], for more issues). How did you resolve these issues? What else can you do to resolve them?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Making and practising use of Traffic Lights&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the concepts of ‘Assessment’ and ‘Assessment for Learning’ &lt;br /&gt;
* Knowing the key aspects of ‘Assessment for Learning’ such as principles, essentials and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory  =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Complete the assessment inventory [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. First fill in your name next to the title. Then add the date in the first row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Lastly record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will add to this inventory by completing another row at the beginning of each session on Assessment for Learning. Thus you can assess your own progress as the workshops proceed, and we can also see what you feel you are learning, purely for research purposes. (At CBS it will also be used to plan further sessions.) Please be honest about filling in your responses; this inventory will not be used to judge you.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Orally repeat the guidelines given above regarding the sequence of filling up the inventory. Emphasise that only the assessment measures that participants have used should be recorded. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants to bring the inventory to every session on assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Traffic Lights =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unit 4 is about ‘Assessment for Learning’ and not simply about ‘Assessment’. Before we proceed to understanding more about Assessment for Learning (AfL), let us make a resource called Traffic Lights for use during the session!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Traffic Lights''' is a useful resource for everyday use in classrooms in order to assess. We all know that Red, Orange and Green traffic lights on the road mean different things (Red means Stop; Orange means Get Ready and Green means Go). Their meanings for classroom application in the context of AfL are:&lt;br /&gt;
* RED means “I’m stuck. I need some extra help. I don’t feel I have progressed.”&lt;br /&gt;
* ORANGE means “I’m not quite sure. I need a little help. I feel I have made some progress.”&lt;br /&gt;
* GREEN means “I understand fully. I’m okay without help. I feel I have progressed a lot.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Use of Traffic Lights in the classroom:'''&lt;br /&gt;
* While the teachers are teaching, they can ask students to hold up the Lights to assess if they should proceed to the next topic or not.&lt;br /&gt;
* Students can voluntarily show a Light indicating their current level of understanding. They can change the light several times during a single lesson. In this way, the student can bring their understanding to the teacher's notice without disturbing other classmates or the flow of the lesson. Teachers can address the student at an appropriate time.&lt;br /&gt;
* While working independently, students can display their light on the table to indicate that they need help. Teachers can visit the student to provide assistance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eventually students are expected to independently use the Traffic Lights without teacher's instruction to do so. The Traffic Lights should become a silent way of communicating in the class. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traffic Lights also reduce student's physical stress of standing in queues or raising their hands while waiting for teacher's attention. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Making Traffic Lights:'''&lt;br /&gt;
There can be various ways of making Traffic Lights depending on the availability of materials. Some suggestions of different materials are:&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured paper (red, orange, green) such as charts, paper from old magazines etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured packing cardboards such as toothpaste box&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured computer printouts&lt;br /&gt;
* cloth material&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured plastic bags&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured flags or &lt;br /&gt;
* simply coloured pencils or crayons (if each child has them). &lt;br /&gt;
Given below is one simple way of making them with a white A4 sheet of paper and marker pens. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Provide the following materials to the participants so that they can make their own Traffic Lights:&lt;br /&gt;
* A4 sheets of paper (one per three participants, but it is always better to have some extra)&lt;br /&gt;
* Red, Orange and Green marker pens&lt;br /&gt;
* Crayons/ coloured pencils/ paints (if available)&lt;br /&gt;
* Scissors/ long scale (if available)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally 10-15 minutes are sufficient for this activity if enough material is available for each participant. Enough material means that there is negligible or no waiting time for using material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where materials for making traffic lights are not available in sufficient quantities for classroom use, you could think of alternatives, such as children giving various hand signals corresponding to red / yellow / green. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Follow these steps to make your own Traffic Lights for AfL (see pictures for reference):&lt;br /&gt;
* Take an A4 sheet of white paper. Fold it along the long side into 3 equal parts (one sheet can make 3 sets of Traffic Lights). Cut along the folds with scissors or tear using a long scale to make 3 strips of paper.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fold one strip further into 3 sections along the short side. &lt;br /&gt;
* Write ‘RED’, ‘ORANGE’ and ‘GREEN’ (in capitals and bold) using the right coloured marker pens (if possible) on the three different sections. You can colour them with respective colours if crayons, coloured pencils or paints are available.&lt;br /&gt;
* Now reverse the strip of paper or keep it upside down. Then, &lt;br /&gt;
**behind section RED, write: I’m stuck. I need some extra help. I don’t feel I have progressed.&lt;br /&gt;
** behind section ORANGE, write: I’m not quite sure. I need a little help. I feel I have made some progress.&lt;br /&gt;
** behind section GREEN, write: I understand fully. I’m okay without help. I feel I have progressed a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} What do you know about ‘Assessment for Learning’ at this stage? Show by holding up or putting forward on the table your Traffic Light! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of participants is 10 or less, make a note of the Traffic Light colour of each participant on a flip chart. You can prepare the flip chart with the participants’ names listed on it, in advance.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Introducing Assessment for Learning (AfL) =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Watch 2 segments of this video: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=D7XpUqNnKtI|name=Formative Assessment in Schools.mp4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0:00 - 0.56 (introduction to AfL), 4.38 - end (example of 10-year-olds doing peer assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this video, Shirley Clarke explains the concept of ‘Assessment for Learning’ and its elements in brief. Some elements can also be seen in action. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* How is the concept of AfL different from the commonly known notion of assessment? &lt;br /&gt;
* What are some of the elements of AfL that have been mentioned in the video?&lt;br /&gt;
* Which element(s) of AfL did you find most interesting? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Understanding ‘Assessment’ and ‘Assessment for Learning’ =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By now, you will have already discussed some of the points that will arise on this PowerPoint. Do a mental assessment to see if your understanding of assessment and AfL advances by watching the PowerPoint ([[File:Unit_4.1_Assessment and Assessment for Learning.ppt]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Play the slideshow of the Power Point ‘[[File:Unit_4.1_Assessment and Assessment for Learning.ppt]]’. Read aloud the contents of the slides if you think it will help the participants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During slide 8, tell participants that AfL strategies are in yellow ellipses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During slide 11, ask participants to read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’ that was distributed during Unit 2 Session 2, as a homework task. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
During slide 12 titled ‘Self-assessment’, ask the participants to show their understanding about assessment and AfL on their Traffic Lights. Then take the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* If anybody shows ‘orange light’ or ‘red light’, ask them the specific topic to which they are referring. &lt;br /&gt;
* Then ask other participants who have shown ‘green light’ to explain the topic to their peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* If doubts are still not resolved, record the topic and include it in your feedback about the session. Assure participants that you will get back with more information.&lt;br /&gt;
Remember the AfL strategies will be discussed in the upcoming sessions. So if doubts are about the strategies, inform the participants that the future sessions will cover them.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
If you had prepared a flip chart with the traffic light of each participant before the activity, record their current light. You can also ask the participants to come up and write their current traffic light. This will help them to see their own progress. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Questions for reflection on PowerPoint&lt;br /&gt;
* What steps, do you anticipate, you will have to take to implement AfL in your classrooms?&lt;br /&gt;
* What issues do you think will arise in implementing AfL in your classrooms? Discuss ways of resolving them with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Are there any current practices which are useful or can become useful for AfL with some modifications? For example, current practice of marking notebooks can include qualitative feedback.  Discuss these practices, the modifications and their use for AfL with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you think ‘Traffic Lights’ is a useful strategy for AfL? Why? (Tips: targeted help, self-assessment etc) &lt;br /&gt;
* How would you respond to each colour when using Traffic Lights in your classroom?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* My Assessment Inventory is available electronically ([[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]). Type the answers that you have written on paper, on this electronic version. As soon as you download the inventory, first save it with a new filename, which includes your name. For instance, if your name is “Esther Phiri”, save the document with the name “My assessment inventory - Esther Phiri.doc”. Save the document to your ‘files area’ on the desktop, so that it will get copied to the server. Remember to bring the paper inventory for every session and fill up the electronic inventory every week, from now on.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do the activity of making Traffic Lights with your students. You can be creative about the use of materials depending on availability. &lt;br /&gt;
* Try Traffic Lights as a part of one or more teaching lessons. You could employ the help of classroom assistants (from your own or another class) to resolve the doubts of ‘red lights’ and ‘orange lights’; for example those with ‘green lights’ could then help their peers? Record your experience of using Traffic Lights and your students’ responses on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
* Read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’ that was distributed during Unit 2 Session 2. Note any issues that arise for discussion during the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider watching the video clip and the Power Point presentation together again during the week. This will help you in understanding the concept of AfL by seeing some examples from real classrooms.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Introduction_to_Assessment_for_Learning&amp;diff=3919</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Introduction to Assessment for Learning</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Introduction_to_Assessment_for_Learning&amp;diff=3919"/>
		<updated>2012-06-20T06:11:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Activity Two: Traffic Lights */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''questionnaire on group work''' on the Word document and upload it onto the server? &lt;br /&gt;
** How much time did it take for you to type everything? &lt;br /&gt;
** What is your assessment of your typing speed now compared to when you first came for the OER4Schools workshop? (Try thinking in terms of words per minute).&lt;br /&gt;
* You planned a '''group work activity''' using the Activity Template during the last session. Did you carry out the activity in class? If yes, share your experience by addressing the questions given below:&lt;br /&gt;
** Which aspect of group work did you choose as your agenda (that was also mentioned in the questionnaire for group work)? &lt;br /&gt;
** What was the lesson topic?&lt;br /&gt;
** On a scale from 1 to 5 (1 being the lowest and 5 being highest), how would you rate the effectiveness of the aspect of group work? Think in terms of achievement of learning objectives. &lt;br /&gt;
** What changes will you make when you repeat the same activity with another batch of pupils or with another topic?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you carry out a group work activity using '''EtherPad'''? If yes, what was your open-ended question? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did your students respond to the activity? Share examples of: students’ discussion within their group, their written responses and their discussion across groups.  Will you use EtherPad with the same aspect of group work again? Give reasons for your answer. &lt;br /&gt;
** For the EtherPad activity, were there any instances of the issues that were discussed during the last session such as, bully and free rider effect, learning of every member as a group responsibility etc. (refer to the last session, [[OER4Schools/3.6_Review_of_group_work|Unit 3 Session 6]], for more issues). How did you resolve these issues? What else can you do to resolve them?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Making and practising use of Traffic Lights&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the concepts of ‘Assessment’ and ‘Assessment for Learning’ &lt;br /&gt;
* Knowing the key aspects of ‘Assessment for Learning’ such as principles, essentials and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory  =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Complete the assessment inventory [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. First fill in your name next to the title. Then add the date in the first row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Lastly record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will add to this inventory by completing another row at the beginning of each session on Assessment for Learning. Thus you can assess your own progress as the workshops proceed, and we can also see what you feel you are learning, purely for research purposes. (At CBS it will also be used to plan further sessions.) Please be honest about filling in your responses; this inventory will not be used to judge you.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Orally repeat the guidelines given above regarding the sequence of filling up the inventory. Emphasise that only the assessment measures that participants have used should be recorded. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants to bring the inventory to every session on assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Traffic Lights =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unit 4 is about ‘Assessment for Learning’ and not simply about ‘Assessment’. Before we proceed to understanding more about Assessment for Learning (AfL), let us make a resource called Traffic Lights for use during the session!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Traffic Lights''' is a useful resource for everyday use in classrooms in order to assess. We all know that Red, Orange and Green traffic lights on the road mean different things (Red means Stop; Orange means Get Ready and Green means Go). Their meanings for classroom application in the context of AfL are:&lt;br /&gt;
* RED means “I’m stuck. I need some extra help. I don’t feel I have progressed.”&lt;br /&gt;
* ORANGE means “I’m not quite sure. I need a little help. I feel I have made some progress.”&lt;br /&gt;
* GREEN means “I understand fully. I’m okay without help. I feel I have progressed a lot.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Use of Traffic Lights in the classroom:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* While the teachers are teaching, they can ask students to hold up the Lights to assess if she should proceed to the next topic or not.&lt;br /&gt;
* Students can voluntarily show a Light indicating their current level of understanding. They can change the light several times during a single lesson. In this way, the student can bring their understanding to the teacher's notice without disturbing other classmates or flow of the lesson. Teacher can address the student at an appropriate time.&lt;br /&gt;
* While working independently, students can display their light on the table to indicate that they need help. Teacher can visit the student to provide assistance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eventually students are expected to independently use the Traffic Lights without teacher's instruction to do so. The Traffic Lights should become a silent way of communicating in the class. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traffic Lights also reduce student's physical stress of standing in queues or raising their hands while waiting for teacher's attention. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
There can be various ways of making Traffic Lights depending on the availability of materials. Some suggestions of different materials are:&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured paper (red, orange, green) such as charts, paper from old magazines etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured packing cardboards such as toothpaste box&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured computer printouts&lt;br /&gt;
* cloth material&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured plastic bags&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured flags or &lt;br /&gt;
* simply coloured pencils or crayons (if each child has them). &lt;br /&gt;
Given below is one simple way of making them with a white A4 sheet of paper and marker pens. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Provide the following materials to the participants so that they can make their own Traffic Lights:&lt;br /&gt;
* A4 sheets of paper (one per three participants, but it is always better to have some extra)&lt;br /&gt;
* Red, Orange and Green marker pens&lt;br /&gt;
* Crayons/ coloured pencils/ paints (if available)&lt;br /&gt;
* Scissors/ long scale (if available)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally 10-15 minutes are sufficient for this activity if enough material is available for each participant. Enough material means that there is negligible or no waiting time for using material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where materials for making traffic lights are not available in sufficient quantities for classroom use, you could think of alternatives, such as children giving various hand signals corresponding to red / yellow / green. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Follow these steps to make your own Traffic Lights for AfL (see pictures for reference):&lt;br /&gt;
* Take an A4 sheet of white paper. Fold it along the long side into 3 equal parts (one sheet can make 3 sets of Traffic Lights). Cut along the folds with scissors or tear using a long scale to make 3 strips of paper.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fold one strip further into 3 sections along the short side. &lt;br /&gt;
* Write ‘RED’, ‘ORANGE’ and ‘GREEN’ (in capitals and bold) using the right coloured marker pens (if possible) on the three different sections. You can colour them with respective colours if crayons, coloured pencils or paints are available.&lt;br /&gt;
* Now reverse the strip of paper or keep it upside down. Then, &lt;br /&gt;
**behind section RED, write: I’m stuck. I need some extra help. I don’t feel I have progressed.&lt;br /&gt;
** behind section ORANGE, write: I’m not quite sure. I need a little help. I feel I have made some progress.&lt;br /&gt;
** behind section GREEN, write: I understand fully. I’m okay without help. I feel I have progressed a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} What do you know about ‘Assessment for Learning’ at this stage? Show by holding up or putting forward on the table your Traffic Light! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of participants is 10 or less, make a note of the Traffic Light colour of each participant on a flip chart. You can prepare the flip chart with the participants’ names listed on it, in advance.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Introducing Assessment for Learning (AfL) =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Watch 2 segments of this video: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=D7XpUqNnKtI|name=Formative Assessment in Schools.mp4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0:00 - 0.56 (introduction to AfL), 4.38 - end (example of 10-year-olds doing peer assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this video, Shirley Clarke explains the concept of ‘Assessment for Learning’ and its elements in brief. Some elements can also be seen in action. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* How is the concept of AfL different from the commonly known notion of assessment? &lt;br /&gt;
* What are some of the elements of AfL that have been mentioned in the video?&lt;br /&gt;
* Which element(s) of AfL did you find most interesting? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Understanding ‘Assessment’ and ‘Assessment for Learning’ =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By now, you will have already discussed some of the points that will arise on this PowerPoint. Do a mental assessment to see if your understanding of assessment and AfL advances by watching the PowerPoint ([[File:Unit_4.1_Assessment and Assessment for Learning.ppt]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Play the slideshow of the Power Point ‘[[File:Unit_4.1_Assessment and Assessment for Learning.ppt]]’. Read aloud the contents of the slides if you think it will help the participants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During slide 8, tell participants that AfL strategies are in yellow ellipses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During slide 11, ask participants to read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’ that was distributed during Unit 2 Session 2, as a homework task. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
During slide 12 titled ‘Self-assessment’, ask the participants to show their understanding about assessment and AfL on their Traffic Lights. Then take the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* If anybody shows ‘orange light’ or ‘red light’, ask them the specific topic to which they are referring. &lt;br /&gt;
* Then ask other participants who have shown ‘green light’ to explain the topic to their peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* If doubts are still not resolved, record the topic and include it in your feedback about the session. Assure participants that you will get back with more information.&lt;br /&gt;
Remember the AfL strategies will be discussed in the upcoming sessions. So if doubts are about the strategies, inform the participants that the future sessions will cover them.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
If you had prepared a flip chart with the traffic light of each participant before the activity, record their current light. You can also ask the participants to come up and write their current traffic light. This will help them to see their own progress. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Questions for reflection on PowerPoint&lt;br /&gt;
* What steps, do you anticipate, you will have to take to implement AfL in your classrooms?&lt;br /&gt;
* What issues do you think will arise in implementing AfL in your classrooms? Discuss ways of resolving them with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Are there any current practices which are useful or can become useful for AfL with some modifications? For example, current practice of marking notebooks can include qualitative feedback.  Discuss these practices, the modifications and their use for AfL with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you think ‘Traffic Lights’ is a useful strategy for AfL? Why? (Tips: targeted help, self-assessment etc) &lt;br /&gt;
* How would you respond to each colour when using Traffic Lights in your classroom?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* My Assessment Inventory is available electronically ([[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]). Type the answers that you have written on paper, on this electronic version. As soon as you download the inventory, first save it with a new filename, which includes your name. For instance, if your name is “Esther Phiri”, save the document with the name “My assessment inventory - Esther Phiri.doc”. Save the document to your ‘files area’ on the desktop, so that it will get copied to the server. Remember to bring the paper inventory for every session and fill up the electronic inventory every week, from now on.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do the activity of making Traffic Lights with your students. You can be creative about the use of materials depending on availability. &lt;br /&gt;
* Try Traffic Lights as a part of one or more teaching lessons. You could employ the help of classroom assistants (from your own or another class) to resolve the doubts of ‘red lights’ and ‘orange lights’; for example those with ‘green lights’ could then help their peers? Record your experience of using Traffic Lights and your students’ responses on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
* Read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’ that was distributed during Unit 2 Session 2. Note any issues that arise for discussion during the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider watching the video clip and the Power Point presentation together again during the week. This will help you in understanding the concept of AfL by seeing some examples from real classrooms.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Introduction_to_Assessment_for_Learning&amp;diff=3918</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Introduction to Assessment for Learning</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Introduction_to_Assessment_for_Learning&amp;diff=3918"/>
		<updated>2012-06-20T05:50:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Activity Five: Homework */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''questionnaire on group work''' on the Word document and upload it onto the server? &lt;br /&gt;
** How much time did it take for you to type everything? &lt;br /&gt;
** What is your assessment of your typing speed now compared to when you first came for the OER4Schools workshop? (Try thinking in terms of words per minute).&lt;br /&gt;
* You planned a '''group work activity''' using the Activity Template during the last session. Did you carry out the activity in class? If yes, share your experience by addressing the questions given below:&lt;br /&gt;
** Which aspect of group work did you choose as your agenda (that was also mentioned in the questionnaire for group work)? &lt;br /&gt;
** What was the lesson topic?&lt;br /&gt;
** On a scale from 1 to 5 (1 being the lowest and 5 being highest), how would you rate the effectiveness of the aspect of group work? Think in terms of achievement of learning objectives. &lt;br /&gt;
** What changes will you make when you repeat the same activity with another batch of pupils or with another topic?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you carry out a group work activity using '''EtherPad'''? If yes, what was your open-ended question? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did your students respond to the activity? Share examples of: students’ discussion within their group, their written responses and their discussion across groups.  Will you use EtherPad with the same aspect of group work again? Give reasons for your answer. &lt;br /&gt;
** For the EtherPad activity, were there any instances of the issues that were discussed during the last session such as, bully and free rider effect, learning of every member as a group responsibility etc. (refer to the last session, [[OER4Schools/3.6_Review_of_group_work|Unit 3 Session 6]], for more issues). How did you resolve these issues? What else can you do to resolve them?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Making and practising use of Traffic Lights&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the concepts of ‘Assessment’ and ‘Assessment for Learning’ &lt;br /&gt;
* Knowing the key aspects of ‘Assessment for Learning’ such as principles, essentials and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory  =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Complete the assessment inventory [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. First fill in your name next to the title. Then add the date in the first row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Lastly record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will add to this inventory by completing another row at the beginning of each session on Assessment for Learning. Thus you can assess your own progress as the workshops proceed, and we can also see what you feel you are learning, purely for research purposes. (At CBS it will also be used to plan further sessions.) Please be honest about filling in your responses; this inventory will not be used to judge you.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Orally repeat the guidelines given above regarding the sequence of filling up the inventory. Emphasise that only the assessment measures that participants have used should be recorded. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants to bring the inventory to every session on assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Traffic Lights =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unit 4 is about ‘Assessment for Learning’ and not simply about ‘Assessment’. Before we proceed to understanding more about Assessment for Learning (AfL), let us make a resource called Traffic Lights for use during the session!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Traffic Lights''' is a useful resource for everyday use in classrooms in order to assess. We all know that Red, Orange and Green traffic lights on the road mean different things (Red means Stop; Orange means Get Ready and Green means Go). Their meanings for classroom application in the context of AfL are:&lt;br /&gt;
* RED means “I’m stuck. I need some extra help. I don’t feel I have progressed.”&lt;br /&gt;
* ORANGE means “I’m not quite sure. I need a little help. I feel I have made some progress.”&lt;br /&gt;
* GREEN means “I understand fully. I’m okay without help. I feel I have progressed a lot.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There can be various ways of making Traffic Lights depending on the availability of materials. Some suggestions of different materials are:&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured paper (red, orange, green) such as charts, paper from old magazines etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured packing cardboards such as toothpaste box&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured computer printouts&lt;br /&gt;
* cloth material&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured plastic bags&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured flags or &lt;br /&gt;
* simply coloured pencils or crayons (if each child has them). &lt;br /&gt;
Given below is one simple way of making them with a white A4 sheet of paper and marker pens. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Provide the following materials to the participants so that they can make their own Traffic Lights:&lt;br /&gt;
* A4 sheets of paper (one per three participants, but it is always better to have some extra)&lt;br /&gt;
* Red, Orange and Green marker pens&lt;br /&gt;
* Crayons/ coloured pencils/ paints (if available)&lt;br /&gt;
* Scissors/ long scale (if available)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally 10-15 minutes are sufficient for this activity if enough material is available for each participant. Enough material means that there is negligible or no waiting time for using material.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where materials for making traffic lights are not available in sufficient quantities for classroom use, you could think of alternatives, such as children giving various hand signals corresponding to red / yellow / green. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Follow these steps to make your own Traffic Lights for AfL (see pictures for reference):&lt;br /&gt;
* Take an A4 sheet of white paper. Fold it along the long side into 3 equal parts (one sheet can make 3 sets of Traffic Lights). Cut along the folds with scissors or tear using a long scale to make 3 strips of paper.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fold one strip further into 3 sections along the short side. &lt;br /&gt;
* Write ‘RED’, ‘ORANGE’ and ‘GREEN’ (in capitals and bold) using the right coloured marker pens (if possible) on the three different sections. You can colour them with respective colours if crayons, coloured pencils or paints are available.&lt;br /&gt;
* Now reverse the strip of paper or keep it upside down. Then, &lt;br /&gt;
**behind section RED, write: I’m stuck. I need some extra help. I don’t feel I have progressed.&lt;br /&gt;
** behind section ORANGE, write: I’m not quite sure. I need a little help. I feel I have made some progress.&lt;br /&gt;
** behind section GREEN, write: I understand fully. I’m okay without help. I feel I have progressed a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} What do you know about ‘Assessment for Learning’ at this stage? Show by holding up or putting forward on the table your Traffic Light! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of participants is 10 or less, make a note of the Traffic Light colour of each participant on a flip chart. You can prepare the flip chart with the participants’ names listed on it, in advance.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Introducing Assessment for Learning (AfL) =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Watch 2 segments of this video: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=D7XpUqNnKtI|name=Formative Assessment in Schools.mp4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0:00 - 0.56 (introduction to AfL), 4.38 - end (example of 10-year-olds doing peer assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this video, Shirley Clarke explains the concept of ‘Assessment for Learning’ and its elements in brief. Some elements can also be seen in action. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* How is the concept of AfL different from the commonly known notion of assessment? &lt;br /&gt;
* What are some of the elements of AfL that have been mentioned in the video?&lt;br /&gt;
* Which element(s) of AfL did you find most interesting? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Understanding ‘Assessment’ and ‘Assessment for Learning’ =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By now, you will have already discussed some of the points that will arise on this PowerPoint. Do a mental assessment to see if your understanding of assessment and AfL advances by watching the PowerPoint ([[File:Unit_4.1_Assessment and Assessment for Learning.ppt]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Play the slideshow of the Power Point ‘[[File:Unit_4.1_Assessment and Assessment for Learning.ppt]]’. Read aloud the contents of the slides if you think it will help the participants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During slide 8, tell participants that AfL strategies are in yellow ellipses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During slide 11, ask participants to read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’ that was distributed during Unit 2 Session 2, as a homework task. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
During slide 12 titled ‘Self-assessment’, ask the participants to show their understanding about assessment and AfL on their Traffic Lights. Then take the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* If anybody shows ‘orange light’ or ‘red light’, ask them the specific topic to which they are referring. &lt;br /&gt;
* Then ask other participants who have shown ‘green light’ to explain the topic to their peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* If doubts are still not resolved, record the topic and include it in your feedback about the session. Assure participants that you will get back with more information.&lt;br /&gt;
Remember the AfL strategies will be discussed in the upcoming sessions. So if doubts are about the strategies, inform the participants that the future sessions will cover them.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
If you had prepared a flip chart with the traffic light of each participant before the activity, record their current light. You can also ask the participants to come up and write their current traffic light. This will help them to see their own progress. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Questions for reflection on PowerPoint&lt;br /&gt;
* What steps, do you anticipate, you will have to take to implement AfL in your classrooms?&lt;br /&gt;
* What issues do you think will arise in implementing AfL in your classrooms? Discuss ways of resolving them with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Are there any current practices which are useful or can become useful for AfL with some modifications? For example, current practice of marking notebooks can include qualitative feedback.  Discuss these practices, the modifications and their use for AfL with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you think ‘Traffic Lights’ is a useful strategy for AfL? Why? (Tips: targeted help, self-assessment etc) &lt;br /&gt;
* How would you respond to each colour when using Traffic Lights in your classroom?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* My Assessment Inventory is available electronically ([[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]). Type the answers that you have written on paper, on this electronic version. As soon as you download the inventory, first save it with a new filename, which includes your name. For instance, if your name is “Esther Phiri”, save the document with the name “My assessment inventory - Esther Phiri.doc”. Save the document to your ‘files area’ on the desktop, so that it will get copied to the server. Remember to bring the paper inventory for every session and fill up the electronic inventory every week, from now on.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do the activity of making Traffic Lights with your students. You can be creative about the use of materials depending on availability. &lt;br /&gt;
* Try Traffic Lights as a part of one or more teaching lessons. You could employ the help of classroom assistants (from your own or another class) to resolve the doubts of ‘red lights’ and ‘orange lights’; for example those with ‘green lights’ could then help their peers? Record your experience of using Traffic Lights and your students’ responses on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
* Read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’ that was distributed during Unit 2 Session 2. Note any issues that arise for discussion during the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider watching the video clip and the Power Point presentation together again during the week. This will help you in understanding the concept of AfL by seeing some examples from real classrooms.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Introduction_to_Assessment_for_Learning&amp;diff=3888</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Introduction to Assessment for Learning</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Introduction_to_Assessment_for_Learning&amp;diff=3888"/>
		<updated>2012-06-18T15:06:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Activity Four: Understanding ‘Assessment’ and ‘Assessment for Learning’ */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''questionnaire on group work''' on the Word document and upload it onto the server? &lt;br /&gt;
** How much time did it take for you to type everything? &lt;br /&gt;
** What is your assessment of your typing speed now compared to when you first came for the OER4Schools workshop? (Try thinking in terms of words per minute).&lt;br /&gt;
* You planned a '''group work activity''' using the Activity Template during the last session. Did you carry out the activity in class? If yes, share your experience by addressing the questions given below:&lt;br /&gt;
** Which aspect of group work did you choose as your agenda (that was also mentioned in the questionnaire for group work)? &lt;br /&gt;
** What was the lesson topic?&lt;br /&gt;
** On a scale from 1 to 5 (1 being the lowest and 5 being highest), how would you rate the effectiveness of the aspect of group work? Think in terms of achievement of learning objectives. &lt;br /&gt;
** What changes will you make when you repeat the same activity with another batch of pupils or with another topic?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you carry out a group work activity using '''EtherPad'''? If yes, what was your open-ended question? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did your students respond to the activity? Share examples of: students’ discussion within their group, their written responses and their discussion across groups.  Will you use EtherPad with the same aspect of group work again? Give reasons for your answer. &lt;br /&gt;
** For the EtherPad activity, were there any instances of the issues that were discussed during the last session such as, bully and free rider effect, learning of every member as a group responsibility etc. (refer to the last session, [[OER4Schools/3.6_Review_of_group_work|Unit 3 Session 6]], for more issues). How did you resolve these issues? What else can you do to resolve them?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Making and practising use of Traffic Lights&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the concepts of ‘Assessment’ and ‘Assessment for Learning’ &lt;br /&gt;
* Knowing the key aspects of ‘Assessment for Learning’ such as principles, essentials and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory  =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Complete the assessment inventory [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. First fill in your name next to the title. Then add the date in the first row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Lastly record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will add to this inventory by completing another row at the beginning of each session on Assessment for Learning. Thus you can assess your own progress as the workshops proceed, and we can also see what you feel you are learning, purely for research purposes. (At CBS it will also be used to plan further sessions.) Please be honest about filling in your responses; this inventory will not be used to judge you.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Orally repeat the guidelines given above regarding the sequence of filling up the inventory. Emphasise that only the assessment measures that participants have used should be recorded. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants to bring the inventory to every session on assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Traffic Lights =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unit 4 is about ‘Assessment for Learning’ and not simply about ‘Assessment’. Before we proceed to understanding more about Assessment for Learning (AfL), let us make a resource called Traffic Lights for use during the session!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Traffic Lights''' is a useful resource for everyday use in classrooms in order to assess. We all know that Red, Orange and Green traffic lights on the road mean different things (Red means Stop; Orange means Get Ready and Green means Go). Their meanings for classroom application in the context of AfL are:&lt;br /&gt;
* RED means “I’m stuck. I need some extra help. I don’t feel I have progressed.”&lt;br /&gt;
* ORANGE means “I’m not quite sure. I need a little help. I feel I have made some progress.”&lt;br /&gt;
* GREEN means “I understand fully. I’m okay without help. I feel I have progressed a lot.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There can be various ways of making Traffic Lights depending on the availability of materials. Some suggestions of different materials are:&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured paper (red, orange, green) such as charts, paper from old magazines etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured packing cardboards such as toothpaste box&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured computer printouts&lt;br /&gt;
* cloth material&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured plastic bags&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured flags or &lt;br /&gt;
* simply coloured pencils (if each child has them). &lt;br /&gt;
Given below is one simple way of making them with a white A4 sheet of paper and marker pens. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Provide the following materials to the participants so that they can make their own Traffic Lights:&lt;br /&gt;
* A4 sheets of paper (one per three participants, but it is always better to have some extra)&lt;br /&gt;
* Red, Orange and Green marker pens&lt;br /&gt;
* Crayons/ coloured pencils/ paints (if available)&lt;br /&gt;
* Scissors/ long scale (if available)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally 10-15 minutes are sufficient for this activity if enough material is available for each participant. Enough material means that there is negligible or no waiting time for using material.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Follow these steps to make your own Traffic Lights for AfL (see pictures for reference):&lt;br /&gt;
* Take an A4 sheet of white paper. Fold it along the long side into 3 equal parts (one sheet can make 3 sets of Traffic Lights). Cut along the folds with scissors or tear using a long scale to make 3 strips of paper.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fold one strip further into 3 sections along the short side. &lt;br /&gt;
* Write ‘RED’, ‘ORANGE’ and ‘GREEN’ (in capitals and bold) using the right coloured marker pens (if possible) on the three different sections. You can colour them with respective colours if crayons, coloured pencils or paints are available.&lt;br /&gt;
* Now reverse the strip of paper or keep it upside down. Then, &lt;br /&gt;
**behind section RED, write: I’m stuck. I need some extra help. I don’t feel I have progressed.&lt;br /&gt;
** behind section ORANGE, write: I’m not quite sure. I need a little help. I feel I have made some progress.&lt;br /&gt;
** behind section GREEN, write: I understand fully. I’m okay without help. I feel I have progressed a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} What do you know about ‘Assessment for Learning’ at this stage? Show by holding up or putting forward on the table your Traffic Light! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of participants is 10 or less, make a note of the Traffic Light colour of each participant on a flip chart. You can prepare the flip chart with the participants’ names listed on it, in advance.&lt;br /&gt;
}}  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Introducing Assessment for Learning (AfL) =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Watch 2 segments of this video: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=D7XpUqNnKtI|name=Formative Assessment in Schools.mp4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0:00 - 0.56 (introduction to AfL), 4.38 - end (example of 10-year-olds doing peer assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this video, Shirley Clarke explains the concept of ‘Assessment for Learning’ and its elements in brief. Some elements can also be seen in action. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* How is the concept of AfL different from the commonly known notion of assessment? &lt;br /&gt;
* What are some of the elements of AfL that have been mentioned in the video?&lt;br /&gt;
* Which element(s) of AfL did you find most interesting? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Understanding ‘Assessment’ and ‘Assessment for Learning’ =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By now, you will have already discussed some of the points that will arise on this PowerPoint. Do a mental assessment to see if your understanding of assessment and AfL advances by watching the PowerPoint ([[File:Unit_4.1_Assessment and Assessment for Learning.ppt]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Play the slideshow of the Power Point ‘[[File:Unit_4.1_Assessment and Assessment for Learning.ppt]]’. Read aloud the contents of the slides if you think it will help the participants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During slide 8, tell participants that AfL strategies are in yellow ellipses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During slide 11, ask participants to read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’ that was distributed during Unit 2 Session 2, as a homework task. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
During slide 12 titled ‘Self-assessment’, ask the participants to show their understanding about assessment and AfL on their Traffic Lights. Then take the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* If anybody shows ‘orange light’ or ‘red light’, ask them the specific topic to which they are referring. &lt;br /&gt;
* Then ask other participants who have shown ‘green light’ to explain the topic to their peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* If doubts are still not resolved, record the topic and include it in your feedback about the session. Assure participants that you will get back with more information.&lt;br /&gt;
Remember the AfL strategies will be discussed in the upcoming sessions. So if doubts are about the strategies, inform the participants that the future sessions will cover them.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
If you had prepared a flip chart with the traffic light of each participant before the activity, record their current light. You can also ask the participants to come up and write their current traffic light. This will help them to see their own progress. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Questions for reflection on PowerPoint&lt;br /&gt;
* What steps, do you anticipate, you will have to take to implement AfL in your classrooms?&lt;br /&gt;
* What issues do you think will arise in implementing AfL in your classrooms? Discuss ways of resolving them with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Are there any current practices which are useful or can become useful for AfL with some modifications? For example, current practice of marking notebooks can include qualitative feedback.  Discuss these practices, the modifications and their use for AfL with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you think ‘Traffic Lights’ is a useful strategy for AfL? Why? (Tips: targeted help, self-assessment etc) &lt;br /&gt;
* How would you respond to each colour when using Traffic Lights in your classroom?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* My Assessment Inventory is available electronically ([[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]). Type the answers that you have written on paper, on this electronic version. As soon as you download the inventory, first save it with a new filename, which includes your name. For instance, if your name is “Esther Phiri”, save the document with the name “My assessment inventory - Esther Phiri.doc”. Save the document to your ‘files area’ on the desktop, so that it will get copied to the server. Remember to bring the paper inventory for every session and fill up the electronic inventory every week, from now on.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do the activity of making Traffic Lights with your students. You can be creative about the use of materials depending on availability. &lt;br /&gt;
* Try Traffic Lights as a part of one or more teaching lessons. You could employ the help of classroom assistants (from your own or another class) to resolve the doubts of ‘red lights’ and ‘orange lights’; for example those with ‘green lights’ could then help their peers? Record your experience of using Traffic Lights and your students’ responses on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
* Read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’ that was distributed during Unit 2 Session 2. Note any issues that arise for discussion during the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider watching the video clip and the Power Point presentation together again during the week. This will help you in understanding the concept of AfL by seeing some examples from real classrooms.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Introduction_to_Assessment_for_Learning&amp;diff=3887</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Introduction to Assessment for Learning</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Introduction_to_Assessment_for_Learning&amp;diff=3887"/>
		<updated>2012-06-18T15:04:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Activity Four: Understanding ‘Assessment’ and ‘Assessment for Learning’ */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of  Classwork and Homework activities = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you type your responses to the '''questionnaire on group work''' on the Word document and upload it onto the server? &lt;br /&gt;
** How much time did it take for you to type everything? &lt;br /&gt;
** What is your assessment of your typing speed now compared to when you first came for the OER4Schools workshop? (Try thinking in terms of words per minute).&lt;br /&gt;
* You planned a '''group work activity''' using the Activity Template during the last session. Did you carry out the activity in class? If yes, share your experience by addressing the questions given below:&lt;br /&gt;
** Which aspect of group work did you choose as your agenda (that was also mentioned in the questionnaire for group work)? &lt;br /&gt;
** What was the lesson topic?&lt;br /&gt;
** On a scale from 1 to 5 (1 being the lowest and 5 being highest), how would you rate the effectiveness of the aspect of group work? Think in terms of achievement of learning objectives. &lt;br /&gt;
** What changes will you make when you repeat the same activity with another batch of pupils or with another topic?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you carry out a group work activity using '''EtherPad'''? If yes, what was your open-ended question? &lt;br /&gt;
** How did your students respond to the activity? Share examples of: students’ discussion within their group, their written responses and their discussion across groups.  Will you use EtherPad with the same aspect of group work again? Give reasons for your answer. &lt;br /&gt;
** For the EtherPad activity, were there any instances of the issues that were discussed during the last session such as, bully and free rider effect, learning of every member as a group responsibility etc. (refer to the last session, [[OER4Schools/3.6_Review_of_group_work|Unit 3 Session 6]], for more issues). How did you resolve these issues? What else can you do to resolve them?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session = &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to use inventory as a self-assessment measure&lt;br /&gt;
* Making and practising use of Traffic Lights&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding the concepts of ‘Assessment’ and ‘Assessment for Learning’ &lt;br /&gt;
* Knowing the key aspects of ‘Assessment for Learning’ such as principles, essentials and strategies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: My assessment inventory  =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Complete the assessment inventory [[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]. First fill in your name next to the title. Then add the date in the first row and describe your current understanding of assessment by identifying different kinds or elements of assessment. Lastly record the assessment measures that you have used. Please take care that you mention only the measures that you '''have used''' yourself and not the measures that you know of but have not tried. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will add to this inventory by completing another row at the beginning of each session on Assessment for Learning. Thus you can assess your own progress as the workshops proceed, and we can also see what you feel you are learning, purely for research purposes. (At CBS it will also be used to plan further sessions.) Please be honest about filling in your responses; this inventory will not be used to judge you.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Orally repeat the guidelines given above regarding the sequence of filling up the inventory. Emphasise that only the assessment measures that participants have used should be recorded. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remind the participants to bring the inventory to every session on assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Traffic Lights =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unit 4 is about ‘Assessment for Learning’ and not simply about ‘Assessment’. Before we proceed to understanding more about Assessment for Learning (AfL), let us make a resource called Traffic Lights for use during the session!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Traffic Lights''' is a useful resource for everyday use in classrooms in order to assess. We all know that Red, Orange and Green traffic lights on the road mean different things (Red means Stop; Orange means Get Ready and Green means Go). Their meanings for classroom application in the context of AfL are:&lt;br /&gt;
* RED means “I’m stuck. I need some extra help. I don’t feel I have progressed.”&lt;br /&gt;
* ORANGE means “I’m not quite sure. I need a little help. I feel I have made some progress.”&lt;br /&gt;
* GREEN means “I understand fully. I’m okay without help. I feel I have progressed a lot.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There can be various ways of making Traffic Lights depending on the availability of materials. Some suggestions of different materials are:&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured paper (red, orange, green) such as charts, paper from old magazines etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured packing cardboards such as toothpaste box&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured computer printouts&lt;br /&gt;
* cloth material&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured plastic bags&lt;br /&gt;
* coloured flags or &lt;br /&gt;
* simply coloured pencils (if each child has them). &lt;br /&gt;
Given below is one simple way of making them with a white A4 sheet of paper and marker pens. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Provide the following materials to the participants so that they can make their own Traffic Lights:&lt;br /&gt;
* A4 sheets of paper (one per three participants, but it is always better to have some extra)&lt;br /&gt;
* Red, Orange and Green marker pens&lt;br /&gt;
* Crayons/ coloured pencils/ paints (if available)&lt;br /&gt;
* Scissors/ long scale (if available)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally 10-15 minutes are sufficient for this activity if enough material is available for each participant. Enough material means that there is negligible or no waiting time for using material.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Follow these steps to make your own Traffic Lights for AfL (see pictures for reference):&lt;br /&gt;
* Take an A4 sheet of white paper. Fold it along the long side into 3 equal parts (one sheet can make 3 sets of Traffic Lights). Cut along the folds with scissors or tear using a long scale to make 3 strips of paper.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fold one strip further into 3 sections along the short side. &lt;br /&gt;
* Write ‘RED’, ‘ORANGE’ and ‘GREEN’ (in capitals and bold) using the right coloured marker pens (if possible) on the three different sections. You can colour them with respective colours if crayons, coloured pencils or paints are available.&lt;br /&gt;
* Now reverse the strip of paper or keep it upside down. Then, &lt;br /&gt;
**behind section RED, write: I’m stuck. I need some extra help. I don’t feel I have progressed.&lt;br /&gt;
** behind section ORANGE, write: I’m not quite sure. I need a little help. I feel I have made some progress.&lt;br /&gt;
** behind section GREEN, write: I understand fully. I’m okay without help. I feel I have progressed a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} What do you know about ‘Assessment for Learning’ at this stage? Show by holding up or putting forward on the table your Traffic Light! &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
If the number of participants is 10 or less, make a note of the Traffic Light colour of each participant on a flip chart. You can prepare the flip chart with the participants’ names listed on it, in advance.&lt;br /&gt;
}}  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Introducing Assessment for Learning (AfL) =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Watch 2 segments of this video: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=D7XpUqNnKtI|name=Formative Assessment in Schools.mp4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
0:00 - 0.56 (introduction to AfL), 4.38 - end (example of 10-year-olds doing peer assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this video, Shirley Clarke explains the concept of ‘Assessment for Learning’ and its elements in brief. Some elements can also be seen in action. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Questions for reflection:&lt;br /&gt;
* How is the concept of AfL different from the commonly known notion of assessment? &lt;br /&gt;
* What are some of the elements of AfL that have been mentioned in the video?&lt;br /&gt;
* Which element(s) of AfL did you find most interesting? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Understanding ‘Assessment’ and ‘Assessment for Learning’ =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By now, you will have already discussed some of the points that will arise on this PowerPoint. Do a mental assessment to see if your understanding of assessment and AfL advances by watching the PowerPoint ([[File:Unit_4.1_Assessment and Assessment for Learning.ppt]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Play the slideshow of the Power Point ‘[[File:Unit_4.1_Assessment and Assessment for Learning.ppt]]’. Read aloud the contents of the slides if you think it will help the participants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During slide 8, tell participants that AfL strategies are in yellow ellipses. The diagram shows how AfL strategies are embedded in the teaching-learning cycle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During slide 11, ask participants to read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’ that was distributed during Unit 2 Session 2, as a homework task. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
During slide 12 titled ‘Self-assessment’, ask the participants to show their understanding about assessment and AfL on their Traffic Lights. Then take the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
* If anybody shows ‘orange light’ or ‘red light’, ask them the specific topic to which they are referring. &lt;br /&gt;
* Then ask other participants who have shown ‘green light’ to explain the topic to their peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* If doubts are still not resolved, record the topic and include it in your feedback about the session. Assure participants that you will get back with more information.&lt;br /&gt;
Remember the AfL strategies will be discussed in the upcoming sessions. So if doubts are about the strategies, inform the participants that the future sessions will cover them.&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
If you had prepared a flip chart with the traffic light of each participant before the activity, record their current light. You can also ask the participants to come up and write their current traffic light. This will help them to see their own progress. &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} Questions for reflection on PowerPoint&lt;br /&gt;
* What steps, do you anticipate, you will have to take to implement AfL in your classrooms?&lt;br /&gt;
* What issues do you think will arise in implementing AfL in your classrooms? Discuss ways of resolving them with your peers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Are there any current practices which are useful or can become useful for AfL with some modifications? For example, current practice of marking notebooks can include qualitative feedback.  Discuss these practices, the modifications and their use for AfL with examples.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do you think ‘Traffic Lights’ is a useful strategy for AfL? Why? (Tips: targeted help, self-assessment etc) &lt;br /&gt;
* How would you respond to each colour when using Traffic Lights in your classroom?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Five: Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* My Assessment Inventory is available electronically ([[File:My assessment inventory.doc]]). Type the answers that you have written on paper, on this electronic version. As soon as you download the inventory, first save it with a new filename, which includes your name. For instance, if your name is “Esther Phiri”, save the document with the name “My assessment inventory - Esther Phiri.doc”. Save the document to your ‘files area’ on the desktop, so that it will get copied to the server. Remember to bring the paper inventory for every session and fill up the electronic inventory every week, from now on.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do the activity of making Traffic Lights with your students. You can be creative about the use of materials depending on availability. &lt;br /&gt;
* Try Traffic Lights as a part of one or more teaching lessons. You could employ the help of classroom assistants (from your own or another class) to resolve the doubts of ‘red lights’ and ‘orange lights’; for example those with ‘green lights’ could then help their peers? Record your experience of using Traffic Lights and your students’ responses on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
* Read pages 3 to 6 of the VVOB handout called ‘Questioning the Questions’ that was distributed during Unit 2 Session 2. Note any issues that arise for discussion during the next session.&lt;br /&gt;
* Consider watching the video clip and the Power Point presentation together again during the week. This will help you in understanding the concept of AfL by seeing some examples from real classrooms.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Review_of_group_work&amp;diff=3803</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Review of group work</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Review_of_group_work&amp;diff=3803"/>
		<updated>2012-06-11T16:45:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}{{draft}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of homework and classwork=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In the last session, you planned '''Talking Points''' about a topic. Did you try teaching through the talking points during this week? If yes, how did your pupils respond to the talking points?  Share your experience about as many points given below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* Which activity did you use for team building?&lt;br /&gt;
:* How did you get everybody to participate?&lt;br /&gt;
:* Were students able to '''explain''' their reasoning and understanding to peers?&lt;br /&gt;
:* Were there ‘free riders’ or individuals dominating the discussion? How did you address this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Will you plan Talking Points activity again for your pupils? What changes will you make to the points for this activity, so that they are more effective for group discussion? Some of the things that you can think about, are: number of correct/incorrect/unsure statements, wording of statements, length of statements, concrete and abstract statements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you recruit any older students as '''Classroom Assistants''' this week? For which teaching activity were they recruited? Did you use any criteria for choosing them? What is your assessment of their usefulness for achieving lesson objectives? What is the impact on the learning of the classroom assistants by carrying out this role? Discuss any issues that you faced in recruiting or by recruiting classroom assistants. Remember: it is very important that classroom assistants are recruited with full cooperation of the students, their parents, teachers and the school administration. It needs to be a voluntary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you download or try to '''download images''' that could be used with the Talking Points? Share any ''technology issues'' that you faced while downloading. Also describe the steps if you were able to resolve them. Otherwise, discuss unresolved issues with your peers for ideas on how they can be resolved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* While downloading images for Talking Points, did you face any ''conceptual issues'' such as availability of images related to the teaching concept or choosing images that were relevant? Did using images improve the effectiveness of Talking Points? Give examples to support your response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives of this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To consolidate learning about group work&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To plan an effective group work activity using ICT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: Consolidating aspects of group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last session focussing specifically on group work. In it we review the key aspects of the previous sessions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this activity, you will need the questionnaire on group work ([[File:Group Questionnaire on Group Work.pdf]]). Print one copy for each participant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Give the participants at least 20 minutes to fill in the questionnaire, especially section D. More time can also be given if needed by the participants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that participants think about the meaning of each aspect as discussed during the previous sessions (not their own interpreted meaning) and its implementation in their classrooms. They can refer to the previous sessions (online or on paper) for this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can ask the participants to write their responses in their first language if it will help in expressing their thoughts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Encourage participants to answer carefully the last question in the questionnaire. They should think about their agenda regarding teaching through group work. This will be required for Activity Four during the session.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Unit 3 you have discussed and reflected on a variety of topics related to group work. Here is a list for recap:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Exploratory Talk &lt;br /&gt;
* Same tasks group work &lt;br /&gt;
* Different tasks group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Group composition and formation&lt;br /&gt;
* Ground rules for group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Group size and seating arrangement&lt;br /&gt;
* Carousel of activities for group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Seating arrangement during group work with computers&lt;br /&gt;
* Sharing ICT resources within groups&lt;br /&gt;
* Sharing ICT resources across groups&lt;br /&gt;
* Using non-ICT resources during group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Talking Points activity for promoting group interaction&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruiting classroom assistants for helping in group work &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Answer the questionnaire on group work. Be honest about your responses for section A and C. Be reflective about your responses for section D. Carefully and realistically plan your agenda for carrying out group work in your classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group activity}} Take turns to recap meaning of the different aspects of group work and share your responses from section D. This means that one participant explains the meaning of one aspect of group work briefly. Other participants share their responses as listed in section D of the questionnaire for this aspect. Then another participant explains the meaning of another aspect followed by sharing of responses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Revisiting issues of group work=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Unit 3 you have also discussed and reflected on issues about teaching through group work. Some persistent issues are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher’s role for effective group work &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensuring participation of every member &lt;br /&gt;
* Deciding appropriate grouping strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning of every member of the group being a group responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
* Bully effect and free rider effect (issue of copying)&lt;br /&gt;
* Seating arrangement during group work with ICTs such as computers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
You will need a flipchart (preferably one sheet for each issue) or concept mapping software to record strategies suggested by the participants.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group Brainstorm}} It is inevitable that you would have discussed some of the issues about group work during Activity One. Now, extend the previous discussion and brainstorm strategies that you can use for resolving the issues mentioned above. Suggest realistic and practical strategies that the facilitator can record on the flipchart or concept mapping software (see Unit 2, Session 4 for concept mapping).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that you cover the strategies for all of the points mentioned below:&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher’s role - during lesson planning, carrying out and concluding group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensuring participation of every member - contribution to the task and feeling free to express opinion by agreeing or disagreeing&lt;br /&gt;
* Deciding appropriate grouping strategy - in view of the learning objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning of every group member being a group responsibility - at the time or carrying out group work and reporting it&lt;br /&gt;
* Bully effect and free rider effect - for pupils who are dominating, shy and even lazy&lt;br /&gt;
* Seating arrangement during group work with ICTs - all arrangements that increase optimum use of ICT resources &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Practising group work with the EtherPad application=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
For this activity you will need a blank EtherPad file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Form 3 groups of 2-4 participants in advance, each with a computer and all 3 computers sharing the same EtherPad file. Allot a name to each group, such as Group 1, Group 2 or EtherPad 1, EtherPad 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While choosing participants in each group, try to include one participant who is fast at typing. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Get into the groups suggested by the facilitator. Each group will have one computer to work with and 3 groups will share a single Etherpad file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantage of working with EtherPad is that different groups can collaborate in real time. So groups can simultaneously work on one topic and see each other’s contributions in different colours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group}}As a whole group, suggest a topic to your facilitator on which you would like to work in groups as well as collaborate across groups. It is suggested that you select a topic that some of you plan to teach soon in your classes. Some suggestions of topics which can be relevant across grades are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Importance of Zambia’s Heros’ day or Unity day&lt;br /&gt;
* Prevention of communicable diseases&lt;br /&gt;
* Causes of different types of pollution&lt;br /&gt;
* Factors affecting vegetation in Zambia&lt;br /&gt;
* Good practices of rearing cattle&lt;br /&gt;
* Scientific concepts such as Force, Friction or Gravity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember to form an open question for the topic that you choose (discussed in Unit 2, Session 2). This will help different groups to think beyond basic facts and use reasoning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Small group}} In your group think of answers to the open question you have formed above. Discuss the answers using exploratory talk (see PPT in Session 3.1) and type answers that you have agreed on the EtherPad. Remember to save your file using the name of your group, such as G1, G2 and so on. (Example of filename with extension?) Upload your file onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Visit each group and spend some time assisting them. You can help in solving any issues that they might be having with technology or importantly help to think of answers to the open question. Remember not to suggest answers but ask questions that will prompt them to think of answers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Encourage group members to discuss their answers to the open question using exploratory talk and to try to reach a consensus before typing their answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 20 minutes for the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group}} Reflect on the questions below as a group:&lt;br /&gt;
* What would be the teacher’s role in planning, carrying out and concluding group work using EtherPad? (Clues: deciding groups, managing technology, interacting with pupils to assist them in learning, facilitating group talk)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Think about whether any of the scenarios mentioned below happen in your classroom. What would you do if...? &lt;br /&gt;
:(1) one EtherPad stops working&lt;br /&gt;
:(2) one pupil is dominating the use of EtherPad in the group&lt;br /&gt;
:(3) one pupil is not interested in the group task with EtherPad&lt;br /&gt;
:(4) pupils are concentrating only on typing and are not discussing the answers&lt;br /&gt;
:(5) pupils do not know how to save the file&lt;br /&gt;
:(6) time is over but pupils still want to continue on the task&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Planning group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair Work}} In your responses to the questionnaire, you have decided an agenda related to group work for next week. Combine this agenda with use of EtherPads that you have just done. With a same grade buddy plan your teaching to take action on the agenda combined with use of EtherPad. Use the activity template for planning.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few tips to keep in mind while planning the activity for your pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
* Choose an '''open-ended question'''. For example, ‘Who is the current Hero of Zambia?’ There can be various responses to this question such as, Stoppila Sunzu (footballer), Collins Mbesuma (footballer), Michael Sata (current president),  Fredrick Chiluba (president for two consecutive terms) etc. Or ‘What causes pollution in our environment?’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The question should require '''detailed discussion'''. Encourage reasoning and exploratory talk during this discussion. For example, for each of the personalities listed above, pupils can state their choice, agree and disagree with reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The written output after discussion of the question should be '''short'''. Ideally it should not be more than one word or sentence. It is important to minimise typing for time management. For example, students will choose one personality as answer to the above question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The question should also stimulate '''discussion across groups'''. For example, different groups can discuss their choice of personality or one group can propose a name, another group can give a reason for why they agree or disagree that that person is a hero. Each group should have good reasons for their choice.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
* The questionnaire on group work is available electronically. Type the answers that you have written on paper, on this electronic version. As soon as you download the questionnaire, first save it using the filename - [Your Name] Q on GW.doc (fill in your name in the space mentioned [Your Name] but without the brackets [ ], e.g “Susan Q on GW.doc”. Upload it onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Carry out the teaching that you have planned using the activity template. Record your reflections on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and carry out a lesson using EtherPads in your classroom. [instructions, including Under each teacher’s name, you will see several Etherpad files already set up, ready for students to use.] Save the resulting Etherpad files using a filename that contains your name, the date and a number, eg if you have 4 Etherpads (with 3 groups of pupils sharing each one), you could call them “Susan June 12 etherpad1”,  “Susan June 12 etherpad2”.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Review_of_group_work&amp;diff=3802</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Review of group work</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Review_of_group_work&amp;diff=3802"/>
		<updated>2012-06-11T16:43:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}{{draft}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of homework and classwork=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In the last session, you planned '''Talking Points''' about a topic. Did you try teaching through the talking points during this week? If yes, how did your pupils respond to the talking points?  Share your experience about as many points given below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* Which activity did you use for team building?&lt;br /&gt;
:* How did you get everybody to participate?&lt;br /&gt;
:* Were students able to '''explain''' their reasoning and understanding to peers?&lt;br /&gt;
:* Were there ‘free riders’ or individuals dominating the discussion? How did you address this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Will you plan Talking Points activity again for your pupils? What changes will you make to the points for this activity, so that they are more effective for group discussion? Some of the things that you can think about, are: number of correct/incorrect/unsure statements, wording of statements, length of statements, concrete and abstract statements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you recruit any older students as '''Classroom Assistants''' this week? For which teaching activity were they recruited? Did you use any criteria for choosing them? What is your assessment of their usefulness for achieving lesson objectives? What is the impact on the learning of the classroom assistants by carrying out this role? Discuss any issues that you faced in recruiting or by recruiting classroom assistants. Remember: it is very important that classroom assistants are recruited with full cooperation of the students, their parents, teachers and the school administration. It needs to be a voluntary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you download or try to '''download images''' that could be used with the Talking Points? Share any ''technology issues'' that you faced while downloading. Also describe the steps if you were able to resolve them. Otherwise, discuss unresolved issues with your peers for ideas on how they can be resolved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* While downloading images for Talking Points, did you face any ''conceptual issues'' such as availability of images related to the teaching concept or choosing images that were relevant? Did using images improve the effectiveness of Talking Points? Give examples to support your response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives of this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To consolidate learning about group work&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To plan an effective group work activity using ICT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: Consolidating aspects of group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last session focussing specifically on group work. In it we review the key aspects of the previous sessions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this activity, you will need the questionnaire on group work ([[File:Group Questionnaire on Group Work.pdf]]). Print one copy for each participant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Give the participants at least 20 minutes to fill in the questionnaire, especially section D. More time can also be given if needed by the participants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that participants think about the meaning of each aspect as discussed during the previous sessions (not their own interpreted meaning) and its implementation in their classrooms. They can refer to the previous sessions (online or on paper) for this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can ask the participants to write their responses in their first language if it will help in expressing their thoughts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Encourage participants to answer carefully the last question in the questionnaire. They should think about their agenda regarding teaching through group work. This will be required for Activity Four during the session.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Unit 3 you have discussed and reflected on a variety of topics related to group work. Here is a list for recap:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Exploratory Talk &lt;br /&gt;
* Same tasks group work &lt;br /&gt;
* Different tasks group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Group composition and formation&lt;br /&gt;
* Ground rules for group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Group size and seating arrangement&lt;br /&gt;
* Carousel of activities for group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Seating arrangement during group work with computers&lt;br /&gt;
* Sharing ICT resources within groups&lt;br /&gt;
* Sharing ICT resources across groups&lt;br /&gt;
* Using non-ICT resources during group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Talking Points activity for promoting group interaction&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruiting classroom assistants for helping in group work &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Answer the questionnaire on group work. Be honest about your responses for section A and C. Be reflective about your responses for section D. Carefully and realistically plan your agenda for carrying out group work in your classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group activity}} Take turns to recap meaning of the different aspects of group work and share your responses from section D. This means that one participant explains the meaning of one aspect of group work briefly. Other participants share their responses as listed in section D of the questionnaire for this aspect. Then another participant explains the meaning of another aspect followed by sharing of responses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Revisiting issues of group work=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Unit 3 you have also discussed and reflected on issues about teaching through group work. Some persistent issues are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher’s role for effective group work &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensuring participation of every member &lt;br /&gt;
* Deciding appropriate grouping strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning of every member of the group being a group responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
* Bully effect and free rider effect (issue of copying)&lt;br /&gt;
* Seating arrangement during group work with ICTs such as computers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
You will need a flipchart (preferably one sheet for each issue) or concept mapping software to record strategies suggested by the participants.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group Brainstorm}} It is inevitable that you would have discussed some of the issues about group work during Activity One. Now, extend the previous discussion and brainstorm strategies that you can use for resolving the issues mentioned above. Suggest realistic and practical strategies that the facilitator can record on the flipchart or concept mapping software (see Unit 2, Session 4 for concept mapping).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that you cover the strategies for all of the points mentioned below:&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher’s role - during lesson planning, carrying out and concluding group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensuring participation of every member - contribution to the task and feeling free to express opinion by agreeing or disagreeing&lt;br /&gt;
* Deciding appropriate grouping strategy - in view of the learning objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning of every group member being a group responsibility - at the time or carrying out group work and reporting it&lt;br /&gt;
* Bully effect and free rider effect - for pupils who are dominating, shy and even lazy&lt;br /&gt;
* Seating arrangement during group work with ICTs - all arrangements that increase optimum use of ICT resources &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Practising group work with the EtherPad application=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
For this activity you will need a blank EtherPad file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Form 3 groups of 2-4 participants in advance, each with a computer and all 3 computers sharing the same EtherPad file. Allot a name to each group, such as Group 1, Group 2 or EtherPad 1, EtherPad 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While choosing participants in each group, try to include one participant who is fast at typing. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Get into the groups suggested by the facilitator. Each group will have one computer to work with and 3 groups will share a single Etherpad file. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The advantage of working with EtherPad is that different groups can collaborate in real time. So groups can simultaneously work on one topic and see each other’s contributions in different colours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group}}As a whole group, suggest a topic to your facilitator on which you would like to work in groups as well as collaborate across groups. It is suggested that you select a topic that some of you plan to teach soon in your classes. Some suggestions of topics which can be relevant across grades are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Importance of Zambia’s Heros’ day or Unity day&lt;br /&gt;
* Prevention of communicable diseases&lt;br /&gt;
* Causes of different types of pollution&lt;br /&gt;
* Factors affecting vegetation in Zambia&lt;br /&gt;
* Good practices of rearing cattle&lt;br /&gt;
* Scientific concepts such as Force, Friction or Gravity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember to form an open question for the topic that you choose (discussed in Unit 2, Session 2). This will help different groups to think beyond basic facts and use reasoning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Small group}} In your group think of answers to the open question you have formed above. Discuss the answers using exploratory talk (see PPT in Session 3.1) and type answers that you have agreed on the EtherPad. Remember to save your file using the name of your group, such as G1, G2 and so on. (Example of filename with extension?) Upload your file onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
Visit each group and spend some time assisting them. You can help in solving any issues that they might be having with technology or importantly help to think of answers to the open question. Remember not to suggest answers but ask questions that will prompt them to think of answers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Encourage group members to discuss their answers to the open question using exploratory talk and to try to reach a consensus before typing their answers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 20 minutes for the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group}} Reflect on the questions below as a group:&lt;br /&gt;
* What would be the teacher’s role in planning, carrying out and concluding group work using EtherPad? (Clues: deciding groups, managing technology, interacting with pupils to assist them in learning, facilitating group talk)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Think about whether any of the scenarios mentioned below happen in your classroom. What would you do if...? &lt;br /&gt;
:(1) one EtherPad stops working&lt;br /&gt;
:(2) one pupil is dominating the use of EtherPad in the group&lt;br /&gt;
:(3) one pupil is not interested in the group task with EtherPad&lt;br /&gt;
:(4) pupils are concentrating only on typing and are not discussing the answers&lt;br /&gt;
:(5) pupils do not know how to save the file&lt;br /&gt;
:(6) time is over but pupils still want to continue on the task&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Four: Planning group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair Work}} In your responses to the questionnaire, you have decided an agenda related to group work for next week. Combine this agenda with use of EtherPads that you have just done. With a same grade buddy plan your teaching to take action on the agenda combined with use of EtherPad. Use the activity template for planning.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few tips to keep in mind while planning the activity for your pupils:&lt;br /&gt;
* Choose an '''open-ended question'''. For example, ‘Who is the current Hero of Zambia?’ There can be various responses to this question such as, Stoppila Sunzu (footballer), Collins Mbesuma (footballer), Michael Sata (current president),  Fredrick Chiluba (president for two consecutive terms) etc. Or ‘What causes pollution in our environment?’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The question should require '''detailed discussion'''. Encourage reasoning and exploratory talk during this discussion. For example, for each of the personalities listed above, pupils can state their choice, agree and disagree with reasons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The written output after discussion of the question should be '''short'''. Ideally it should not be more than one word or sentence. It is important to minimise typing for time management. For example, students will choose one personality as answer to the above question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The question should also stimulate '''discussion across groups'''. For example, different groups can discuss their choice of personality or one group can propose a name, another group can give a reason for why they agree or disagree that that person is a hero. Each group should have good reasons for their choice.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 = Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
* The questionnaire on group work is available electronically. Type the answers that you have written on paper, on this electronic version. As soon as you download the questionnaire, first save it using the filename - [Your Name] Q on GW.doc (fill in your name in the space mentioned [Your Name] but without the brackets [ ], e.g “Susan Q on GW.doc”. Upload it onto the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Carry out the teaching that you have planned using the activity template. Record your reflections on the dictaphone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Plan and carry out a lesson using EtherPads in your classroom. [instructions, including Under each teacher’s name, you will see several Etherpad files already set up, ready for students to use.] Save the resulting Etherpad files using a filename that contains your name, the date and a number, eg if you have 4 Etherpads (with 3 groups of pupils sharing each one), you could call them “Susan June 12 etherpad1”,  “Susan June 12 etherpad2”.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Review_of_group_work&amp;diff=3801</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Review of group work</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Review_of_group_work&amp;diff=3801"/>
		<updated>2012-06-11T15:05:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}{{draft}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of homework and classwork=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In the last session, you planned '''Talking Points''' about a topic. Did you try teaching through the talking points during this week? If yes, how did your pupils respond to the talking points?  Share your experience about as many points given below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* Which activity did you use for team building?&lt;br /&gt;
:* How did you get everybody to participate?&lt;br /&gt;
:* Were students able to '''explain''' their reasoning and understanding to peers?&lt;br /&gt;
:* Were there ‘free riders’ or individuals dominating the discussion? How did you address this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Will you plan Talking Points activity again for your pupils? What changes will you make to the points for this activity, so that they are more effective for group discussion? Some of the things that you can think about, are: number of correct/incorrect/unsure statements, wording of statements, length of statements, concrete and abstract statements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you recruit any older students as '''Classroom Assistants''' this week? For which teaching activity were they recruited? Did you use any criteria for choosing them? What is your assessment of their usefulness for achieving lesson objectives? What is the impact on the learning of the classroom assistants by carrying out this role? Discuss any issues that you faced in recruiting or by recruiting classroom assistants. Remember: it is very important that classroom assistants are recruited with full cooperation of the students, their parents, teachers and the school administration. It needs to be a voluntary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you download or try to '''download images''' that could be used with the Talking Points? Share any ''technology issues'' that you faced while downloading. Also describe the steps if you were able to resolve them. Otherwise, discuss unresolved issues with your peers for ideas on how they can be resolved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* While downloading images for Talking Points, did you face any ''conceptual issues'' such as availability of images related to the teaching concept or choosing images that were relevant? Did using images improve the effectiveness of Talking Points? Give examples to support your response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives of this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To consolidate learning about group work&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To plan an effective group work activity using ICT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: Consolidating aspects of group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last session focussing specifically on group work. In it we review the key aspects of the previous sessions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this activity, you will need the questionnaire on group work ([[File:Group Questionnaire on Group Work.pdf]]). Print one copy for each participant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Give the participants at least 20 minutes to fill in the questionnaire, especially section D. More time can also be given if needed by the participants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that participants think about the meaning of each aspect as discussed during the previous sessions (not their own interpreted meaning) and its implementation in their classrooms. They can refer to the previous sessions (online or on paper) for this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can ask the participants to write their responses in their first language if it will help in expressing their thoughts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Encourage participants to answer carefully the last question in the questionnaire. They should think about their agenda regarding teaching through group work. This will be required for Activity Four during the session.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Unit 3 you have discussed and reflected on a variety of topics related to group work. Here is a list for recap:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Exploratory Talk &lt;br /&gt;
* Same tasks group work &lt;br /&gt;
* Different tasks group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Group composition and formation&lt;br /&gt;
* Ground rules for group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Group size and seating arrangement&lt;br /&gt;
* Carousel of activities for group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Seating arrangement during group work with computers&lt;br /&gt;
* Sharing ICT resources within groups&lt;br /&gt;
* Sharing ICT resources across groups&lt;br /&gt;
* Using non-ICT resources during group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Talking Points activity for promoting group interaction&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruiting classroom assistants for helping in group work &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Answer the questionnaire on group work. Be honest about your responses for section A and C. Be reflective about your responses for section D. Carefully and realistically plan your agenda for carrying out group work in your classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group activity}} Take turns to recap meaning of the different aspects of group work and share your responses from section D. This means that one participant explains the meaning of one aspect of group work briefly. Other participants share their responses as listed in section D of the questionnaire for this aspect. Then another participant explains the meaning of another aspect followed by sharing of responses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Revisiting issues of group work=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Unit 3 you have also discussed and reflected on issues about teaching through group work. Some persistent issues are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher’s role for effective group work &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensuring participation of every member &lt;br /&gt;
* Deciding appropriate grouping strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning of every member of the group being a group responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
* Bully effect and free rider effect (issue of copying)&lt;br /&gt;
* Seating arrangement during group work with ICTs such as computers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
You will need a flipchart (preferably one sheet for each issue) or concept mapping software to record strategies suggested by the participants.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group Brainstorm}} It is inevitable that you would have discussed some of the issues about group work during Activity 1. Now, extend the previous discussion and brainstorm strategies that you can use for resolving the issues mentioned above. Suggest realistic and practical strategies that the facilitator can record on the flipchart or concept mapping software (see Unit 2, Session 4 for concept mapping).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that you cover the strategies for all of the points mentioned below:&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher’s role - during lesson planning, carrying out and concluding group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensuring participation of every member - contribution to the task and feeling free to express opinion by agreeing or disagreeing&lt;br /&gt;
* Deciding appropriate grouping strategy - in view of the learning objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning of every group member being a group responsibility - at the time or carrying out group work and reporting it&lt;br /&gt;
* Bully effect and free rider effect - for pupils who are dominating, shy and even lazy&lt;br /&gt;
* Seating arrangement during group work with ICTs - all arrangements that increase optimum use of ICT resources &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
..................................................&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last session focussing specifically on group work. In it we review the key elements of the previous sessions, and then give time to an extended planning task.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unit 3 on group work covered a number of topics, including [[OER4Schools/3.1 Group work: Same-task and different-tasks group work|same-task and different-tasks group work (3.1)]],&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.2 Supporting reasoning and managing groupwork|supporting reasoning and managing groupwork (3.2)]],&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.3 Mixed pace groupwork with and without ICT|mixed pace groupwork with and without ICT (3.3)]],&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.4 Group work with ICT|group work with ICT (3.4)]], and&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.5 Talking points and effective group work|talking points and effective group work (3.5)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Review the previous sessions in pairs (e.g. using your paper handouts or the online version), and make a note of any points that stand out to you, that you found helpful, or would like to raise in the following group discussion. To give an example, you might note down  '''types of group work''', and briefly note the three types (“same task groupwork”, carousel-style groupwork, “different tasks groupwork”) and reflect on how you have been able to make progress with your group work in class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Group discussion}} Share your reflections with the group, perhaps drawing a mindmap of what suggestions are made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
It's important to note down any points that arise, because these will be used in the planning task below.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Further notes on group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many aspects to group work, and over time more things will occur to you, which you should share with your colleagues. For instance, you could think about managing group work outside the classroom, doing group work with additional available resources (e.g. books, newspapers, other technologies). Group work, like all the other interactive techniques we have talked about, will continue to be part of your arsenal of learning techniques, and it will be particularly important for project-based work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, remember to use the ICTs you already know about in group work. For instance, think of innovative ways you can use EtherPad. You might consider trying out group work as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do carousel-style group work, where you form groups of 2-4 students: some of those groups work with netbooks, others do another task. For 2-4 students per netbook, say with 12 netbooks, this forms 12 groups, and occupies 24 to 48 students; the other students then do a non-ICT task. We would encourage you to try this with small group, say 2 or 3 using a netbook.&lt;br /&gt;
* Then, among the 12 groups with netbooks, 3 groups share an etherpad, that they use for a joint task (i.e. there are 4 etherpads in use at the same time, each EtherPad has contributions from 3 groups only).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing on the points that arose in the discussion above, plan a group work task, e.g. including different-task group work, talking points in conjunction with the downloaded images, magic microphone, etc. Make sure you include an ICT element, and draw on classroom assistants if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Computer tasks:''' Remember to keep practising your typing skills! (The awarding of a certificate at the end of the course will also depend on your typing skills!). Also, take some time to explore the other applications installed on your computers, and reflect on how they could be used for interactive teaching and learning.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Review_of_group_work&amp;diff=3800</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Review of group work</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Review_of_group_work&amp;diff=3800"/>
		<updated>2012-06-11T15:01:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Activity One: Consolidating aspects of group work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}{{draft}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of homework and classwork=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In the last session, you planned '''Talking Points''' about a topic. Did you try teaching through the talking points during this week? If yes, how did your pupils respond to the talking points?  Share your experience about as many points given below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* Which activity did you use for team building?&lt;br /&gt;
:* How did you get everybody to participate?&lt;br /&gt;
:* Were students able to '''explain''' their reasoning and understanding to peers?&lt;br /&gt;
:* Were there ‘free riders’ or individuals dominating the discussion? How did you address this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Will you plan Talking Points activity again for your pupils? What changes will you make to the points for this activity, so that they are more effective for group discussion? Some of the things that you can think about, are: number of correct/incorrect/unsure statements, wording of statements, length of statements, concrete and abstract statements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you recruit any older students as '''Classroom Assistants''' this week? For which teaching activity were they recruited? Did you use any criteria for choosing them? What is your assessment of their usefulness for achieving lesson objectives? What is the impact on the learning of the classroom assistants by carrying out this role? Discuss any issues that you faced in recruiting or by recruiting classroom assistants. Remember: it is very important that classroom assistants are recruited with full cooperation of the students, their parents, teachers and the school administration. It needs to be a voluntary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you download or try to '''download images''' that could be used with the Talking Points? Share any ''technology issues'' that you faced while downloading. Also describe the steps if you were able to resolve them. Otherwise, discuss unresolved issues with your peers for ideas on how they can be resolved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* While downloading images for Talking Points, did you face any ''conceptual issues'' such as availability of images related to the teaching concept or choosing images that were relevant? Did using images improve the effectiveness of Talking Points? Give examples to support your response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives of this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To consolidate learning about group work&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To plan an effective group work activity using ICT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: Consolidating aspects of group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last session focussing specifically on group work. In it we review the key aspects of the previous sessions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this activity, you will need the questionnaire on group work ([[File:Group Questionnaire on Group Work.pdf]]). Print one copy for each participant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Give the participants at least 20 minutes to fill in the questionnaire, especially section D. More time can also be given if needed by the participants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that participants think about the meaning of each aspect as discussed during the previous sessions (not their own interpreted meaning) and its implementation in their classrooms. They can refer to the previous sessions (online or on paper) for this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can ask the participants to write their responses in their first language if it will help in expressing their thoughts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Encourage participants to answer carefully the last question in the questionnaire. They should think about their agenda regarding teaching through group work. This will be required for Activity Four during the session.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Unit 3 you have discussed and reflected on a variety of topics related to group work. Here is a list for recap:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Exploratory Talk &lt;br /&gt;
* Same tasks group work &lt;br /&gt;
* Different tasks group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Group composition and formation&lt;br /&gt;
* Ground rules for group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Group size and seating arrangement&lt;br /&gt;
* Carousel of activities for group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Seating arrangement during group work with computers&lt;br /&gt;
* Sharing ICT resources within groups&lt;br /&gt;
* Sharing ICT resources across groups&lt;br /&gt;
* Using non-ICT resources during group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Talking Points activity for promoting group interaction&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruiting classroom assistants for helping in group work &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Answer the questionnaire on group work. Be honest about your responses for section A and C. Be reflective about your responses for section D. Carefully and realistically plan your agenda for carrying out group work in your classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group activity}} Take turns to recap meaning of the different aspects of group work and share your responses from section D. This means that one participant explains the meaning of one aspect of group work briefly. Other participants share their responses as listed in section D of the questionnaire for this aspect. Then another participant explains the meaning of another aspect followed by sharing of responses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Revisiting issues of group work=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Unit 3 you have also discussed and reflected on issues about teaching through group work. Some persistent issues are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher’s role for effective group work &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensuring participation of every member &lt;br /&gt;
* Deciding appropriate grouping strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning of every member of the group being a group responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
* Bully effect and free rider effect (issue of copying)&lt;br /&gt;
* Seating arrangement during group work with ICTs such as computers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
You will need a flipchart (preferably one sheet for each issue) or concept mapping software to record strategies suggested by the participants.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group Brainstorm}} It is inevitable that you would have discussed some of the issues about group work during Activity 1. Now, extend the previous discussion and brainstorm strategies that you can use for resolving the issues mentioned above. Suggest realistic and practical strategies that the facilitator can record on the flipchart or concept mapping software (see Unit 2, Session 4 for concept mapping).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that you cover the strategies for all of the points mentioned below:&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher’s role - during lesson planning, carrying out and concluding group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensuring participation of every member - contribution to the task and feeling free to express opinion by agreeing or disagreeing&lt;br /&gt;
* Deciding appropriate grouping strategy - in view of the learning objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning of every group member being a group responsibility - at the time or carrying out group work and reporting it&lt;br /&gt;
* Bully effect and free rider effect - for pupils who are dominating, shy and even lazy&lt;br /&gt;
* Seating arrangement during group work with ICTs - all arrangements that increase optimum use of ICT resources &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last session focussing specifically on group work. In it we review the key elements of the previous sessions, and then give time to an extended planning task.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unit 3 on group work covered a number of topics, including [[OER4Schools/3.1 Group work: Same-task and different-tasks group work|same-task and different-tasks group work (3.1)]],&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.2 Supporting reasoning and managing groupwork|supporting reasoning and managing groupwork (3.2)]],&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.3 Mixed pace groupwork with and without ICT|mixed pace groupwork with and without ICT (3.3)]],&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.4 Group work with ICT|group work with ICT (3.4)]], and&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.5 Talking points and effective group work|talking points and effective group work (3.5)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Review the previous sessions in pairs (e.g. using your paper handouts or the online version), and make a note of any points that stand out to you, that you found helpful, or would like to raise in the following group discussion. To give an example, you might note down  '''types of group work''', and briefly note the three types (“same task groupwork”, carousel-style groupwork, “different tasks groupwork”) and reflect on how you have been able to make progress with your group work in class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Group discussion}} Share your reflections with the group, perhaps drawing a mindmap of what suggestions are made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
It's important to note down any points that arise, because these will be used in the planning task below.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Further notes on group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many aspects to group work, and over time more things will occur to you, which you should share with your colleagues. For instance, you could think about managing group work outside the classroom, doing group work with additional available resources (e.g. books, newspapers, other technologies). Group work, like all the other interactive techniques we have talked about, will continue to be part of your arsenal of learning techniques, and it will be particularly important for project-based work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, remember to use the ICTs you already know about in group work. For instance, think of innovative ways you can use EtherPad. You might consider trying out group work as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do carousel-style group work, where you form groups of 2-4 students: some of those groups work with netbooks, others do another task. For 2-4 students per netbook, say with 12 netbooks, this forms 12 groups, and occupies 24 to 48 students; the other students then do a non-ICT task. We would encourage you to try this with small group, say 2 or 3 using a netbook.&lt;br /&gt;
* Then, among the 12 groups with netbooks, 3 groups share an etherpad, that they use for a joint task (i.e. there are 4 etherpads in use at the same time, each EtherPad has contributions from 3 groups only).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing on the points that arose in the discussion above, plan a group work task, e.g. including different-task group work, talking points in conjunction with the downloaded images, magic microphone, etc. Make sure you include an ICT element, and draw on classroom assistants if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Computer tasks:''' Remember to keep practising your typing skills! (The awarding of a certificate at the end of the course will also depend on your typing skills!). Also, take some time to explore the other applications installed on your computers, and reflect on how they could be used for interactive teaching and learning.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Review_of_group_work&amp;diff=3799</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Review of group work</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Review_of_group_work&amp;diff=3799"/>
		<updated>2012-06-11T14:59:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}{{draft}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of homework and classwork=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In the last session, you planned '''Talking Points''' about a topic. Did you try teaching through the talking points during this week? If yes, how did your pupils respond to the talking points?  Share your experience about as many points given below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* Which activity did you use for team building?&lt;br /&gt;
:* How did you get everybody to participate?&lt;br /&gt;
:* Were students able to '''explain''' their reasoning and understanding to peers?&lt;br /&gt;
:* Were there ‘free riders’ or individuals dominating the discussion? How did you address this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Will you plan Talking Points activity again for your pupils? What changes will you make to the points for this activity, so that they are more effective for group discussion? Some of the things that you can think about, are: number of correct/incorrect/unsure statements, wording of statements, length of statements, concrete and abstract statements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you recruit any older students as '''Classroom Assistants''' this week? For which teaching activity were they recruited? Did you use any criteria for choosing them? What is your assessment of their usefulness for achieving lesson objectives? What is the impact on the learning of the classroom assistants by carrying out this role? Discuss any issues that you faced in recruiting or by recruiting classroom assistants. Remember: it is very important that classroom assistants are recruited with full cooperation of the students, their parents, teachers and the school administration. It needs to be a voluntary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you download or try to '''download images''' that could be used with the Talking Points? Share any ''technology issues'' that you faced while downloading. Also describe the steps if you were able to resolve them. Otherwise, discuss unresolved issues with your peers for ideas on how they can be resolved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* While downloading images for Talking Points, did you face any ''conceptual issues'' such as availability of images related to the teaching concept or choosing images that were relevant? Did using images improve the effectiveness of Talking Points? Give examples to support your response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives of this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To consolidate learning about group work&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To plan an effective group work activity using ICT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: Consolidating aspects of group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last session focussing specifically on group work. In it we review the key aspects of the previous sessions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this activity, you will need the questionnaire on group work. ([[File:Group Questionnaire on Group Work.pdf]])&lt;br /&gt;
Give the participants at least 20 minutes to fill in the questionnaire, especially section D. More time can also be given if needed by the participants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that participants think about the meaning of each aspect as discussed during the previous sessions (not their own interpreted meaning) and its implementation in their classrooms. They can refer to the previous sessions (online or on paper) for this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can ask the participants to write their responses in their first language if it will help in expressing their thoughts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Encourage participants to answer carefully the last question in the questionnaire. They should think about their agenda regarding teaching through group work. This will be required for Activity Four during the session.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Unit 3 you have discussed and reflected on a variety of topics related to group work. Here is a list for recap:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Exploratory Talk &lt;br /&gt;
* Same tasks group work &lt;br /&gt;
* Different tasks group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Group composition and formation&lt;br /&gt;
* Ground rules for group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Group size and seating arrangement&lt;br /&gt;
* Carousel of activities for group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Seating arrangement during group work with computers&lt;br /&gt;
* Sharing ICT resources within groups&lt;br /&gt;
* Sharing ICT resources across groups&lt;br /&gt;
* Using non-ICT resources during group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Talking Points activity for promoting group interaction&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruiting classroom assistants for helping in group work &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Answer the questionnaire on group work. Be honest about your responses for section A and C. Be reflective about your responses for section D. Carefully and realistically plan your agenda for carrying out group work in your classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group activity}} Take turns to recap meaning of the different aspects of group work and share your responses from section D. This means that one participant explains the meaning of one aspect of group work briefly. Other participants share their responses as listed in section D of the questionnaire for this aspect. Then another participant explains the meaning of another aspect followed by sharing of responses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Revisiting issues of group work=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Unit 3 you have also discussed and reflected on issues about teaching through group work. Some persistent issues are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher’s role for effective group work &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensuring participation of every member &lt;br /&gt;
* Deciding appropriate grouping strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning of every member of the group being a group responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
* Bully effect and free rider effect (issue of copying)&lt;br /&gt;
* Seating arrangement during group work with ICTs such as computers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
You will need a flipchart (preferably one sheet for each issue) or concept mapping software to record strategies suggested by the participants.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group Brainstorm}} It is inevitable that you would have discussed some of the issues about group work during Activity 1. Now, extend the previous discussion and brainstorm strategies that you can use for resolving the issues mentioned above. Suggest realistic and practical strategies that the facilitator can record on the flipchart or concept mapping software (see Unit 2, Session 4 for concept mapping).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that you cover the strategies for all of the points mentioned below:&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher’s role - during lesson planning, carrying out and concluding group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensuring participation of every member - contribution to the task and feeling free to express opinion by agreeing or disagreeing&lt;br /&gt;
* Deciding appropriate grouping strategy - in view of the learning objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning of every group member being a group responsibility - at the time or carrying out group work and reporting it&lt;br /&gt;
* Bully effect and free rider effect - for pupils who are dominating, shy and even lazy&lt;br /&gt;
* Seating arrangement during group work with ICTs - all arrangements that increase optimum use of ICT resources &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last session focussing specifically on group work. In it we review the key elements of the previous sessions, and then give time to an extended planning task.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unit 3 on group work covered a number of topics, including [[OER4Schools/3.1 Group work: Same-task and different-tasks group work|same-task and different-tasks group work (3.1)]],&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.2 Supporting reasoning and managing groupwork|supporting reasoning and managing groupwork (3.2)]],&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.3 Mixed pace groupwork with and without ICT|mixed pace groupwork with and without ICT (3.3)]],&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.4 Group work with ICT|group work with ICT (3.4)]], and&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.5 Talking points and effective group work|talking points and effective group work (3.5)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Review the previous sessions in pairs (e.g. using your paper handouts or the online version), and make a note of any points that stand out to you, that you found helpful, or would like to raise in the following group discussion. To give an example, you might note down  '''types of group work''', and briefly note the three types (“same task groupwork”, carousel-style groupwork, “different tasks groupwork”) and reflect on how you have been able to make progress with your group work in class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Group discussion}} Share your reflections with the group, perhaps drawing a mindmap of what suggestions are made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
It's important to note down any points that arise, because these will be used in the planning task below.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Further notes on group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many aspects to group work, and over time more things will occur to you, which you should share with your colleagues. For instance, you could think about managing group work outside the classroom, doing group work with additional available resources (e.g. books, newspapers, other technologies). Group work, like all the other interactive techniques we have talked about, will continue to be part of your arsenal of learning techniques, and it will be particularly important for project-based work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, remember to use the ICTs you already know about in group work. For instance, think of innovative ways you can use EtherPad. You might consider trying out group work as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do carousel-style group work, where you form groups of 2-4 students: some of those groups work with netbooks, others do another task. For 2-4 students per netbook, say with 12 netbooks, this forms 12 groups, and occupies 24 to 48 students; the other students then do a non-ICT task. We would encourage you to try this with small group, say 2 or 3 using a netbook.&lt;br /&gt;
* Then, among the 12 groups with netbooks, 3 groups share an etherpad, that they use for a joint task (i.e. there are 4 etherpads in use at the same time, each EtherPad has contributions from 3 groups only).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing on the points that arose in the discussion above, plan a group work task, e.g. including different-task group work, talking points in conjunction with the downloaded images, magic microphone, etc. Make sure you include an ICT element, and draw on classroom assistants if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Computer tasks:''' Remember to keep practising your typing skills! (The awarding of a certificate at the end of the course will also depend on your typing skills!). Also, take some time to explore the other applications installed on your computers, and reflect on how they could be used for interactive teaching and learning.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=File:Questionnaire_on_Group_Work.pdf&amp;diff=3798</id>
		<title>File:Questionnaire on Group Work.pdf</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=File:Questionnaire_on_Group_Work.pdf&amp;diff=3798"/>
		<updated>2012-06-11T14:56:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Review_of_group_work&amp;diff=3797</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Review of group work</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Review_of_group_work&amp;diff=3797"/>
		<updated>2012-06-11T14:50:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}{{draft}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of homework and classwork=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In the last session, you planned '''Talking Points''' about a topic. Did you try teaching through the talking points during this week? If yes, how did your pupils respond to the talking points?  Share your experience about as many points given below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* Which activity did you use for team building?&lt;br /&gt;
:* How did you get everybody to participate?&lt;br /&gt;
:* Were students able to '''explain''' their reasoning and understanding to peers?&lt;br /&gt;
:* Were there ‘free riders’ or individuals dominating the discussion? How did you address this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Will you plan Talking Points activity again for your pupils? What changes will you make to the points for this activity, so that they are more effective for group discussion? Some of the things that you can think about, are: number of correct/incorrect/unsure statements, wording of statements, length of statements, concrete and abstract statements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you recruit any older students as '''Classroom Assistants''' this week? For which teaching activity were they recruited? Did you use any criteria for choosing them? What is your assessment of their usefulness for achieving lesson objectives? What is the impact on the learning of the classroom assistants by carrying out this role? Discuss any issues that you faced in recruiting or by recruiting classroom assistants. Remember: it is very important that classroom assistants are recruited with full cooperation of the students, their parents, teachers and the school administration. It needs to be a voluntary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you download or try to '''download images''' that could be used with the Talking Points? Share any ''technology issues'' that you faced while downloading. Also describe the steps if you were able to resolve them. Otherwise, discuss unresolved issues with your peers for ideas on how they can be resolved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* While downloading images for Talking Points, did you face any ''conceptual issues'' such as availability of images related to the teaching concept or choosing images that were relevant? Did using images improve the effectiveness of Talking Points? Give examples to support your response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives of this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To consolidate learning about group work&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To plan an effective group work activity using ICT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: Consolidating aspects of group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last session focussing specifically on group work. In it we review the key aspects of the previous sessions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this activity, you will need the questionnaire on group work.&lt;br /&gt;
Give the participants at least 20 minutes to fill in the questionnaire, especially section D. More time can also be given if needed by the participants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that participants think about the meaning of each aspect as discussed during the previous sessions (not their own interpreted meaning) and its implementation in their classrooms. They can refer to the previous sessions (online or on paper) for this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can ask the participants to write their responses in their first language if it will help in expressing their thoughts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Encourage participants to answer carefully the last question in the questionnaire. They should think about their agenda regarding teaching through group work. This will be required for Activity Four during the session.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Unit 3 you have discussed and reflected on a variety of topics related to group work. Here is a list for recap:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Exploratory Talk &lt;br /&gt;
* Same tasks group work &lt;br /&gt;
* Different tasks group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Group composition and formation&lt;br /&gt;
* Ground rules for group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Group size and seating arrangement&lt;br /&gt;
* Carousel of activities for group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Seating arrangement during group work with computers&lt;br /&gt;
* Sharing ICT resources within groups&lt;br /&gt;
* Sharing ICT resources across groups&lt;br /&gt;
* Using non-ICT resources during group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Talking Points activity for promoting group interaction&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruiting classroom assistants for helping in group work &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Answer the questionnaire on group work. Be honest about your responses for section A and C. Be reflective about your responses for section D. Carefully and realistically plan your agenda for carrying out group work in your classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group activity}} Take turns to recap meaning of the different aspects of group work and share your responses from section D. This means that one participant explains the meaning of one aspect of group work briefly. Other participants share their responses as listed in section D of the questionnaire for this aspect. Then another participant explains the meaning of another aspect followed by sharing of responses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Revisiting issues of group work=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Unit 3 you have also discussed and reflected on issues about teaching through group work. Some persistent issues are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher’s role for effective group work &lt;br /&gt;
* Ensuring participation of every member &lt;br /&gt;
* Deciding appropriate grouping strategy&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning of every member of the group being a group responsibility&lt;br /&gt;
* Bully effect and free rider effect (issue of copying)&lt;br /&gt;
* Seating arrangement during group work with ICTs such as computers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
You will need a flipchart (preferably one sheet for each issue) or concept mapping software to record strategies suggested by the participants.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group Brainstorm}} It is inevitable that you would have discussed some of the issues about group work during Activity 1. Now, extend the previous discussion and brainstorm strategies that you can use for resolving the issues mentioned above. Suggest realistic and practical strategies that the facilitator can record on the flipchart or concept mapping software (see Unit 2, Session 4 for concept mapping).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make sure that you cover the strategies for all of the points mentioned below:&lt;br /&gt;
* Teacher’s role - during lesson planning, carrying out and concluding group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Ensuring participation of every member - contribution to the task and feeling free to express opinion by agreeing or disagreeing&lt;br /&gt;
* Deciding appropriate grouping strategy - in view of the learning objectives&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning of every group member being a group responsibility - at the time or carrying out group work and reporting it&lt;br /&gt;
* Bully effect and free rider effect - for pupils who are dominating, shy and even lazy&lt;br /&gt;
* Seating arrangement during group work with ICTs - all arrangements that increase optimum use of ICT resources &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last session focussing specifically on group work. In it we review the key elements of the previous sessions, and then give time to an extended planning task.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unit 3 on group work covered a number of topics, including [[OER4Schools/3.1 Group work: Same-task and different-tasks group work|same-task and different-tasks group work (3.1)]],&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.2 Supporting reasoning and managing groupwork|supporting reasoning and managing groupwork (3.2)]],&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.3 Mixed pace groupwork with and without ICT|mixed pace groupwork with and without ICT (3.3)]],&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.4 Group work with ICT|group work with ICT (3.4)]], and&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.5 Talking points and effective group work|talking points and effective group work (3.5)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Review the previous sessions in pairs (e.g. using your paper handouts or the online version), and make a note of any points that stand out to you, that you found helpful, or would like to raise in the following group discussion. To give an example, you might note down  '''types of group work''', and briefly note the three types (“same task groupwork”, carousel-style groupwork, “different tasks groupwork”) and reflect on how you have been able to make progress with your group work in class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Group discussion}} Share your reflections with the group, perhaps drawing a mindmap of what suggestions are made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
It's important to note down any points that arise, because these will be used in the planning task below.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Further notes on group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many aspects to group work, and over time more things will occur to you, which you should share with your colleagues. For instance, you could think about managing group work outside the classroom, doing group work with additional available resources (e.g. books, newspapers, other technologies). Group work, like all the other interactive techniques we have talked about, will continue to be part of your arsenal of learning techniques, and it will be particularly important for project-based work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, remember to use the ICTs you already know about in group work. For instance, think of innovative ways you can use EtherPad. You might consider trying out group work as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do carousel-style group work, where you form groups of 2-4 students: some of those groups work with netbooks, others do another task. For 2-4 students per netbook, say with 12 netbooks, this forms 12 groups, and occupies 24 to 48 students; the other students then do a non-ICT task. We would encourage you to try this with small group, say 2 or 3 using a netbook.&lt;br /&gt;
* Then, among the 12 groups with netbooks, 3 groups share an etherpad, that they use for a joint task (i.e. there are 4 etherpads in use at the same time, each EtherPad has contributions from 3 groups only).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing on the points that arose in the discussion above, plan a group work task, e.g. including different-task group work, talking points in conjunction with the downloaded images, magic microphone, etc. Make sure you include an ICT element, and draw on classroom assistants if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Computer tasks:''' Remember to keep practising your typing skills! (The awarding of a certificate at the end of the course will also depend on your typing skills!). Also, take some time to explore the other applications installed on your computers, and reflect on how they could be used for interactive teaching and learning.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Review_of_group_work&amp;diff=3796</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Review of group work</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Review_of_group_work&amp;diff=3796"/>
		<updated>2012-06-11T14:42:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}{{draft}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of homework and classwork=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In the last session, you planned '''Talking Points''' about a topic. Did you try teaching through the talking points during this week? If yes, how did your pupils respond to the talking points?  Share your experience about as many points given below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* Which activity did you use for team building?&lt;br /&gt;
:* How did you get everybody to participate?&lt;br /&gt;
:* Were students able to '''explain''' their reasoning and understanding to peers?&lt;br /&gt;
:* Were there ‘free riders’ or individuals dominating the discussion? How did you address this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Will you plan Talking Points activity again for your pupils? What changes will you make to the points for this activity, so that they are more effective for group discussion? Some of the things that you can think about, are: number of correct/incorrect/unsure statements, wording of statements, length of statements, concrete and abstract statements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you recruit any older students as '''Classroom Assistants''' this week? For which teaching activity were they recruited? Did you use any criteria for choosing them? What is your assessment of their usefulness for achieving lesson objectives? What is the impact on the learning of the classroom assistants by carrying out this role? Discuss any issues that you faced in recruiting or by recruiting classroom assistants. Remember: it is very important that classroom assistants are recruited with full cooperation of the students, their parents, teachers and the school administration. It needs to be a voluntary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you download or try to '''download images''' that could be used with the Talking Points? Share any ''technology issues'' that you faced while downloading. Also describe the steps if you were able to resolve them. Otherwise, discuss unresolved issues with your peers for ideas on how they can be resolved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* While downloading images for Talking Points, did you face any ''conceptual issues'' such as availability of images related to the teaching concept or choosing images that were relevant? Did using images improve the effectiveness of Talking Points? Give examples to support your response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives of this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To consolidate learning about group work&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To plan an effective group work activity using ICT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: Consolidating aspects of group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last session focussing specifically on group work. In it we review the key aspects of the previous sessions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this activity, you will need the questionnaire on group work.&lt;br /&gt;
Give the participants at least 20 minutes to fill in the questionnaire, especially section D. More time can also be given if needed by the participants. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important that participants think about the meaning of each aspect as discussed during the previous sessions (not their own interpreted meaning) and its implementation in their classrooms. They can refer to the previous sessions (online or on paper) for this. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can ask the participants to write their responses in their first language if it will help in expressing their thoughts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Encourage participants to answer carefully the last question in the questionnaire. They should think about their agenda regarding teaching through group work. This will be required for Activity Four during the session.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Unit 3 you have discussed and reflected on a variety of topics related to group work. Here is a list for recap:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Exploratory Talk &lt;br /&gt;
* Same tasks group work &lt;br /&gt;
* Different tasks group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Group composition and formation&lt;br /&gt;
* Ground rules for group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Group size and seating arrangement&lt;br /&gt;
* Carousel of activities for group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Seating arrangement during group work with computers&lt;br /&gt;
* Sharing ICT resources within groups&lt;br /&gt;
* Sharing ICT resources across groups&lt;br /&gt;
* Using non-ICT resources during group work&lt;br /&gt;
* Talking Points activity for promoting group interaction&lt;br /&gt;
* Recruiting classroom assistants for helping in group work &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Individual work}} Answer the questionnaire on group work. Be honest about your responses for section A and C. Be reflective about your responses for section D. Carefully and realistically plan your agenda for carrying out group work in your classroom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group activity}} Take turns to recap meaning of the different aspects of group work and share your responses from section D. This means that one participant explains the meaning of one aspect of group work briefly. Other participants share their responses as listed in section D of the questionnaire for this aspect. Then another participant explains the meaning of another aspect followed by sharing of responses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last session focussing specifically on group work. In it we review the key elements of the previous sessions, and then give time to an extended planning task.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unit 3 on group work covered a number of topics, including [[OER4Schools/3.1 Group work: Same-task and different-tasks group work|same-task and different-tasks group work (3.1)]],&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.2 Supporting reasoning and managing groupwork|supporting reasoning and managing groupwork (3.2)]],&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.3 Mixed pace groupwork with and without ICT|mixed pace groupwork with and without ICT (3.3)]],&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.4 Group work with ICT|group work with ICT (3.4)]], and&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.5 Talking points and effective group work|talking points and effective group work (3.5)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Review the previous sessions in pairs (e.g. using your paper handouts or the online version), and make a note of any points that stand out to you, that you found helpful, or would like to raise in the following group discussion. To give an example, you might note down  '''types of group work''', and briefly note the three types (“same task groupwork”, carousel-style groupwork, “different tasks groupwork”) and reflect on how you have been able to make progress with your group work in class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Group discussion}} Share your reflections with the group, perhaps drawing a mindmap of what suggestions are made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
It's important to note down any points that arise, because these will be used in the planning task below.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Further notes on group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many aspects to group work, and over time more things will occur to you, which you should share with your colleagues. For instance, you could think about managing group work outside the classroom, doing group work with additional available resources (e.g. books, newspapers, other technologies). Group work, like all the other interactive techniques we have talked about, will continue to be part of your arsenal of learning techniques, and it will be particularly important for project-based work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, remember to use the ICTs you already know about in group work. For instance, think of innovative ways you can use EtherPad. You might consider trying out group work as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do carousel-style group work, where you form groups of 2-4 students: some of those groups work with netbooks, others do another task. For 2-4 students per netbook, say with 12 netbooks, this forms 12 groups, and occupies 24 to 48 students; the other students then do a non-ICT task. We would encourage you to try this with small group, say 2 or 3 using a netbook.&lt;br /&gt;
* Then, among the 12 groups with netbooks, 3 groups share an etherpad, that they use for a joint task (i.e. there are 4 etherpads in use at the same time, each EtherPad has contributions from 3 groups only).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing on the points that arose in the discussion above, plan a group work task, e.g. including different-task group work, talking points in conjunction with the downloaded images, magic microphone, etc. Make sure you include an ICT element, and draw on classroom assistants if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Computer tasks:''' Remember to keep practising your typing skills! (The awarding of a certificate at the end of the course will also depend on your typing skills!). Also, take some time to explore the other applications installed on your computers, and reflect on how they could be used for interactive teaching and learning.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Review_of_group_work&amp;diff=3795</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Review of group work</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Review_of_group_work&amp;diff=3795"/>
		<updated>2012-06-11T14:32:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}{{draft}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of homework and classwork=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In the last session, you planned '''Talking Points''' about a topic. Did you try teaching through the talking points during this week? If yes, how did your pupils respond to the talking points?  Share your experience about as many points given below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* Which activity did you use for team building?&lt;br /&gt;
:* How did you get everybody to participate?&lt;br /&gt;
:* Were students able to '''explain''' their reasoning and understanding to peers?&lt;br /&gt;
:* Were there ‘free riders’ or individuals dominating the discussion? How did you address this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Will you plan Talking Points activity again for your pupils? What changes will you make to the points for this activity, so that they are more effective for group discussion? Some of the things that you can think about, are: number of correct/incorrect/unsure statements, wording of statements, length of statements, concrete and abstract statements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you recruit any older students as '''Classroom Assistants''' this week? For which teaching activity were they recruited? Did you use any criteria for choosing them? What is your assessment of their usefulness for achieving lesson objectives? What is the impact on the learning of the classroom assistants by carrying out this role? Discuss any issues that you faced in recruiting or by recruiting classroom assistants. Remember: it is very important that classroom assistants are recruited with full cooperation of the students, their parents, teachers and the school administration. It needs to be a voluntary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you download or try to '''download images''' that could be used with the Talking Points? Share any ''technology issues'' that you faced while downloading. Also describe the steps if you were able to resolve them. Otherwise, discuss unresolved issues with your peers for ideas on how they can be resolved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* While downloading images for Talking Points, did you face any ''conceptual issues'' such as availability of images related to the teaching concept or choosing images that were relevant? Did using images improve the effectiveness of Talking Points? Give examples to support your response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives of this session =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To consolidate learning about group work&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To plan an effective group work activity using ICT&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last session focussing specifically on group work. In it we review the key elements of the previous sessions, and then give time to an extended planning task.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unit 3 on group work covered a number of topics, including [[OER4Schools/3.1 Group work: Same-task and different-tasks group work|same-task and different-tasks group work (3.1)]],&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.2 Supporting reasoning and managing groupwork|supporting reasoning and managing groupwork (3.2)]],&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.3 Mixed pace groupwork with and without ICT|mixed pace groupwork with and without ICT (3.3)]],&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.4 Group work with ICT|group work with ICT (3.4)]], and&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.5 Talking points and effective group work|talking points and effective group work (3.5)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Review the previous sessions in pairs (e.g. using your paper handouts or the online version), and make a note of any points that stand out to you, that you found helpful, or would like to raise in the following group discussion. To give an example, you might note down  '''types of group work''', and briefly note the three types (“same task groupwork”, carousel-style groupwork, “different tasks groupwork”) and reflect on how you have been able to make progress with your group work in class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Group discussion}} Share your reflections with the group, perhaps drawing a mindmap of what suggestions are made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
It's important to note down any points that arise, because these will be used in the planning task below.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Further notes on group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many aspects to group work, and over time more things will occur to you, which you should share with your colleagues. For instance, you could think about managing group work outside the classroom, doing group work with additional available resources (e.g. books, newspapers, other technologies). Group work, like all the other interactive techniques we have talked about, will continue to be part of your arsenal of learning techniques, and it will be particularly important for project-based work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, remember to use the ICTs you already know about in group work. For instance, think of innovative ways you can use EtherPad. You might consider trying out group work as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do carousel-style group work, where you form groups of 2-4 students: some of those groups work with netbooks, others do another task. For 2-4 students per netbook, say with 12 netbooks, this forms 12 groups, and occupies 24 to 48 students; the other students then do a non-ICT task. We would encourage you to try this with small group, say 2 or 3 using a netbook.&lt;br /&gt;
* Then, among the 12 groups with netbooks, 3 groups share an etherpad, that they use for a joint task (i.e. there are 4 etherpads in use at the same time, each EtherPad has contributions from 3 groups only).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing on the points that arose in the discussion above, plan a group work task, e.g. including different-task group work, talking points in conjunction with the downloaded images, magic microphone, etc. Make sure you include an ICT element, and draw on classroom assistants if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Computer tasks:''' Remember to keep practising your typing skills! (The awarding of a certificate at the end of the course will also depend on your typing skills!). Also, take some time to explore the other applications installed on your computers, and reflect on how they could be used for interactive teaching and learning.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Review_of_group_work&amp;diff=3791</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Review of group work</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Review_of_group_work&amp;diff=3791"/>
		<updated>2012-06-11T10:41:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Review of homework */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}{{draft}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of homework and classwork=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In the last session, you planned '''Talking Points''' about a topic. Did you try teaching through the talking points during this week? If yes, how did your pupils respond to the talking points?  Share your experience about as many points given below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:* Which activity did you use for team building?&lt;br /&gt;
:* How did you get everybody to participate?&lt;br /&gt;
:* Were students able to '''explain''' their reasoning and understanding to peers?&lt;br /&gt;
:* Were there ‘free riders’ or individuals dominating the discussion? How did you address this?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Will you plan Talking Points activity again for your pupils? What changes will you make to the points for this activity, so that they are more effective for group discussion? Some of the things that you can think about, are: number of correct/incorrect/unsure statements, wording of statements, length of statements, concrete and abstract statements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you recruit any older students as '''Classroom Assistants''' this week? For which teaching activity were they recruited? Did you use any criteria for choosing them? What is your assessment of their usefulness for achieving lesson objectives? What is the impact on the learning of the classroom assistants by carrying out this role? Discuss any issues that you faced in recruiting or by recruiting classroom assistants. Remember: it is very important that classroom assistants are recruited with full cooperation of the students, their parents, teachers and the school administration. It needs to be a voluntary activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you download or try to '''download images''' that could be used with the Talking Points? Share any ''technology issues'' that you faced while downloading. Also describe the steps if you were able to resolve them. Otherwise, discuss unresolved issues with your peers for ideas on how they can be resolved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* While downloading images for Talking Points, did you face any ''conceptual issues'' such as availability of images related to the teaching concept or choosing images that were relevant? Did using images improve the effectiveness of Talking Points? Give examples to support your response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
This is the last session focussing specifically on group work. In it we review the key elements of the previous sessions, and then give time to an extended planning task.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unit 3 on group work covered a number of topics, including [[OER4Schools/3.1 Group work: Same-task and different-tasks group work|same-task and different-tasks group work (3.1)]],&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.2 Supporting reasoning and managing groupwork|supporting reasoning and managing groupwork (3.2)]],&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.3 Mixed pace groupwork with and without ICT|mixed pace groupwork with and without ICT (3.3)]],&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.4 Group work with ICT|group work with ICT (3.4)]], and&lt;br /&gt;
[[OER4Schools/3.5 Talking points and effective group work|talking points and effective group work (3.5)]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Pair work}} Review the previous sessions in pairs (e.g. using your paper handouts or the online version), and make a note of any points that stand out to you, that you found helpful, or would like to raise in the following group discussion. To give an example, you might note down  '''types of group work''', and briefly note the three types (“same task groupwork”, carousel-style groupwork, “different tasks groupwork”) and reflect on how you have been able to make progress with your group work in class.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Group discussion}} Share your reflections with the group, perhaps drawing a mindmap of what suggestions are made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
It's important to note down any points that arise, because these will be used in the planning task below.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Further notes on group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are many aspects to group work, and over time more things will occur to you, which you should share with your colleagues. For instance, you could think about managing group work outside the classroom, doing group work with additional available resources (e.g. books, newspapers, other technologies). Group work, like all the other interactive techniques we have talked about, will continue to be part of your arsenal of learning techniques, and it will be particularly important for project-based work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, remember to use the ICTs you already know about in group work. For instance, think of innovative ways you can use EtherPad. You might consider trying out group work as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do carousel-style group work, where you form groups of 2-4 students: some of those groups work with netbooks, others do another task. For 2-4 students per netbook, say with 12 netbooks, this forms 12 groups, and occupies 24 to 48 students; the other students then do a non-ICT task. We would encourage you to try this with small group, say 2 or 3 using a netbook.&lt;br /&gt;
* Then, among the 12 groups with netbooks, 3 groups share an etherpad, that they use for a joint task (i.e. there are 4 etherpads in use at the same time, each EtherPad has contributions from 3 groups only).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Drawing on the points that arose in the discussion above, plan a group work task, e.g. including different-task group work, talking points in conjunction with the downloaded images, magic microphone, etc. Make sure you include an ICT element, and draw on classroom assistants if possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Computer tasks:''' Remember to keep practising your typing skills! (The awarding of a certificate at the end of the course will also depend on your typing skills!). Also, take some time to explore the other applications installed on your computers, and reflect on how they could be used for interactive teaching and learning.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Group_work_Same_task_and_different_tasks_group_work&amp;diff=3788</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Group work Same task and different tasks group work</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Group_work_Same_task_and_different_tasks_group_work&amp;diff=3788"/>
		<updated>2012-06-07T15:43:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Activity Two: Same-task group work and different-tasks group work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}[[Category:Group work]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Abel unit 3 IMG_0488.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives  =&lt;br /&gt;
Objectives for this session are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding what genuine groupwork is (not just sitting in a group formation!)&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning about the rationale for doing group work - learners share responsibility for learning, research shows benefits for individuals of collaborative learning&lt;br /&gt;
* Practising questions for group work that involves same-task and different-tasks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Workshop =&lt;br /&gt;
== Activity One: Power Point presentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=For this activity, you will need: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the power point presentation [[File:Unit 3.1 Group Work for Interactive Teaching.ppt]].&lt;br /&gt;
* the projector linked to your computer. &lt;br /&gt;
* a flip chart or blackboard with the heading ‘A significant aspect about group work that I have just learned is...’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When most participants have read one slide press any key to move to the next slide.You can read the slides aloud if you think it will benefit the participants. }}Watch the power point presentation about group work. Write one significant aspect about group work that you have learned from this power point on a piece of paper. Stick them up on a board/wall with sticky tape or lay them out on a table for everyone to see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=Participants need not write their names on the sheets.Allow participants to read other people’s contributions. Read out a few notes that you think are important to be highlighted for the whole group.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Activity Two: Same-task group work and different-tasks group work ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Same-task group work''' involves assigning the same problem to each group. Each group’s presentation provides a different perspective/way of solving the problem. For example, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* “''A farmer has a plot of land of size 30 metres x 20 metres. He has to plant 60 trees and 20 shrubs. Which pattern of planting would you suggest to the farmer? Why? Consider that the shrubs should not be shadowed by the trees so that they get light.”''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''“New classrooms are being built for grades one and two in another rural area.Tables and chairs are needed for these classrooms. Give suggestions about the size and shape of the tables and chairs to the headmaster. Each group can give one suggestion for a table and a chair. Explain your suggestions with reasons.”''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Different-tasks group work''' involves assigning different aspects of the same problem to each group. Each group’s presentation is like a piece of the jigsaw that completes the whole picture. For example, &lt;br /&gt;
* “''The Zambian health minister has asked you to make handouts/pamphlets about diseases. The pamphlets will be distributed in hospitals to inform people about prevention of diseases. The diseases for which handouts are needed are: (a) Tuberculosis; (b) Malaria and (c) HIV/AIDS. Three groups will work on the different diseases. In your group, consider which information you want to include and why.” &amp;amp;nbsp;''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''“The local environment committee has observed that pollution is increasing in your area. They have asked you to find out the reasons for increasing pollution and suggest ways to decrease it. Prepare a presentation for different types of pollution: (a) air pollution, (b) water pollution, (c) noise pollution and (d) soil pollution.”''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* What are your general observations about questions for group work?&lt;br /&gt;
* How are the questions for same-task group work different from different-tasks group work? What is the advantage of setting different tasks to groups?&lt;br /&gt;
* Suggest a topic that you could teach through same-task group work.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suggest topics that you could teach through different-tasks group work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=Reinforce that questions for group work are more motivating when presented as real life problems. Also presentations are more interesting to hear when they are all focused on a different question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then highlight the important aspects of the problem that groups should consider. This increases the challenge for the group work.Carry out the last two bullet points (about topics) like a brainstorm. Record the answers on a flip chart or blackboard so that participants can see them during Activity 3. You could ask a volunteer to write them.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Activity Three: Forming questions for group work ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=Prepare labels (G1, G2 and G3) for group work in advance and place them on tables before this activity. }}Stand in a queue. Each person says a number from ‘1’ to ‘3’ at their turn. So, the first person says ‘1’, second says ‘2’ and third says ‘3’. then fourth says ‘1’, fifth says ‘2’ and sixth says ‘3’ and so on. Everybody who said ‘1’ should form group one (G1). Similarly, everybody who said ‘2’ and ‘3’ should form group two (G2) and group three (G3) respectively.Sit on the tables marked with your group number. In the classroom this is an effective way of randomly allocating pupils to groups and it avoids friendship or ability groupings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=Allow 15-20 minutes for group activity. Indicate the time left 5 minutes before the allotted time. }} '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[Group Activity]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' Formulate open-ended questions that can be assigned to groups during a forthcoming group work activity in your classroom. Each group (G1, G2 and G3) should formulate at least one same-task group work question and one different-tasks group work question. You can devise more questions if there is time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=Visit each group at least once during the activity. Remind group members to: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Encourage participation/suggestions from all members. &lt;br /&gt;
* Accept suggestions only if they agree, otherwise ask questions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate the topic, scope and language of the questions that they are forming.&lt;br /&gt;
* Keep an eye on the time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allot a number (1, 2, 3... number of members) for each group member. Keep it a secret from your facilitator i.e. do not tell who has which number to your facilitator. All group members should know this information. For young children, assign them a number so they don’t waste time deciding which number to be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} After the activity, the facilitator calls out a number (1 to number of members). For example, if maximum number of group members is 4; facilitator can say any number from 1 to 4. The group member with this number will present the questions on behalf of the group. Similar procedure is followed for groups G2 and G3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This procedure means no-one knows in advance who will have to present, so everyone gets involved in case it is them!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discuss: &lt;br /&gt;
* How well did your group work together? Did everyone participate equally? How would you rate your group work on a scale of 1 to 5 (5 is most effective)? Why? Use the ideas in the Powerpoint presentation as criteria for judging effectiveness (see [[File:Unit 3.1 Group Work for Interactive Teaching.ppt]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Choose one or more questions that you could use in your class this week &lt;br /&gt;
* Are there any aspects of group work that you foresee as potential problems? How will you solve them?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  Video watching ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These clips show Eness, a teacher in a community school near Lusaka, interacting with a Grade 3 class. The children are devising their own classifications of animals depicted in photographs on tablet computers, and recording their ideas on mini-blackboards. There is one clip of pupils working alone, then one with the teacher present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|stimulus}} See videos: Eness_vertebrates_6.mp4 (2 mins. 38), Eness_vertebrates_7.mp4 (3 mins. 45).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=9h5vrt-C0V0|duration=2:39|name=19 Eness 3 vertebrates 6}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=IqB0s7gf3AA|duration=3:46|name=19 Eness 3 vertebrates 7}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What was the teacher able to achieve in this small group work that would be difficult in the whole class?&lt;br /&gt;
* What is the role of the teacher during group work in these clips?&lt;br /&gt;
* How did the teacher involve all pupils in the discussion?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=JeCjZW370CQ|name=new Abel clip 4.m4v|title=}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this lesson Grade 7 pupils in a semi-rural government school near Chongwe were exploring the relationship between area and perimeter. They worked in groups, using Geogebra software on netbook computers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suggested questions for reflection are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What is the role of the teacher during group work in this clip?&lt;br /&gt;
* How does a teacher know when to intervene?&lt;br /&gt;
* How can a teacher encourage peer support during group work? Would Abel’s technique of bringing in older pupils or faster learners to help their peers aid a teacher with a large class?&lt;br /&gt;
* How did the use of ICT help the learners’ enquiry?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suggested questions for reflections on both videos:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What would you do in your classroom while your pupils are engaged in group work?&lt;br /&gt;
* How would you encourage all pupils to be involved in the group work?&lt;br /&gt;
* How would you ensure that all pupils have contributed to the final output of group work?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Research shows that teachers intervene in groupwork too much/too soon, however the Abel clip shows the importance of picking up on misunderstandings before they completely obstruct progress. It’s also important to know when groups are finished and need another challenge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s not easy to make a decision about when to intervene – it’s a fine balance. Try to circulate and eavesdrop on groups before deciding where to intervene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Follow-up activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. One volunteer from each group G1, G2 and G3 (formed during Activity 2.3) should post their questions on the googlegroups for all participants. Other participants should reply with a comment when they have seen the questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Carry out one same-task group work and one different-tasks group work in your classroom. You could use the questions that were formed during Activity 2.3. Plan in advance: (a) how will you form the groups, (b) what will you do while pupils are engaged, (c) how will you ensure that all pupils are participating and (d) how will you encourage agreement, disagreement and negotiation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try out the numbering strategy for randomly selecting the presenter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Can you suggest at least 3 other ways in which you might select group members at random for giving a presentation? (if uncertain, refer back to the document “Increasing participation in answering questions”: Unit 2, session 3, activity 2).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Supporting_reasoning_and_managing_group_work&amp;diff=2862</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Supporting reasoning and managing group work</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Supporting_reasoning_and_managing_group_work&amp;diff=2862"/>
		<updated>2012-05-14T11:10:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Activity One: Reinforcing understanding of group work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of homework and classroom activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:oer4s groupwork general2.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Whole group discussion: Concept mapping ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try drawing concept maps on the netbooks? Were you able to use coloured boxes? Briefly share issues that you were able to resolve. Discuss issues that are still not resolved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try the concept mapping activity with pupils in your class? How did the pupils respond to the activity, especially reasoning and building on each other’s responses? If they did this, how were you able to achieve it? Share specific examples of pupil talk and teacher talk.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you use a digital projector in the class? Was it useful for the concept mapping activity? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* What would you change when you carry out the concept mapping activity again? Make a note for yourself about any changes so you can remember for next time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Get into the same three groups that were formed during the last session for same-task and different-tasks activity (Unit 3 Session 1, Activity 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:oer4s freemind concept map.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Small group discussion: Groupwork activities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The volunteers who posted questions for group work on the googlegroups should share their experience of working on googlegroups. How difficult or easy was this? Would you recommend other participants to try it? What advice would you give them?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you carry out a same-task group work activity in your class? Which topic did you choose? Was there any pupil learning about the topic that could be achieved through group work but would not be possible through whole class teaching? Elaborate your answer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you carry out a different-tasks group work activity in your class? What were the advantages of this type of group work? Share specific examples.&lt;br /&gt;
* What issues did you face while teaching through group work? Specifically think about challenges related to pupils’ interaction with each other such as involving all members in discussion, dominant and shy pupils, agreement and disagreement, and noise. How did you resolve these issues? Write a note for yourself about the steps you will take to resolve these issues next time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Substantiating uses of group work for teaching and learning&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to manage group work effectively in the classroom&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning different organisational strategies for group work&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: Reinforcing understanding of group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Magic Microphone for reasoning '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; [&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;Individual activity]''' Think of answers to the question below. You can write them on a mini-blackboard or sheet of paper for reference during the activity. Think of as many answers as possible and '''give a reason in each case.''' (Tip: think of the Powerpoint presentation about questioning strategies that you saw in the previous session and draw on your own experience of carrying out group work in the classroom.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''When would you use group work in your classroom? Why? '''Give concrete examples of specific lesson activities where possible. For example, &lt;br /&gt;
** when a topic has many sub-topics '''because '''the sub-topics can be mastered by small groups and then taught to other groups, as in different types of pollution&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;when summarising the topic that has extended over many lessons [give example] &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''because''' pupils can remind each other about the things that they have learnt without repetition by the teacher &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;when applications of a topic [give example] are being discussed &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''because''' there can be many answers for this&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We did a simple version of the magic microphone activity in Unit 2 Session 1. Now we are taking this to the next level to explicitly promote '''reasoning''' among participants as well as pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this activity, you will need a prop such as a stick, a pen, a ball or an empty water bottle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 8-10 minutes thinking time before passing around the prop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; [&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;Whole group] '''Pass a prop around. Whoever has the prop answers the question above and gives their reason(s). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ask every participant to contribute one answer initially, with a '''reason'''. Encourage them to avoid repeating an answer that has been already said. In the end, if time permits, you can ask participants to contribute any reason that they have written but has not yet been said by any other participant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emphasise that participants should give reasons for their answers or answer the ‘why’ question. Ideally they should mention a specific lesson topic example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some examples of expected answers are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* when peers can be useful learning resources for each other&lt;br /&gt;
* to encourage sharing, reasoning and challenging of ideas&lt;br /&gt;
* to support pupils’ construction and articulation of their own understanding of problems, processes or concepts&lt;br /&gt;
* when groups can usefully each contribute one part to a larger whole task&lt;br /&gt;
* when the teacher wants learners to investigate a topic for themselves and present their findings to the class for other groups to learn from, perhaps via comparison of findings&lt;br /&gt;
* when teacher attention is required for conceptual learning of a small number of participants at one time&lt;br /&gt;
* at any stage of the lesson: introduction, development and consolidation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If any of the points above are not mentioned by participants, you can state them in the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Managing group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place three containers (or sheets of paper) on the table. Label them ‘same-task’, ‘different-tasks’ and ‘both’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Write your name on a slip (small piece) of paper and fold it. Drop your name slip in the ‘same-task’ container if you are confident about carrying out same-task group activity in the class. Similarly, drop it in the container ‘different-tasks’ if you are confident about carrying out different-tasks and ‘both’ container if you are confident about ‘both’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pull out one name from each container and group them together as Group 1 (G1). Similarly form groups G2 and G3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are too many names in one container and too few in another, choose another strategy of forming groups from the document ‘Group composition and formation’.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three mixed groups will work on different aspects of managing group work in classroom. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* G1: Group composition and formation ([[File:Group Composition and Formation.pdf]])&lt;br /&gt;
* G2: Ground rules during group work ([[File:Ground Rules.pdf]])&lt;br /&gt;
* G3: Group size and seating arrangement ([[File:Group Size and Seating Arrangement.pdf]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read the document for your group. Do the group tasks mentioned in your document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Group G2 will watch a video during their task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end, present what you have learned about managing group work for the benefit of other participants (see details in your document).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|name=How to Involve Students in Setting Up Their Own Ground Rules|duration=4:08|src=uBk4Hq4IEx8}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the session starts prepare this video clip for G2 to access on a netbook. Ask G2 members to sit near the netbook during the task. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow G1 and G3 participants to choose an area where they wish to work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Distribute the document ‘Group composition and formation’ to G1, ‘Ground rules’ to G2 and ‘Group size and seating arrangement’ to G3 at this stage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 30 minutes for the group tasks. After 20 minutes, remind the groups that they should start preparing their presentation if they have not already done so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visit each group during the group task. Assist them if they need help in understanding the information in the document or group task. Ask questions to monitor understanding. Suggest ideas only if the participants ask for your suggestions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure that all participants have all documents before the presentations at the end of this activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Reflection on video =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|name=Primary Science - Classroom Organisation|duration=19:47|src=Kz2c5OJ5Yx0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This video shows some classroom organisational strategies mainly around group work. Although the video describes science teaching in the UK context, the principles are generic and can be applied in various curriculum areas and contexts. The organisation called the ‘circus of activities’ is commonly known as a ‘carousel’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Suggested questions for reflection on video:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Summarise the '''different classroom organisation strategies''' that you saw in this video:&lt;br /&gt;
** Whole class introduction&lt;br /&gt;
** Whole class doing same practical activity&lt;br /&gt;
** Groups doing different practical activities&lt;br /&gt;
** Circus of activities or carousel of activities&lt;br /&gt;
** One group only doing science&lt;br /&gt;
** Whole class demonstration&lt;br /&gt;
** Sharing science books with the whole class&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What is '''one new thing that you have learned''' from this video? How can you transfer what you have learned to another curriculum area besides science?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* How did the teachers in this video make '''use of ICT resources during group work'''? Suggest some ways in which you can use those or other ICT resources in your classroom? (You can also think of improvising with the materials available in your surroundings, if there is no ICT) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What is the role of teachers before the group work and after the group work? Is it different from your current practice? If yes, in what ways is it different?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What did the teachers in the video do while the pupils were doing group work? Is it different from your current practice? If yes, what changes, if any, would you like to make for effective group work in your class? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What do you think about noise in the classroom during group work from this video? What can you do to make sure that noise is productive during group work?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Try the magic microphone activity with '''reasoning '''in your class. Form an open question that is related to the topic that they are learning followed by ‘why’. Encourage them to answer the ‘why’ question.&lt;br /&gt;
* List examples of objectives that can be achieved through different types of groups in the document ‘Group composition and formation’.&lt;br /&gt;
* During Activity Two you read one document on managing group work. Read the other two documents. Write down any questions that you might have about them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try one new organisational strategy that you saw in the video in your classroom, in any curriculum area.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Supporting_reasoning_and_managing_group_work&amp;diff=2861</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Supporting reasoning and managing group work</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Supporting_reasoning_and_managing_group_work&amp;diff=2861"/>
		<updated>2012-05-14T11:08:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Activity One: Reinforcing understanding of group work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Review of homework and classroom activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:oer4s groupwork general2.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Whole group discussion: Concept mapping ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try drawing concept maps on the netbooks? Were you able to use coloured boxes? Briefly share issues that you were able to resolve. Discuss issues that are still not resolved.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you try the concept mapping activity with pupils in your class? How did the pupils respond to the activity, especially reasoning and building on each other’s responses? If they did this, how were you able to achieve it? Share specific examples of pupil talk and teacher talk.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you use a digital projector in the class? Was it useful for the concept mapping activity? Why?&lt;br /&gt;
* What would you change when you carry out the concept mapping activity again? Make a note for yourself about any changes so you can remember for next time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Get into the same three groups that were formed during the last session for same-task and different-tasks activity (Unit 3 Session 1, Activity 3)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:oer4s freemind concept map.jpg|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Small group discussion: Groupwork activities ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The volunteers who posted questions for group work on the googlegroups should share their experience of working on googlegroups. How difficult or easy was this? Would you recommend other participants to try it? What advice would you give them?&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you carry out a same-task group work activity in your class? Which topic did you choose? Was there any pupil learning about the topic that could be achieved through group work but would not be possible through whole class teaching? Elaborate your answer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Did you carry out a different-tasks group work activity in your class? What were the advantages of this type of group work? Share specific examples.&lt;br /&gt;
* What issues did you face while teaching through group work? Specifically think about challenges related to pupils’ interaction with each other such as involving all members in discussion, dominant and shy pupils, agreement and disagreement, and noise. How did you resolve these issues? Write a note for yourself about the steps you will take to resolve these issues next time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives for this session=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Substantiating uses of group work for teaching and learning&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning to manage group work effectively in the classroom&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning different organisational strategies for group work&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity One: Reinforcing understanding of group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Magic Microphone for reasoning '''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; [&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;Individual activity]''' Think of answers to the question below. You can write them on a mini-blackboard or sheet of paper for reference during the activity. Think of as many answers as possible and '''give a reason in each case.''' (Tip: think of the Powerpoint presentation about questioning strategies that you saw in the previous session and draw on your own experience of carrying out group work in the classroom.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''When would you use group work in your classroom? Why? '''Give concrete examples of specific lesson activities where possible. For example, &lt;br /&gt;
** when a topic has many sub-topics '''because '''the sub-topics can be mastered by small groups and then taught to other groups, as in different types of pollution&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;when summarising the topic that has extended over many lessons [give example] &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''because''' pupils can remind each other about the things that they have learnt without repetition by the teacher &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;when applications of a topic [give example] are being discussed &amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;'''because''' there can be many answers for this&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We did a simple version of this activity in Unit 2 Session 1. Now we are taking this to the next level to explicitly promote '''reasoning''' among participants as well as pupils.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this activity, you will need a prop such as a stick, a pen, a ball or an empty water bottle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 8-10 minutes thinking time before passing around the prop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt; [&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;Whole group] '''Pass a prop around. Whoever has the prop answers the question above and gives their reason(s). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ask every participant to contribute one answer initially, with a '''reason'''. Encourage them to avoid repeating an answer that has been already said. In the end, if time permits, you can ask participants to contribute any reason that they have written but has not yet been said by any other participant. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emphasise that participants should give reasons for their answers or answer the ‘why’ question. Ideally they should mention a specific lesson topic example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some examples of expected answers are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* when peers can be useful learning resources for each other&lt;br /&gt;
* to encourage sharing, reasoning and challenging of ideas&lt;br /&gt;
* to support pupils’ construction and articulation of their own understanding of problems, processes or concepts&lt;br /&gt;
* when groups can usefully each contribute one part to a larger whole task&lt;br /&gt;
* when the teacher wants learners to investigate a topic for themselves and present their findings to the class for other groups to learn from, perhaps via comparison of findings&lt;br /&gt;
* when teacher attention is required for conceptual learning of a small number of participants at one time&lt;br /&gt;
* at any stage of the lesson: introduction, development and consolidation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If any of the points above are not mentioned by participants, you can state them in the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Two: Managing group work =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Place three containers (or sheets of paper) on the table. Label them ‘same-task’, ‘different-tasks’ and ‘both’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Write your name on a slip (small piece) of paper and fold it. Drop your name slip in the ‘same-task’ container if you are confident about carrying out same-task group activity in the class. Similarly, drop it in the container ‘different-tasks’ if you are confident about carrying out different-tasks and ‘both’ container if you are confident about ‘both’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pull out one name from each container and group them together as Group 1 (G1). Similarly form groups G2 and G3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If there are too many names in one container and too few in another, choose another strategy of forming groups from the document ‘Group composition and formation’.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The three mixed groups will work on different aspects of managing group work in classroom. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* G1: Group composition and formation ([[File:Group Composition and Formation.pdf]])&lt;br /&gt;
* G2: Ground rules during group work ([[File:Ground Rules.pdf]])&lt;br /&gt;
* G3: Group size and seating arrangement ([[File:Group Size and Seating Arrangement.pdf]])&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Read the document for your group. Do the group tasks mentioned in your document. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Group G2 will watch a video during their task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the end, present what you have learned about managing group work for the benefit of other participants (see details in your document).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|name=How to Involve Students in Setting Up Their Own Ground Rules|duration=4:08|src=uBk4Hq4IEx8}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before the session starts prepare this video clip for G2 to access on a netbook. Ask G2 members to sit near the netbook during the task. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow G1 and G3 participants to choose an area where they wish to work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Distribute the document ‘Group composition and formation’ to G1, ‘Ground rules’ to G2 and ‘Group size and seating arrangement’ to G3 at this stage. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allow 30 minutes for the group tasks. After 20 minutes, remind the groups that they should start preparing their presentation if they have not already done so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visit each group during the group task. Assist them if they need help in understanding the information in the document or group task. Ask questions to monitor understanding. Suggest ideas only if the participants ask for your suggestions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure that all participants have all documents before the presentations at the end of this activity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Activity Three: Reflection on video =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|name=Primary Science - Classroom Organisation|duration=19:47|src=Kz2c5OJ5Yx0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This video shows some classroom organisational strategies mainly around group work. Although the video describes science teaching in the UK context, the principles are generic and can be applied in various curriculum areas and contexts. The organisation called the ‘circus of activities’ is commonly known as a ‘carousel’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Suggested questions for reflection on video:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Summarise the '''different classroom organisation strategies''' that you saw in this video:&lt;br /&gt;
** Whole class introduction&lt;br /&gt;
** Whole class doing same practical activity&lt;br /&gt;
** Groups doing different practical activities&lt;br /&gt;
** Circus of activities or carousel of activities&lt;br /&gt;
** One group only doing science&lt;br /&gt;
** Whole class demonstration&lt;br /&gt;
** Sharing science books with the whole class&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What is '''one new thing that you have learned''' from this video? How can you transfer what you have learned to another curriculum area besides science?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* How did the teachers in this video make '''use of ICT resources during group work'''? Suggest some ways in which you can use those or other ICT resources in your classroom? (You can also think of improvising with the materials available in your surroundings, if there is no ICT) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What is the role of teachers before the group work and after the group work? Is it different from your current practice? If yes, in what ways is it different?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What did the teachers in the video do while the pupils were doing group work? Is it different from your current practice? If yes, what changes, if any, would you like to make for effective group work in your class? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What do you think about noise in the classroom during group work from this video? What can you do to make sure that noise is productive during group work?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Homework =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Try the magic microphone activity with '''reasoning '''in your class. Form an open question that is related to the topic that they are learning followed by ‘why’. Encourage them to answer the ‘why’ question.&lt;br /&gt;
* List examples of objectives that can be achieved through different types of groups in the document ‘Group composition and formation’.&lt;br /&gt;
* During Activity Two you read one document on managing group work. Read the other two documents. Write down any questions that you might have about them.&lt;br /&gt;
* Try one new organisational strategy that you saw in the video in your classroom, in any curriculum area.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Group_work_Same_task_and_different_tasks_group_work&amp;diff=1530</id>
		<title>OER4Schools/Group work Same task and different tasks group work</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.opendeved.net/index.php?title=OER4Schools/Group_work_Same_task_and_different_tasks_group_work&amp;diff=1530"/>
		<updated>2012-04-03T11:28:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nd300: /* Activity 3: Forming questions for group work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{OER4S}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Abel unit 3 IMG_0488.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Objectives  =&lt;br /&gt;
Objectives for this session are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Understanding what genuine groupwork is (not just sitting in a group formation!)&lt;br /&gt;
* Learning about the rationale for doing group work - learners share responsibility for learning, research shows benefits for individuals of collaborative learning&lt;br /&gt;
* Practising questions for group work that involves same-task and different-tasks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Activity One: Power Point presentation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=For this activity, you will need: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the power point presentation [[File:Unit 3.1 Group Work for Interactive Teaching.ppt]].&lt;br /&gt;
* the projector linked to your computer. &lt;br /&gt;
* a flip chart or blackboard with the heading ‘A significant aspect about group work that I have just learned is...’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When most participants have read one slide press any key to move to the next slide.You can read the slides aloud if you think it will benefit the participants. }}Watch the power point presentation about group work. Write one significant aspect about group work that you have learned from this power point on a piece of paper. Stick them up on a board/wall with sticky tape or lay them out on a table for everyone to see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=Participants need not write their names on the sheets.Allow participants to read other people’s contributions. Read out a few notes that you think are important to be highlighted for the whole group.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Activity Two: Same-task group work and different-tasks group work ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Same-task group work''' involves assigning the same problem to each group. Each group’s presentation provides a different perspective/way of solving the problem. For example, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* “''A farmer has a plot of land of size 30 metres x 20 metres. He has to plant 60 trees and 20 shrubs. Which pattern of planting would you suggest to the farmer? Why? Consider that the shrubs should not be shadowed by the trees so that they get light.”''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''“New classrooms are being built for grades one and two in another rural area.Tables and chairs are needed for these classrooms. Give suggestions about the size and shape of the tables and chairs to the headmaster. Each group can give one suggestion for a table and a chair. Explain your suggestions with reasons.”''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Different-tasks group work''' involves assigning different aspects of the same problem to each group. Each group’s presentation is like a piece of the jigsaw that completes the whole picture. For example, &lt;br /&gt;
* “''The Zambian health minister has asked you to make handouts/pamphlets about diseases. The pamphlets will be distributed in hospitals to inform people about prevention of diseases. The diseases for which handouts are needed are: (a) Tuberculosis; (b) Malaria and (c) HIV/AIDS. Three groups will work on the different diseases. In your group, consider which information you want to include and why.” &amp;amp;nbsp;''&lt;br /&gt;
* ''“The local environment committee has observed that pollution is increasing in your area. They have asked you to find out the reasons for increasing pollution and suggest ways to decrease it. Prepare a presentation for different types of pollution: (a) air pollution, (b) water pollution, (c) noise pollution and (d) soil pollution.”''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole group}} Discuss:&lt;br /&gt;
* What are your general observations about questions for group work?&lt;br /&gt;
* How are the questions for same-task group work different from different-tasks group work? What is the advantage of setting different tasks to groups?&lt;br /&gt;
* Suggest a topic that you could teach through same-task group work.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suggest topics that you could teach through different-tasks group work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=Reinforce that questions for group work are more motivating when presented as real life problems. Also presentations are more interesting to hear when they are all focused on a different question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then highlight the important aspects of the problem that groups should consider. This increases the challenge for the group work.Carry out the last two bullet points (about topics) like a brainstorm. Record the answers on a flip chart or blackboard so that participants can see them during Activity 3. You could ask a volunteer to write them.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Activity Three: Forming questions for group work ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=Prepare labels (G1, G2 and G3) for group work in advance and place them on tables before this activity. }}Stand in a queue. Each person says a number from ‘1’ to ‘3’ at their turn. So, the first person says ‘1’, second says ‘2’ and third says ‘3’. then fourth says ‘1’, fifth says ‘2’ and sixth says ‘3’ and so on. Everybody who said ‘1’ should form group one (G1). Similarly, everybody who said ‘2’ and ‘3’ should form group two (G2) and group three (G3) respectively.Sit on the tables marked with your group number. In the classroom this is an effective way of randomly allocating pupils to groups and it avoids friendship or ability groupings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=Allow 15-20 minutes for group activity. Indicate the time left 5 minutes before the allotted time. }} '''&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;[Group Activity]&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;''' Formulate open-ended questions that can be assigned to groups during a forthcoming group work activity in your classroom. Each group (G1, G2 and G3) should formulate at least one same-task group work question and one different-tasks group work question. You can devise more questions if there is time. {{Ednote|text=Visit each group at least once during the activity. Remind group members to: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Encourage participation/suggestions from all members. &lt;br /&gt;
* Accept suggestions only if they agree, otherwise ask questions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Negotiate the topic, scope and language of the questions that they are forming.&lt;br /&gt;
* Keep an eye on the time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allot a number (1, 2, 3... number of members) for each group member. Keep it a secret from your facilitator i.e. do not tell who has which number to your facilitator. All group members should know this information. For young children, assign them a number so they don’t waste time deciding which number to be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|Whole Group}} After the activity, the facilitator calls out a number (1 to number of members). For example, if maximum number of group members is 4; facilitator can say any number from 1 to 4. The group member with this number will present the questions on behalf of the group. Similar procedure is followed for groups G2 and G3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This procedure means no-one knows in advance who will have to present, so everyone gets involved in case it is them!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discuss: &lt;br /&gt;
* How well did your group work together? Did everyone participate equally? How would you rate your group work on a scale of 1 to 5 (5 is most effective)? Why? Use the ideas in the Powerpoint presentation as criteria for judging effectiveness (see [[File:Unit 3.1 Group Work for Interactive Teaching.ppt]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Choose one or more questions that you could use in your class this week &lt;br /&gt;
* Are there any aspects of group work that you foresee as potential problems? How will you solve them?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  Video watching ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These clips show Eness, a teacher in a community school near Lusaka, interacting with a Grade 3 class. The children are devising their own classifications of animals depicted in photographs on tablet computers, and recording their ideas on mini-blackboards. There is one clip of pupils working alone, then one with the teacher present.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|stimulus}} See videos: Eness_vertebrates_6.mp4 (2 mins. 38), Eness_vertebrates_7.mp4 (3 mins. 45).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=9h5vrt-C0V0|duration=2:39|name=19 Eness 3 vertebrates 6}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=IqB0s7gf3AA|duration=3:46|name=19 Eness 3 vertebrates 7}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{activity|whole group discussion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What was the teacher able to achieve in this small group work that would be difficult in the whole class?&lt;br /&gt;
* What is the role of the teacher during group work in these clips?&lt;br /&gt;
* How did the teacher involve all pupils in the discussion?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{video|src=JeCjZW370CQ|name=new Abel clip 4.m4v|title=}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this lesson Grade 7 pupils in a semi-rural government school near Chongwe were exploring the relationship between area and perimeter. They worked in groups, using Geogebra software on netbook computers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suggested questions for reflection are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What is the role of the teacher during group work in this clip?&lt;br /&gt;
* How does a teacher know when to intervene?&lt;br /&gt;
* How can a teacher encourage peer support during group work? Would Abel’s technique of bringing in older pupils or faster learners to help their peers aid a teacher with a large class?&lt;br /&gt;
* How did the use of ICT help the learners’ enquiry?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Suggested questions for reflections on both videos:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* What would you do in your classroom while your pupils are engaged in group work?&lt;br /&gt;
* How would you encourage all pupils to be involved in the group work?&lt;br /&gt;
* How would you ensure that all pupils have contributed to the final output of group work?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ednote|text=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Research shows that teachers intervene in groupwork too much/too soon, however the Abel clip shows the importance of picking up on misunderstandings before they completely obstruct progress. It’s also important to know when groups are finished and need another challenge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It’s not easy to make a decision about when to intervene – it’s a fine balance. Try to circulate and eavesdrop on groups before deciding where to intervene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Follow-up activities =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. One volunteer from each group G1, G2 and G3 (formed during Activity 2.3) should post their questions on the googlegroups for all participants. Other participants should reply with a comment when they have seen the questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Carry out one same-task group work and one different-tasks group work in your classroom. You could use the questions that were formed during Activity 2.3. Plan in advance: (a) how will you form the groups, (b) what will you do while pupils are engaged, (c) how will you ensure that all pupils are participating and (d) how will you encourage agreement, disagreement and negotiation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Try out the numbering strategy for randomly selecting the presenter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Can you suggest at least 3 other ways in which you might select group members at random for giving a presentation? (if uncertain, refer back to the document “Increasing participation in answering questions”: Unit 2, session 3, activity 2).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nd300</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>